CN206507871U - Hand-held cleaners - Google Patents

Abstract

The utility model discloses a kind of hand-held cleaners, including：Ground brush assemblies, cylinder block set, Handleset and dirt cup component, dirt cup component is connected between ground brush assemblies and cylinder block set and including glass shell, cyclonic separation part and separator, cyclonic separation part is located in glass shell, separator is located between glass shell and cyclonic separation part the space between glass shell and cyclonic separation part being divided into cyclonic chamber and dust-collecting cavity, wherein, cyclonic chamber is located at the top of dust-collecting cavity and for around the annular space of cyclonic separation part, cyclonic chamber is connected by the dust-exhausting port on separator with dust-collecting cavity so as to be discharged in the dirt matter that cyclonic chamber internal cyclone is isolated by dust-exhausting port in dust-collecting cavity, hand-held cleaners are configured to when negative pressure device starts, cyclonic chamber is filtered by suction port suction dust and gas, the air-flow that cyclonic chamber internal cyclone is isolated enters in cylinder block set.According to hand-held cleaners of the present utility model, simple in construction, performance is good.

Description

Hand-held cleaners

Technical field

The utility model is related to cleaning equipment field, more particularly, to a kind of hand-held cleaners.

Background technology

Air channel structure is to be related to the technical indicators such as dust and gas separating effect, vacuum and the suction power of dust catcher Key factor.Hand-held cleaners in correlation technique, generally using straight-through air channel structure, dust and gas separating effect is not good.

Utility model content

The utility model is intended at least solve one of technical problem present in prior art.Therefore, the utility model exists In proposing a kind of hand-held cleaners, the hand-held cleaners are simple in construction, performance is good.

According to hand-held cleaners of the present utility model, including：There is suction port on ground brush assemblies, described ground brush assemblies；Machine Body component, the cylinder block set includes negative pressure device；Handleset, the Handleset is connected and is used for the cylinder block set It is hand-held；Dirt cup component, the dirt cup component is connected between described ground brush assemblies and the cylinder block set and including glass shell, whirlwind Separation member and separator, the cyclonic separation part are located in the glass shell, and the separator is located at the glass shell and the whirlwind So that the space between the glass shell and the cyclonic separation part is divided into cyclonic chamber and dust-collecting cavity between separation member, wherein, institute Cyclonic chamber is stated positioned at the top of the dust-collecting cavity and for around the annular space of the cyclonic separation part, the cyclonic chamber passes through institute The dust-exhausting port on separator is stated to connect with the dust-collecting cavity so as in the dirt matter that the cyclonic chamber internal cyclone is isolated pass through described Dust-exhausting port is discharged in the dust-collecting cavity, and the hand-held cleaners are configured to when the negative pressure device starts, the cyclonic chamber by The suction port suction dust and gas is filtered, and the air-flow that the cyclonic chamber internal cyclone is isolated enters in the cylinder block set.

According to hand-held cleaners of the present utility model, simple in construction, performance is good.

In certain embodiments, further there is the air inlet that gas is fed to the cyclonic chamber, institute on the separator State dirt cup component and further comprise position of splitter, the position of splitter is at least partially disposed in the cyclonic chamber and is folded in the rotation Between the inner ring surface and outer ring surface of wind chamber and intercept between the air inlet and the dust-exhausting port so that by the air inlet stream The air-flow entered in the cyclonic chamber streams along the direction away from the position of splitter towards the dust-exhausting port annular.

In certain embodiments, there is perforation, the position of splitter includes on the separator：It is located on the whirlwind cone To and the cut-off muscle above and below fuisw rib and the cut-off muscle being located in the glass shell, the fuisw rib and the cut-off muscle Part stretch into the perforation with by the perforated spacer into the air inlet positioned at the position of splitter both sides and the dust discharge Mouthful.

In certain embodiments, the cylinder block set is located at the top of the dirt cup component, and the cylinder block set includes bottom Portion has the casing of air inlet, and the cyclonic separation part is to be provided with filter, institute in the whirlwind cone of vertical cone barrel, the whirlwind cone Stating filter includes filtration members support and the filtration members being located on the filtration members support, wherein, the filtration members support includes： Sleeping ring portion, supporting part, inner ring sealing ring portion and outer ring sealing ring portion, the inner ring of the sleeping ring portion is limited to be connected with the air inlet Logical exhaust outlet, the supporting part is connected and is located at the axial direction of the remote cylinder block set of the sleeping ring portion with the sleeping ring portion Side is for supporting the filtration members, and the inner ring that the inner ring seals ring portion is connected with the inner ring position of the sleeping ring portion, institute The direction flaring extension for stating outer shroud towards the cylinder block set of inner ring sealing ring portion is coordinated with being sealed with the bottom wall of the casing And around the air inlet, the inner ring that the outer ring seals ring portion is connected with the outer shroud position of the sleeping ring portion, the outer ring is close The direction flaring extension of the outer shroud in seal ring portion towards the cylinder block set is coordinated with being sealed with the glass shell.

In certain embodiments, described ground brush assemblies include：Scrubbing brush housing, escape pipe, transfer tube and buckle button, it is described go out One end of tracheae is pivotly connected with the scrubbing brush housing and had on the outer surface of the escape pipe along the escape pipe It is enclosed on the other end of the escape pipe and has on the tube wall of the transfer tube outside the sliding groove of circumferentially extending, the transfer tube There is mounting hole, on the one hand the buckle button slides groove slippingly with mounting hole inlay card cooperation, on the other hand with described Coordinate, so that the relatively described escape pipe of the transfer tube can circumferentially rotate but can not axial separation.

In certain embodiments, the buckle button includes：Body, the first screens portion and the second screens portion, wherein, it is described Body is at least partially disposed in the mounting hole, and the first screens portion and the second screens portion are connected to described Both sides of the body in the circumference of the transfer tube, and at least part in the first screens portion and the second screens portion At least partly it is respectively positioned in the transfer tube and non-just right with the mounting hole, the body, the first screens portion and institute At least part of at least one in the second screens portion is stated slippingly to coordinate in the sliding groove.

In certain embodiments, described ground brush assemblies include scrubbing brush housing and the first magnetic being located on the scrubbing brush housing Inhale part and can roll the round brush being connected with the scrubbing brush housing；The hand-held cleaners also include mop assembly, the mop Component include grillage, end cap and and the second magnetic absorption member for being located between the grillage and the end cap, be suitable to dress on the grillage With rag, the mop assembly is coordinated by the magnetic of second magnetic absorption member and first magnetic absorption member to be removably attached to The bottom of described ground brush assemblies.

In certain embodiments, the cylinder block set includes：Closed machine is formed with casing and air guide member, the casing The exhaust vent connected with the body air duct is formed with body air channel, the casing, the air guide member is located at the body air duct It is interior and at the exhaust vent, connection leading between the body air duct and the exhaust vent is formed with the air guide member Wind passage, so that the air-flow in the body air duct first passes through the air-guiding aisle and carries out wind direction regulation again by the exhaust vent It is discharged to outside the casing.

In certain embodiments, the cylinder block set includes casing and sets subunit switch key on the housing, described Handleset is included in handle housing and the bat-handle switch key being located on the handle housing, the casing or the handle housing Provided with switch, the subunit switch key and the bat-handle switch key can control closure and the cut-out of the switch.

In certain embodiments, the subunit switch key is subunit switch push button, and the bat-handle switch key is bat-handle switch Push button, the hand-held cleaners also include：Linked component, the linked component is located at the subunit switch push button and the switch Between and make when the subunit switch push button is pushed into open position the switch closure, the linked component is also located at institute State between bat-handle switch push button and the switch and when the bat-handle switch push button is pushed into open position, make the body Switch push button moves to open position and makes the switch closure simultaneously.

Additional aspect and advantage of the present utility model will be set forth in part in the description, partly by from following description In become obvious, or by it is of the present utility model practice recognize.

Brief description of the drawings

Fig. 1 is the stereogram of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Fig. 2 is that the hand-held cleaners shown in Fig. 1 remove the stereogram after section components；

Fig. 3 is the explosive view of the part hand-held cleaners shown in Fig. 2；

Fig. 4 is the installation diagram of the snap close piece and inner sleeve etc. shown in Fig. 3；

Fig. 5 is the stereogram of the snap close piece shown in Fig. 4；

Fig. 6 is the explosive view of the ground brush assemblies shown in Fig. 3；

Fig. 7 is the top view of the ground brush assemblies shown in Fig. 6；

Fig. 8 is the profile of the line A-A along along Fig. 7；

Fig. 9 is the partial view of the profile of line B-B along along Fig. 7；

Figure 10 is the stereogram of the cleaning assemblies according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 11 is the stereogram of the mop assembly shown in Figure 10；

Figure 12 is the explosive view of the mop assembly shown in Figure 11；

Figure 13 is end cap and the second magnetic absorption member, the installation diagram of magnetic conductive part shown in Figure 12；

Figure 14 is the face upwarding stereogram of the cleaning assemblies shown in Figure 10；

Figure 15 is the explosive view of the cleaning assemblies shown in Figure 14；

Figure 16 is the assembling enlarged drawing of the second magnetic absorption member shown in Figure 15, magnetic conductive part and scrubbing brush housing；

Figure 17 is the assembling enlarged drawing of end cap shown in Figure 15 and frame plate；

Figure 18 is the sectional view of the cleaning assemblies shown in Figure 10；

Figure 19 is the schematic diagram of the ground brush assemblies according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 20 is the explosive view of the ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 19；

Figure 21 is the sectional view that escape pipe is in non-use position in ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 19；

Figure 22 is the enlarged drawing in X1 portions in Figure 21；

Figure 23 is that escape pipe is in the sectional view using scope in ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 19；

Figure 24 is the enlarged drawing in X2 portions in Figure 23；

Figure 25 is the sectional view that escape pipe is in operating limit position in ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 19；

Figure 26 is the enlarged drawing in X3 portions in Figure 25；

Figure 27 is the schematic diagram of the ground brush assemblies according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 28 is an explosive view of the ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 27；

Figure 29 is another explosive view of the ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 27；

Figure 30 is the sectional view of the ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 27；

Figure 31 is the schematic diagram of the section components of the ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 27；

Figure 32 is the schematic diagram of the ground brush assemblies according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 33 is the explosive view of the ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 32；

Figure 34 is the explosive view of the ground brush assemblies middle part sub-unit shown in Figure 32；

Figure 35 is the installation diagram of the section components shown in Figure 34；

Figure 36 is the schematic diagram of truncated part in ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 32；

Figure 37 is that three shapes in escape pipe rotation process are illustrated in the sectional view of the ground brush assemblies shown in Figure 32, figure State；

Figure 38 is the stereogram of the dirt cup component according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 39 is the partial sectional view of the dirt cup component shown in Figure 38；

Figure 40 is the line frame graph of an angle of the dirt cup component shown in Figure 38；

Figure 41 is the line frame graph of another angle of the dirt cup component shown in Figure 38；

Figure 42 is the stereogram of an angle of the glass shell component shown in Figure 38；

Figure 43 is the stereogram of another angle of the glass shell component shown in Figure 42；

Figure 44 is the stereogram of an angle of the whirlwind cone component shown in Figure 38；

Figure 45 is the stereogram of another angle of the whirlwind cone component shown in Figure 44；

Figure 46 is the stereogram of another angle of the whirlwind cone component shown in Figure 44；

Figure 47 is the upward view of the filtration members support according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 48 is stereogram of the structure shown in Figure 47 at a visual angle；

Figure 49 is stereogram of the structure shown in Figure 47 at another visual angle；

Figure 50 is stereogram of the structure shown in Figure 47 at another visual angle；

Figure 51 is the top view bored according to the whirlwind of the dirt cup component of the utility model embodiment；

Figure 52 is stereogram of the structure shown in Figure 51 at a visual angle；

Figure 53 is stereogram of the structure shown in Figure 51 at another visual angle；

Figure 54 is that the assembling figure with filtration members support is bored according to the whirlwind of the utility model embodiment；

Figure 55 is structural representation of the structure shown in Figure 54 at a visual angle；

Figure 56 is the structural representation of the dirt cup component according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 57 is the exploded view of the structure shown in Figure 56；

Figure 58 is the internal structure diagram of the structure shown in Figure 56；

Figure 59 is the internal structure schematic diagram of structure in a disassembled state shown in Figure 56；

Figure 60 is the sectional view of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 61 is the enlarged drawing of V shown in Figure 60；

Figure 62 is the enlarged drawing of VI shown in Figure 60；

Figure 63 is the structural representation of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 64 is the stereogram of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 65 is the sectional view according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment in one of the states；

Figure 66 is the enlarged drawing of I shown in Figure 65；

Figure 67 is the sectional view according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment in another state；

Figure 68 is the enlarged drawing of II shown in Figure 67；

Figure 69 is the enlarged drawing of III shown in Figure 67；

Figure 70 is the enlarged drawing of IV shown in Figure 67；

Figure 71 is the exploded view of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 72 is in an angle according to the dirt cup component of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment with cylinder block set Assembling figure；

Figure 73 is the partial enlarged drawing of the structure shown in Figure 72；

Figure 74 is at another angle according to the dirt cup component of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment with cylinder block set The assembling figure of degree；

Figure 75 is the partial enlarged drawing of the structure shown in Figure 74；

Figure 76 is after being assembled according to the cup body of the dirt cup component of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment with cup bottom Sectional view；

Figure 77 is the office under the open mode of cup bottom according to the dirt cup component of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment Portion's view；

Figure 78 is the structural representation of the seal of the dirt cup component according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment；

Figure 79 is the structural representation at the cup bottom of the dirt cup component according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment；

Figure 80 is the schematic diagram of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 81 is the explosive view of the Handleset shown in Figure 80；

Figure 82 is another explosive view of the Handleset shown in Figure 81；

Figure 83 is the sectional view of the Handleset shown in Figure 80；

Figure 84 is the schematic diagram of the coiling hook shown in Figure 80；

Figure 85 is the explosive view of the coiling hook shown in Figure 84；

Figure 86 is the explosive view opened according to the casing of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment；

Figure 87 is the explosive view of the hand-held cleaners shown in Figure 86；

Figure 88 is the enlarged drawing at the A that Figure 87 centre circles show；

Figure 89 is the sectional view of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 90 is the enlarged drawing at the B that Figure 89 centre circles show；

Figure 91 is the explosive view of the hand-held cleaners shown in Figure 89；

Figure 92 is the schematic diagram of an angle of the grafting end seat shown in Figure 87；

Figure 93 is the schematic diagram of another angle of the grafting end seat shown in Figure 92；

Figure 94 is the schematic diagram of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 95 is the sectional view of the hand-held cleaners shown in Figure 94；

Figure 96 is the enlarged drawing at the A that Figure 95 centre circles show；

Figure 97 is the schematic diagram of an angle of the first vibration-damped component shown in Figure 96；

Figure 98 is the schematic diagram of another angle of the first vibration-damped component shown in Figure 97；

Figure 99 is the schematic diagram of an angle of the air intake seal shown in Figure 96；

Figure 100 is the schematic diagram of another angle of the air intake seal shown in Figure 97；

Figure 101 is the schematic diagram of the cylinder block set according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 102 is the explosive view of the cylinder block set shown in Figure 101；

Figure 103 is the enlarged drawing at the A that Figure 102 centre circles show；

Figure 104 is schematic diagram of the power line on the first handset shell shown in Figure 102；

Figure 105 is the enlarged drawing at the B that Figure 104 centre circles show；

Figure 106 is the sectional view of the cylinder block set shown in Figure 101；

Figure 107 is the enlarged drawing at the C that Figure 106 centre circles show；

Figure 108 is the schematic diagram of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 109 is the explosive view of the case component shown in Figure 108；

Figure 110 is the schematic diagram of the first handset shell shown in Figure 109；

Figure 111 is the sectional view of the line A-A along along Figure 110；

Figure 112 is the schematic diagram of the case component according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 113 is the schematic diagram of the casing shown in Figure 112；

Figure 114 is the schematic diagram of the filtration members shown in Figure 112；

Figure 115 is the schematic diagram of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 116 is the explosive view of the hand-held cleaners shown in Figure 115；

Figure 117 is the enlarged drawing at the A that Figure 116 centre circles show；

Figure 118 is the explosive view of another angle of the hand-held cleaners shown in Figure 116；

Figure 119 is the enlarged drawing at the B that Figure 118 centre circles show；

Figure 120 is the partial schematic diagram of the hand-held cleaners shown in Figure 115, wherein, handle locking part is in latched position；

Figure 121 is the sectional view of the hand-held cleaners shown in Figure 120；

Figure 122 is the partial sectional view of the hand-held cleaners shown in Figure 115, wherein, handle locking part is in unlocked position；

Figure 123 is the sectional view of the hand-held cleaners shown in Figure 122；

Figure 124 is the schematic diagram of the cylinder block set according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 125 is the explosive view of the cylinder block set shown in Figure 124；

Figure 126 is the schematic diagram after the casing opening of the cylinder block set shown in Figure 124；

Figure 127 is the schematic diagram of another angle of the cylinder block set shown in Figure 126；

Figure 128 is the sectional view of the cylinder block set shown in Figure 124；

Figure 129 is the enlarged drawing at the A that Figure 128 centre circles show；

Figure 130 is the schematic diagram of the interior push button shown in Figure 125；

Figure 131 is the schematic diagram of the outer push button shown in Figure 125；

Figure 132 is the schematic diagram of another angle of the outer push button shown in Figure 131；

Figure 133 is that the subunit switch push button of the cylinder block set of the dust catcher according to the utility model embodiment is in closing shape State, bat-handle switch push button are in structural representation during opening；

Figure 134 is that the subunit switch push button of the cylinder block set of the dust catcher according to the utility model embodiment is in unlatching shape State, structural representation when bat-handle switch push button is closed；

Figure 135 is the structural representation of the casing of the cylinder block set of the dust catcher according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 136 is the enlarged drawing of the A1 shown in Figure 135；

Figure 137 is the partial view of the structure shown in Figure 134；

Figure 138 is the enlarged drawing of the B1 shown in Figure 137；

Figure 139 is the enlarged drawing of the C1 shown in Figure 137；

Figure 140 is the partial view of the structure shown in Figure 133；

Figure 141 is the enlarged drawing of the D1 shown in Figure 140；

Figure 142 is the enlarged drawing of the E1 shown in Figure 140；

Figure 143 is the subunit switch push button and handle of the cylinder block set of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment Structural representation when switch push button is closed；

Figure 144 is the subunit switch push button and handle of the cylinder block set of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment Switch push button is in structural representation during opening；

Figure 145 is that the subunit switch push button of the cylinder block set of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment is in pass Closed state, bat-handle switch push button are in structural representation during opening；

Figure 146 is handle housing and connecting tube of the cylinder block set of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment etc. The assembling figure of part；

Figure 147 is the partial view of the structure shown in Figure 146；

Figure 148 is the structural representation of the casing of the cylinder block set of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment；

Figure 149 is the enlarged drawing in the A2 portions shown in Figure 148；

Figure 150 is the enlarged drawing in the B2 portions shown in Figure 148；

Figure 151 is the partial view of the structure shown in Figure 145；

Figure 152 is the enlarged drawing of the C2 shown in Figure 151；

Figure 153 is the enlarged drawing of the D2 shown in Figure 151；

Figure 154 is the partial view of the structure shown in Figure 144；

Figure 155 is the enlarged drawing of the E2 shown in Figure 154；

Figure 156 is the enlarged drawing of the F2 shown in Figure 154.

Embodiment

Embodiment of the present utility model is described below in detail, the example of the embodiment is shown in the drawings, wherein from beginning Same or similar element or element with same or like function are represented to same or similar label eventually.Below by ginseng The embodiment for examining accompanying drawing description is exemplary, it is intended to for explaining the utility model, and it is not intended that to the utility model Limitation.

Following disclosure provides many different embodiments or example is used for realizing different structure of the present utility model.For Simplify disclosure of the present utility model, hereinafter the part and setting of specific examples are described.Certainly, they are only and shown Example, and purpose does not lie in limitation the utility model.In addition, the utility model can in different examples repeat reference numerals And/or letter.This repetition is for purposes of simplicity and clarity, discussed various embodiments itself not to be indicated and/or are set Relation between putting.In addition, various specific techniques and the example of material that the utility model is provided, but this area is common Technical staff can be appreciated that the applicable property of other techniques and/or the use of other materials.

(1) below, reference picture 1- Figure 37, briefly describes the hand-held cleaners T according to the utility model embodiment 1.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes：Glass shell 11 and scrubbing brush housing 61；Outer tube 81, with glass shell 11 and ground One in brush housing 61 exterior lockhole 811 that is connected and has on outer tube 81；In inner sleeve 82, with glass shell 11 and scrubbing brush housing 61 Another be connected and there is interior lockhole 821 on inner sleeve 82, at least part of inner sleeve 82 be set in outer tube 81 so that The gas connection of scrubbing brush housing 61 is to glass shell 11；Snap close piece 83, snap close piece 83 include being located at elastic portion 832 in inner sleeve 82 and with The latch part 831 that elastic portion 832 is fixedly linked, wherein, latch part 831 by interior lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811 outside being reached Locked position outside sleeve pipe 81 and being recovered to by exterior lockhole 811 between the unlocked position in outer tube 81 may move, elastic portion 832 outer surface is configured to the semicircular arc surface matched with the inner surface of inner sleeve 82 or excellent curved surfaces and locked with normal promote Buckle 831 is in locked position.

In the present embodiment, there is the reinforcement 833 that neighbouring latch part 831 is set on the inner surface of elastic portion 832.

In the present embodiment, reinforcement 833 is along the axially extending of inner sleeve 82.

In the present embodiment, on two arc ends of elastic portion 832 there is sliding to lead muscle 834 respectively, sliding is led muscle 834 and constructed It is spaced apart for the axially extending cylinder along inner sleeve 82 or in the axial direction of inner sleeve 82 the multiple spheroids set.

In the present embodiment, there is the circumferentially extending along inner sleeve 82 in inner sleeve 82 and divide in the axial direction of inner sleeve 82 The axial limiting muscle 823 of the both sides of elastic portion 832 Zhi be against.

In the present embodiment, interior lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811 are major arc arcuate apertures, and latch part 831 is formed as and internal lock The shape that hole 821 and exterior lockhole 811 match.

In the present embodiment, having on outer tube 81 has interior aligning members 822 on outer aligning members 812, inner sleeve 82, inside When aligning members 822 are coordinated in place with outer aligning members 812, interior lockhole 821 is aligned with exterior lockhole 811.

In the present embodiment, outer aligning members 812 are on the inner surface of outer tube 81 and spacious towards the direction of inner sleeve 82 for formation The inserting groove opened, inserting block of the interior aligning members 822 for formation on the outer surface of inner sleeve 82.

In the present embodiment, there is the locating part being only against in the axial end of outer tube 81 on the outer surface of inner sleeve 82 824。

In the present embodiment, the outwardly deploying of elastic portion 832 be long side perpendicular to the rectangle of the axial direction of inner sleeve 82 or with The axially vertical bar shaped of inner sleeve 82.

In the present embodiment, outer tube 81 is integrally formed with glass shell 11, and/or, inner sleeve 82 can pivot with scrubbing brush housing 61 Turn ground to be connected.

(2) below, reference picture 1- Figure 37, is briefly described according to the ground brush assemblies 600 of the utility model embodiment 2 and hand-held Dust catcher T.

In the present embodiment, ground brush assemblies 600 include：There is suction port on scrubbing brush housing 61, scrubbing brush housing 61；Escape pipe 68, limit the dust absorption passage 68B connected with suction port in escape pipe 68, escape pipe 68 and scrubbing brush housing 61 pivotly phase Connect, wherein, during the entire process of the rotation work of escape pipe 68, the outer surface of escape pipe 68 and the inner bottom wall of scrubbing brush housing 61 The minimum 0.2mm-0.5mm of gap 68A between 6101, and gap 68A is communicated to dust absorption passage 68B.

In the present embodiment, have on scrubbing brush housing 61 and/or escape pipe 68 for limiting escape pipe 68 only in non-usage Rotatable position limiting structure 63 between position and operating limit position, the outer surface of escape pipe 68 includes concave part 6811, wherein, When escape pipe 68 is located at non-use position, concave part 6811 is located at the rear side outside scrubbing brush housing 61, makes in escape pipe 68 from non- During being rotated backward with position to operating limit position, concave part 6811 be gradually transferred in scrubbing brush housing 61 with scrubbing brush shell At least part gap 68A is limited between the inner bottom wall 6101 of body 61.

In the present embodiment, scrubbing brush housing 61 includes scrubbing brush shell body 61A and is located on rear side of scrubbing brush shell body 61A and left and right Two pivot connection arms 61B spaced apart, escape pipe 68 includes pipe portion 680 and is connected to the connector portions 681 of the one end of pipe portion 680, Connector portions 681 for horizontal cylinder and between two pivot connection arms 61B, the axial two ends of connector portions 681 respectively with two Pivot connection arms 61B correspondences are pivotally attached to.

In the present embodiment, concave part 6811 be by the periphery of connector portions 681 towards connector portions 681 central axial direction Arc cylinder that is recessed and being coaxially disposed with connector portions 681.

In the present embodiment, the recessed depth of concave part 6811 is 0.2mm-0.5mm.

In the present embodiment, axial both sides end face of the axial both sides of the edge of concave part 6811 respectively with connector portions 681 is put down Together.

In the present embodiment, a lateral edges and one end phase of pipe portion 680 for the close pipe portion 680 in the circumference of concave part 6811 Connect.

In the present embodiment, a lateral edges of the remote pipe portion 680 in the circumference of concave part 6811 are adjacent to dust absorption passage 68B shapes Into the open 68C in connector portions 681.

In the present embodiment, a lateral edges of the remote pipe portion 680 in the circumference of concave part 6811 are formed with dust absorption passage 68B Open 68C in connector portions 681 connects.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes ground brush assemblies 600.

(3) below, reference picture 1- Figure 37, is briefly described according to the ground brush assemblies 600 of the utility model embodiment 3 and hand-held Dust catcher T.

In the present embodiment, planting ground brush assemblies 600 includes：Scrubbing brush housing 61, scrubbing brush housing 61 includes the He of scrubbing brush base 611 Cover the ground being located on scrubbing brush base 611 and paint lid 612；Escape pipe 68, escape pipe 68 include be located at scrubbing brush housing 61 in and with ground The connector portions 681 that brush housing 61 is rotatably connected；Grey part 66 is scraped in sealing, and sealing scrapes grey part 66 paint lid 612 and joint with being located at Hermetically to paint the gap 68A between lid 612 and connector portions 681 and in connector portions 681 with respect to scrubbing brush housing between portion 681 The dust on the outer surface of connector portions 681 is scraped off during 61 rotations.

In the present embodiment, connector portions 681 are cylindrical and with scrubbing brush housing 61 by extending along its center axis direction Pivotal axis 682 be rotationally connected, sealing scrapes grey part 66 for bar shaped and along the axially extending of connector portions 681.

In the present embodiment, two axles of two end faces respectively with connector portions 681 on the grey length direction of part 66 are scraped in sealing It is concordant to end face correspondence.

In the present embodiment, sealing scrapes grey part 66 for linear pattern bar shaped or undaform bar shaped.

In the present embodiment, connector portions 681 is spherical, and sealing scrapes grey part 66 and is formed as outer surface shape with connector portions 681 The camber bar shaped that shape matches.

In the present embodiment, sealing is scraped grey part 66 and painted with being pasted onto on lid 612.

In the present embodiment, sealing scrapes grey part 66 for sponge member.

In the present embodiment, ground paints on the inner roof wall of lid 612 to have and is used to install the mounting groove that grey part 66 is scraped in sealing 6120。

In the present embodiment, ground is painted to have on the inner roof wall of lid 612 and extended downwardly and in the conventional line of ground brush assemblies 600 The preceding stop part 6123 and rear stop part 6124 being be arranged in parallel before and after entering on direction, mounting groove 6120 are limited to preceding stop part 6123 Between rear stop part 6124.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes ground brush assemblies 600.

(4) below, reference picture 1- Figure 37, is briefly described according to the ground brush assemblies 600 of the utility model embodiment 4 and hand-held Dust catcher T.

In the present embodiment, ground brush assemblies 600 include：There is scraping article mounting surface on scrubbing brush base 611, scrubbing brush base 611 6111；Ground paints lid 612, and ground paints the lid of lid 612 and is located on scrubbing brush base 611 and limits cavity between scrubbing brush base 611, Ground, which is painted, has the scraping article keeper 6121 being oppositely arranged with scraping article mounting surface 6111 on lid 612；And dust blowing bar 65, dust blowing bar 65 one end is located in cavity and pinching is between scraping article mounting surface 6111 and scraping article keeper 6121, the other end of dust blowing bar 65 Passed by scraping article mounting surface 6111 outside cavity downwards.

In the present embodiment, scraping article keeper 6121 is the positioning convex tendon extended towards the direction of scraping article mounting surface 6111.

In the present embodiment, have on the side wall of positioning convex tendon and paint the positioning reinforcement 6122 that lid 612 is connected with ground.

In the present embodiment, positioning reinforcement 6122 is one end in plate shape, and the positioning length direction of reinforcement 6122 Lid 612 is painted with ground to be connected, a side wall on the positioning width of reinforcement 6122 is connected with positioning convex tendon.

In the present embodiment, lid 612 is painted to the direction of scrubbing brush base 611, the width of positioning reinforcement 6122 along from ground Degree is gradually reduced.

In the present embodiment, positioning the length direction of reinforcement 6122 on the other end and positioning convex tendon be used for only support dust blowing One end of bar 65 is concordant.

In the present embodiment, the length direction of scraping article mounting surface 6111 is vertical with the conventional direct of travel of ground brush assemblies 600, Scraping article keeper 6121 is the multiple and setting spaced apart on the length direction of scraping article mounting surface 6111.

In the present embodiment, the portion lower surface of scrubbing brush base 611 is upwardly recessed forms scraping article mounting platform, and scraping article is installed The upper surface 1201 of platform is configured to scraping article mounting surface 6111.

In the present embodiment, dust blowing bar 65 includes：Head 651, head 651 is located in cavity and pinching is in scraping article mounting surface Between 6111 and scraping article keeper 6121；With afterbody 652, the upper end of afterbody 652 is connected with head 651, lower end is installed by scraping article Face 6111 is passed outside cavity downwards, along direction from top to bottom, and the thickness on head 651 gradually increases, the thickness of afterbody 652 Gradually it is thinned.

In the present embodiment, including ground brush assemblies 600.

(5) below, reference picture 1- Figure 37, briefly describes scrubbing brush housing 61 according to the utility model embodiment 5, scrubbing brush group Part 600 and hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, scrubbing brush housing 61 includes：Scrubbing brush shell body 61A and anticollision portion 64, anticollision portion 64 and scrubbing brush Shell body 61A is integrated part, and is at least partially disposed at scrubbing brush to projection on the place supporting surface of ground brush assemblies 600, anticollision portion 64 Beyond shell body 61A contour line.

In the present embodiment, it is at least partially disposed at scrubbing brush to projection on the place supporting surface of ground brush assemblies 600, anticollision portion 64 The front side and/or the left and right sides of shell body 61A contour line.

In the present embodiment, to projection on the place supporting surface of ground brush assemblies 600, anticollision portion 64 at least partially surrounding scrubbing brush The shell body 61A whole circle of contour line.

In the present embodiment, anticollision portion 64 towards at least part surface in a scrubbing brush shell body 61A side surface with Scrubbing brush shell body 61A, which is spaced apart, to be set.

In the present embodiment, anticollision portion 64 is connected with scrubbing brush shell body 61A by the curved surface that smoothly transits.

In the present embodiment, scrubbing brush shell body 61A is working of plastics, and anticollision portion 64 is rubber parts or working of plastics.

In the present embodiment, scrubbing brush shell body 61A includes：Scrubbing brush base 611, scrubbing brush base 611 is set on the support surface； Lid 612 is painted with ground, ground paints the lid of lid 612 and is located on scrubbing brush base 611；Wherein, anticollision portion 64 is integrated with scrubbing brush base 611 Part and/or paint lid 612 with ground and be integrated part.

In the present embodiment, scrubbing brush base 611 paints the butted line composition scrubbing brush shell body 61A of lid 612 profile with ground Line, anticollision portion 64 be located at scrubbing brush base 611 with paint at the butted line of lid 612.

In the present embodiment, anticollision portion 64 includes being located at the upper anticollision portion 641 of both sides and lower anticollision above and below butted line respectively Portion 642.

In the present embodiment, ground brush assemblies 600 include scrubbing brush housing 61.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes ground brush assemblies 600.

(6) below, reference picture 1- Figure 37, briefly describes scrubbing brush housing 61 according to the utility model embodiment 6, scrubbing brush group Part 600 and hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, ground brush assemblies 600 include：Scrubbing brush housing 61, scrubbing brush housing 61 include scrubbing brush shell body 61A and It is located on rear side of scrubbing brush shell body 61A and left and right two pivot connection arms 61B spaced apart；Escape pipe 68, escape pipe 68 includes pipe Portion 680 and the connector portions 681 for being connected to the one end of pipe portion 680, connector portions 681 are for horizontal cylinder and positioned at two pivot connection arms Between 61B, and the axial two ends of connector portions 681 corresponding with two pivot connection arms 61B are respectively pivotally attached to；And two rollers 67, two rollers 67 be located at the both sides of scrubbing brush housing 61 and it is corresponding with two pivot connection arms 61B respectively be pivotally attached to, wherein, The pivot axis 670 of each roller 67 is abreast located at the rear side of the pivot axis 670 of connector portions 681 and each roller 67 The distance between pivot axis 670 and the pivot axis 670 of connector portions 681 are 10mm-30mm.

In the present embodiment, the pivot axis 670 of each roller 67 is abreast located at the pivot axis of connector portions 681 670 rear side.

In the present embodiment, the pivot axis 670 of two rollers 67 is coaxially disposed or the high setting such as front and rear.

In the present embodiment, have on scrubbing brush housing 61 and/or escape pipe 68 for limiting escape pipe 68 only in non-usage Rotatable position limiting structure 63 in the range of use between position and operating limit position, wherein, it is located at non-make in escape pipe 68 The top of scrubbing brush housing 61 is vertically arranged in escape pipe during position 68, the escape pipe when escape pipe 68 is located at operating limit position 68 are horizontally set on the rear side of scrubbing brush housing 61.

In the present embodiment, scrubbing brush shell body 61A include scrubbing brush base 611 and paint lid 612, position limiting structure 63 includes Paint the back edge of lid 612 with constituting and escape pipe 68 is terminated in into the upper limit edge 631 of non-use position and constitutes ground The back edge of brush base 611 and the lower limit edge 632 that escape pipe 68 is terminated in operating limit position.

In the present embodiment, pivot connection arms 61B includes：There is lower half pivoting hole in base portion 613, base portion 613 6131；Upper cup portion 614, upper cup portion 614 is located in base portion 613 and accommodating chamber 61B0 is limited between base portion 613, on Have in cover portion 614 with lower half pivoting hole about 6131 to being combined into complete pivoting hole 61C upper half pivoting hole 6141, connector portions Have on 681 and pivot the pivotal axis 682 coordinated in pivoting hole 61C；And pivot cylinder portion 615, at least part position in pivot cylinder portion 615 It is connected in outside accommodating chamber 61B0 and with base portion 613 and/or upper cup portion 614, has on roller 67 and pivot cooperation in pivot cylinder portion 615 Interior roller wheel shaft 671.

In the present embodiment, the inner in pivot cylinder portion 615, which is located at, accommodates interior, the inner flexible buckle of roller wheel shaft 671 672, Elastic buckle 672 through pivot cylinder portion 615 it is inner after inner face locking with pivot cylinder portion 615.

In the present embodiment, there is backstop in a side end face of the remote connector portions 681 of pivotal axis 682 in base portion 613 It is outer to prevent the spacing block piece 6132 of the axial float of escape pipe 68.

In the present embodiment, pivot cylinder portion 615 and base portion 613 are formed in one part, and/or, base portion 613 and upper cup portion 614 are connected by threaded fastener or are connected by the component of buckle 3912.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes ground brush assemblies 600.

(7) below, reference picture 1- Figure 37, is briefly described according to the ground brush assemblies 600 of the utility model embodiment 7 and hand-held Dust catcher T.

In the present embodiment, ground brush assemblies 600 include：Scrubbing brush housing 61；Escape pipe 68, one end of escape pipe 68 and scrubbing brush Housing 61 is pivotly connected and the sliding groove with the circumferentially extending along escape pipe 68 on the outer surface of escape pipe 68 6801；It is enclosed on outside transfer tube 6N, transfer tube 6N on the other end of escape pipe 68 and there is mounting hole on transfer tube 6N tube wall 6N1；On the one hand buckle button 6M, buckle button 6M coordinate with mounting hole 6N1 inlay cards, on the other hand with sliding groove 6801 slippingly Coordinate, so that transfer tube 6N can be circumferentially rotated with respect to escape pipe 68 but can not axial separation.

In the present embodiment, mounting hole 6N1 is multiple and opened in the circumferentially-spaced of escape pipe 68, and buckle button 6M is multiple And corresponding inlay card coordinates respectively with multiple mounting hole 6N1.

In the present embodiment, sliding groove 6801 is around the escape pipe annular groove of 68 1 weeks 512, each buckle button 6M Slide and coordinate with annular groove 512.

In the present embodiment, sliding groove 6801 be included in escape pipe 68 the circumferentially-spaced multiple arcs for opening distribution it is recessed Groove 512, multiple buckle button 6M respectively coordinate with the correspondence sliding of multiple arcs groove 512 so that the relative escape pipes 68 of transfer tube 6N Hard-over is 70 °~80 °.

In the present embodiment, buckle button 6M includes：Body 6M1, the first screens portion 6M2 and the second screens portion 6M3, its In, body 6M1's is at least partially disposed in mounting hole 6N1, and the first screens portion 6M2 and the second screens portion 6M3 are connected to Both sides of the body 6M1 in transfer tube 6N circumference, and the first screens portion 6M2 at least part and the second screens portion 6M3 At least partly it is respectively positioned in transfer tube 6N and non-just right with mounting hole 6N1, body 6M1, the first screens portion 6M2 and the second screens At least part of at least one in portion 6M3 slippingly coordinates in sliding groove 6801.

In the present embodiment, the first screens portion 6M2 is arc lath and slippingly coordinated in sliding groove 6801, its In, one end on the first screens portion 6M2 arc length direction and body 6M1 inner surface is fixedly linked, the other end extend to it is non-with Mounting hole 6N1 is just right.

In the present embodiment, the second screens portion 6M3 includes diving board portion 6M31 and slip hook portion 6M32, and diving board portion 6M31 is located at peace Fill in the 6N1 of hole and only outer end is connected with body 6M1, slip hook portion 6M32 is connected and and mounting hole with diving board portion 6M31 the inner 6N1 Inner edge clampings.

In the present embodiment, escape pipe 68 is extended in left-right direction by pivot axis 670 pivot structure and scrubbing brush shell Body 61 is connected pivotably, to have preceding stop part 61E and rear stop part 61F on scrubbing brush housing 61 in the longitudinal direction, wherein, go out Tracheae 68 from preceding stop part 61E stop to first position turn to rear stop part 61F stop to the second place turn over Angle is 80 °~100 °.

In the present embodiment, preceding stop part 61E is respectively arranged on the left side and the right side anti-rotation baffle plate 61G, two anti-rotation baffle plate 61G The anti-rotation groove 61H that top and rear portion are opened wide respectively is limited between preceding stop part 61E, transfer tube 6N front portion is inserted provided with anti-rotation Sell 6R, when escape pipe 68 turns to first position, transfer tube 6N is upright and anti-rotation bolt 6R insertings in anti-rotation groove 61H with by So anti-rotation groove 61H limitations transfer tube 6N is rotated relative to escape pipe 68.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes ground brush assemblies 600.

(8) below, reference picture 1- Figure 37, briefly describes the cleaning assemblies according to the utility model embodiment 8 and hand-held suction Dirt device T.

In the present embodiment, cleaning assemblies includes：Ground brush assemblies 600, ground brush assemblies 600 include scrubbing brush housing 61 and are located at The first magnetic absorption member 69 on scrubbing brush housing 61；And mop assembly 700, fixation of the mop assembly 700 including being suitable to fixed rag Part 73 and the second magnetic absorption member 74 suitable for coordinating with the magnetic of the first magnetic absorption member 69, mop assembly 700 pass through the He of the second magnetic absorption member 74 The magnetic of first magnetic absorption member 69 coordinates the bottom for being removably attached to ground brush assemblies 600.

In the present embodiment, on the conventional direct of travel of ground brush assemblies 600, the front side bottom of scrubbing brush housing 61, which has, inhales Dirt mouthful, mop assembly 700 is located at the rear side of suction port.

In the present embodiment, on the conventional direct of travel of ground brush assemblies 600, the rear side of scrubbing brush housing 61 is provided with roller 67, mop assembly 700 is located at the front side of roller 67.

In the present embodiment, both sides of the mop assembly 700 on the direct of travel perpendicular to ground brush assemblies 600 and scrubbing brush group Both sides of the part 600 on the direct of travel perpendicular to ground brush assemblies 600 are concordant.

In the present embodiment, the first magnetic absorption member 69 is located at the bottom of ground brush assemblies 600, and the second magnetic absorption member 74 is located at mop group The top of part 700.

In the present embodiment, the first magnetic absorption member 69 is located at the bottom center of ground brush assemblies 600, and the second magnetic absorption member 74, which is located at, drags The center of top of component 700.

In the present embodiment, there is the fitting recess 610 of bottom-open on scrubbing brush housing 61, have on mop assembly 700 to Protrude above and be adapted to fit in the department of assembly 711 in fitting recess 610, the first magnetic absorption member 69 is located in fitting recess 610, the second magnetic Part 74 is located in department of assembly 711.

In the present embodiment, mop assembly 700 includes：Grillage 71, department of assembly 711 is upward by the portion lower surface of grillage 71 Protrusion is formed, and limits bottom-open in department of assembly 711 to accommodate the assembly cavity 7110 of the second magnetic absorption member 74；And end cap 72, end cap 72 is connected with grillage 71 and is sealed on the bottom of assembly cavity 7110.

In the present embodiment, the bottom surface of grillage 71 is encapsulated.

In the present embodiment, fixture 73 is located on the upper surface of grillage 71.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes cleaning assemblies.

(9) below, reference picture 1- Figure 37, briefly describes the cleaning assemblies according to the utility model embodiment 9 and hand-held suction Dirt device T.

In the present embodiment, cleaning assemblies includes：Ground brush assemblies 600, ground brush assemblies 600 include scrubbing brush housing 61 and set The first magnetic absorption member 69 on scrubbing brush housing 61 and it can roll the round brush being connected with scrubbing brush housing 61；Mop assembly 700, is dragged Component 700 include grillage 71, end cap 72 and and the second magnetic absorption member 74 for being located between grillage 71 and end cap 72, fit on grillage 71 In assembling rag, mop assembly 700 is coordinated by the magnetic of the second magnetic absorption member 74 and the first magnetic absorption member 69 to be removably attached to The bottom of ground brush assemblies 600.

In the present embodiment, have on grillage 71 by the portion lower surface department of assembly 711 protruding upward formed of grillage 71, Bottom-open and the assembly cavity 7110 for accommodating the second magnetic absorption member 74 are limited in department of assembly 711, end cap 72 is sealed on assembling The bottom of chamber 7110.

In the present embodiment, there is the through hole 7111 run through, mop assembly 700 also includes on the upper surface of department of assembly 711 Magnetic conductive part 75, the part of magnetic conductive part 75 is located in assembly cavity 7110 and is connected with the second magnetic part magnetic, magnetic conductive part 75 remaining Part is passed to beyond department of assembly 711 to contact magnetic with the first magnetic absorption member 69 upwards by through hole 7111.

In the present embodiment, magnetic conductive part 75 includes two magnetic conductive iron sheets 751 be arrangeding in parallel, and the second magnetic part folder is inhaled two Between individual magnetic conductive iron sheet 751.

In the present embodiment, there is the spacing catch for being respectively provided at two both sides of magnetic conductive iron sheet 751 in assembly cavity 7110 712, spacing catch 712 is fixed on grillage 71 and/or end cap 72.

In the present embodiment, have on end cap 72 and extend into assembly cavity 7110 and be only against the remote of the second magnetic absorption member 74 End cover side locating part 721 on one side surface of grillage 71.

In the present embodiment, grillage 71 is detachably connected with end cap 72.

In the present embodiment, there is fixed column 713 on grillage 71, there is on end cap 72 fixing hole 722, fixed column 713 with Fixing hole 722 is detachably connected by threaded fastener.

In the present embodiment, the bottom of grillage 71 is encapsulated, and fixture 73 is that magic power is pasted or activity is pressed from both sides and is located at grillage 71 On upper surface.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes cleaning assemblies.

(10) below, reference picture 38- Figure 46, briefly describes the He of dirt cup component 100 according to the utility model embodiment 10 Hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 includes：Glass shell 11；Cyclonic separation part, cyclonic separation part is located at glass shell 11 It is interior；Separator 22, separator 22 is located between glass shell 11 and cyclonic separation part with by the sky between glass shell 11 and cyclonic separation part Between be divided into cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102, wherein, cyclonic chamber 1101 be located at dust-collecting cavity 1102 top and for around rotation The annular space of wind separation member, cyclonic chamber 1101 connected by the dust-exhausting port 2201 on separator 22 with dust-collecting cavity 1102 so that The dirt matter that the internal cyclone of cyclonic chamber 1101 is isolated is discharged in dust-collecting cavity 1102 by dust-exhausting port 2201.

In the present embodiment, further there is the air inlet 2202 that gas is fed to cyclonic chamber 1101 on separator 22.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 further comprises position of splitter 101, and position of splitter 101 is at least partially disposed at rotation Wind chamber 1101 is interior and is folded between the inner ring surface of cyclonic chamber 1101 and outer ring surface and intercepts in air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port So that the air-flow flowed into cyclonic chamber 1101 by air inlet 2202 is along the direction away from position of splitter 101 towards dust discharge between 2201 2201 annulars of mouth are streamed.

In the present embodiment, there is perforation 220, the part of position of splitter 101 is stretched into perforation 220 to wear on separator 22 Hole 220 is separated into air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 positioned at the both sides of position of splitter 101.

In the present embodiment, the part being located in cyclonic chamber 1101 of position of splitter 101 is along direction width from top to bottom It is gradually reduced.

In the present embodiment, a side surface construction of the neighbouring air inlet 2202 of position of splitter 101 into guiding air-flow by air inlet The streamlined curved surfaces that mouth 2202 smoothly becomes a mandarin into cyclonic chamber 1101.

In the present embodiment, a side surface construction of the neighbouring dust-exhausting port 2201 of position of splitter 101 into guiding air-flow by whirlwind Chamber 1101 smoothly goes out the streamlined curved surface of stream to dust-exhausting port 2201.

In the present embodiment, position of splitter 101 includes：Be located at whirlwind cone 21 on fuisw rib 26 and be located in glass shell 11 every Disconnected muscle 121, fuisw rib 26 and cut-off muscle about 121 to.

In the present embodiment, a side surface of the neighbouring air inlet 2202 of fuisw rib 26 and the neighbouring air inlet of cut-off muscle 121 Mouthfuls 2202 side surface smoothly transits connected, and a side surface construction of close the air inlet 2202 of fuisw rib 26 is towards far From the direction of dust-collecting cavity 1102 and close to the first recessed guide curve surface 261 of the direction of dust-exhausting port 2201.

In the present embodiment, a side surface of the neighbouring dust-exhausting port 2201 of fuisw rib 26 and the neighbouring dust discharge of cut-off muscle 121 Mouthfuls 2201 side surface smoothly transits connected, and a side surface construction of close the dust-exhausting port 2201 of fuisw rib 26 is towards far From the direction of dust-collecting cavity 1102 and close to the second recessed guide curve surface 262 of the direction of air inlet 2202.

In the present embodiment, on cyclonic separation part further have connection inside cyclonic separation part with cyclonic chamber 1101 it Between first through hole 2111 so that the air-flow isolated in cyclonic chamber 1101 pass through first through hole 2111 enter cyclonic separation part Interior cyclonic separation again.

In the present embodiment, on cyclonic separation part further have connection inside cyclonic separation part with dust-collecting cavity 1102 it Between the second through hole 2121 so that the dirt matter that cyclonic separation goes out again in cyclonic separation part is discharged to collection by the second through hole 2121 In dirt chamber 1102.

In the present embodiment, there is in glass shell 11 drainage channel 120, the two ends of drainage channel 120 respectively with cyclonic chamber 1101 inside and the ft connection of glass shell 11 are with by the air-flow introducing cyclonic chamber 1101 outside glass shell 11.

In the present embodiment, drainage channel 120 is located in dust-collecting cavity 1102.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100.

(11) below, reference picture 38- Figure 46, briefly describes the He of dirt cup component 100 according to the utility model embodiment 11 Hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 includes：Glass shell 11；Whirlwind cone 21, whirlwind cone 21 is cone barrel and is located at cup In shell 11；Separator 22, separator 22 is annular slab and is set between the outer peripheral face of whirlwind cone 21 and the inner surface of glass shell 11 So that the space between glass shell 11 and cyclonic separation part to be divided into the cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust positioned at separator both sides about 22 Chamber 1102, wherein, cyclonic chamber 1101 is located at the top of dust-collecting cavity 1102 and the annular space to bore 21 around whirlwind, cyclonic chamber 1101 are connected by the dust-exhausting port 2201 on separator 22 with dust-collecting cavity 1102 so as to isolate in the internal cyclone of cyclonic chamber 1101 Dirt matter is discharged in dust-collecting cavity 1102 by dust-exhausting port 2201.

In the present embodiment, there is connection in rotation in the peripheral wall surfaces 211 for limiting cyclonic chamber 1101 of whirlwind cone 21 First through hole 2111 between the inside of wind cone 21 and cyclonic chamber 1101, so that the air-flow isolated in cyclonic chamber 1101 passes through the One through hole 2111 enters cyclonic separation again in whirlwind cone 21.

In the present embodiment, peripheral wall surfaces 211 include continuous first area and second area, in the interior air-flow of cyclonic chamber 1101 Flow direction on, first area be located at second area remote dust-exhausting port 2201 side, first through hole 2111 be it is multiple and It is respectively positioned in first area.

In the present embodiment, the area of first area is more than the area of second area.

In the present embodiment, on the bottom wall 212 for limiting dust-collecting cavity 1102 of whirlwind cone 21 there is connection to exist The second through hole 2121 between the inside of whirlwind cone 21 and dust-collecting cavity 1102, the second through hole 2121 makes to revolve again in whirlwind cone 21 The dirt matter that wind is isolated is discharged in dust-collecting cavity 1102 by the second through hole 2121.

In the present embodiment, further there is the air inlet 2202 that gas is fed to cyclonic chamber 1101 on separator 22.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 further comprises position of splitter 101, and position of splitter 101 is at least partially disposed at rotation Wind chamber 1101 is interior and is folded between the inner ring surface of cyclonic chamber 1101 and outer ring surface and intercepts in air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port So that the air-flow flowed into cyclonic chamber 1101 by air inlet 2202 is along the direction away from position of splitter 101 towards dust discharge between 2201 2201 annulars of mouth are streamed.

In the present embodiment, position of splitter 101 includes：Fuisw rib 26, fuisw rib 26 is folded in the inner ring surface of cyclonic chamber 1101 Extended downwardly between outer ring surface and by the upper surface 1201 of cyclonic chamber 1101 and width is gradually reduced.

In the present embodiment, a side surface construction of the close air inlet 2202 of fuisw rib 26 is to be directed away from dust-collecting cavity The first recessed guide curve surface 261 of 1102 directions and the close direction of dust-exhausting port 2201.

In the present embodiment, a side surface construction of the close dust-exhausting port 2201 of fuisw rib 26 is to be directed away from dust-collecting cavity The second recessed guide curve surface 262 of 1102 directions and the close direction of air inlet 2202.

In the present embodiment, cut-off muscle 121 is integrated part with whirlwind cone 21.

In the present embodiment, there is perforation 220, position of splitter 101 further comprises on separator 22：Separate muscle 121, cut-off A part for muscle 121 be folded in the lower end of between the inner ring surface of cyclonic chamber 1101 and outer ring surface and upper end and fuisw rib 26 to supporting, The remainder of cut-off muscle 121 is passed down through perforation 220 perforation 220 is separated into positioned at the air inlet for separating the both sides of muscle 121 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201.

In the present embodiment, cut-off muscle 121 is integrated part with glass shell 11.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 further comprises screens muscle 122 and limit rib 1125, screens muscle 122 and every Disconnected muscle 121 is each provided in glass shell 11 and opened in the circumferentially-spaced of cyclonic chamber 1101, and limit rib 1125 and separator 22 are each provided at Whirlwind is bored on 21 and limit rib 1125 is located in perforation 220, and a circumferential side wall of limit rib 1125 and perforation 220 is fastened respectively In the both sides of cut-off muscle 121 and screens muscle 122.

In the present embodiment, it is provided with and matches somebody with somebody with the cut-off sliding of muscle 121 guiding at the close air inlet 2202 on limit rib 1125 The first guide pad 24 closed.

In the present embodiment, cut-off muscle 121 is directed away from the direction inclination extension of screens muscle 122 from top to bottom, and first leads The bottom of limit rib 1125 is located to block 24, and a side surface construction of the close cut-off muscle 121 of the first guide pad 24 is from upper The direction for being directed away from separating muscle 121 under tilts the guiding surface extended.

In the present embodiment, it is provided with to be oriented to the sliding of screens muscle 122 at the close air inlet 2202 on separator 22 and coordinates The second guide pad 25.

In the present embodiment, screens muscle 122 is directed away from separating from top to bottom the direction inclination extension of muscle 121, and second leads Be located at the bottom of separator 22 to block 25, and the close screens muscle 122 of the second guide pad 25 a side surface construction be on to Under be directed away from screens muscle 122 direction tilt extension guiding surface.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 further comprises：Drainage tube 12, drainage tube 12 is located in dust-collecting cavity 1102 And one end is connected by air inlet 2202 with the inside of cyclonic chamber 1101, the other end and the ft connection of glass shell 11 are with by outside glass shell 11 Air-flow is introduced in cyclonic chamber 1101.

In the present embodiment, the upper end of drainage tube 12 is connected with air inlet 2202, and the part end of the upper end of drainage tube 12 Stop the bottom wall 212 for being used to limit dust-collecting cavity 1102 for being against whirlwind cone 21 in face.

In the present embodiment, drainage tube 12 is integrated part with glass shell 11.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100.

(12) below, reference picture 47- Figure 63, briefly describes the He of dirt cup component 100 according to the utility model embodiment 12 Hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, whirlwind cone component 2 includes：Whirlwind cone 21, whirlwind cone 21 is formed as the vertical cone cylinder of open top There is the first keeper on shape and whirlwind cone 21；Filter, the whirlwind that is at least partially disposed at of filter is bored in 21 and on filter With the second keeper；And rotatable engagement component, rotatable engagement component is located between whirlwind cone 21 and filter, and first When keeper and the second keeper location fit, whirlwind is bored 21 rotating forwards relative with filter, rotatable engagement component can gradually match somebody with somebody Close in place so that filter is connected to whirlwind cone 21.

In the present embodiment, one of them in the first keeper and the second keeper be arc chute 2131, another For sliding block 27141, when sliding block 27141 slippingly coordinates in chute 2131, the first keeper and the second keeper are positioned Coordinate.

In the present embodiment, the top of whirlwind cone 21, which has to whirlwind, bores outside 21 the circle that extends along portion 213, filter bag The sleeping ring portion 2714 for being located at circle along the top of portion 213 is included, wherein, the first keeper is to be formed in circle along the chute 2131 in portion 213, Second keeper is the sliding block 27141 being located in sleeping ring portion 2714.

In the present embodiment, chute 2131 is played the central axial direction to whirlwind cone 21 from outer peripheral face of the outer ring along portion 213 Upper and lower end face recessed and that insertion circle is along portion 213, sliding block 27141 is extended downwardly by the lower surface for the ring portion 2714 that crouches.

In the present embodiment, the arrow logo 27142 that also there is neighbouring sliding block 27141 to set in the ring portion 2714 that crouches, is turning When dynamic filter makes the direction rotation indicated by sliding block 27141 along arrow logo 27142, rotatable engagement component can be gradually coupled to Position.

In the present embodiment, also there is wedge angle to be directed at the first wedge angle mark 27143 of sliding block 27141 in the ring portion 2714 that crouches, Also there is wedge angle to be directed at the second wedge angle mark 2132 of the one end of chute 2131 on whirlwind cone 21, make the first wedge angle in rotating filter Mark 27143 and second wedge angle mark 2132 close to when, rotatable engagement component can gradually coordinate in place.

In the present embodiment, the top of whirlwind cone 21 has to bore to whirlwind and extended inside 21 and in the circumference that whirlwind bores 21 Multiple rotary stopper convex tendons 2133 of distribution are spaced apart, filter includes being located at the vertical ring portion 2716 that whirlwind bores 21 inner tips, There are the circumferentially-spaced multiple rotary stopper grooves 27161 for opening distribution that 21 are bored in whirlwind on the outer peripheral face of vertical ring portion 2716, Multiple rotary stopper convex tendons 2133 correspond to be configured to rotatable engagement component with multiple rotary stopper grooves 27161.

In the present embodiment, rotary stopper convex tendon 2133 is two and is located at the radially opposite sides that whirlwind bores 21 respectively.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 includes：Glass shell 11 and whirlwind cone component 2, whirlwind cone component 2 are located at glass shell Include in 11 and also separator 22, separator 22 is annular slab and is set in the outer peripheral face and the inner surface of glass shell 11 of whirlwind cone 21 Between with by glass shell 11 and whirlwind cone 21 between space be divided into positioned at separator both sides about 22 cyclonic chamber 1101 and collect Dirt chamber 1102, wherein, the one side of cyclonic chamber 1101 connected by the dust-exhausting port 2201 on separator 22 with dust-collecting cavity 1102, another The first through hole 2111 that aspect is bored by whirlwind in 21 peripheral wall surfaces 211 is connected with the inner chamber 210 that whirlwind bores 21, whirlwind cone 21 The second through hole 2121 that inner chamber 210 is bored by whirlwind on 21 bottom wall 212 is connected with dust-collecting cavity 1102.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100.

(13) below, reference picture 47- Figure 63, briefly describe according to the filtration members support 271 of the utility model embodiment 13, Dirt cup component 100 and hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, filtration members support 271 includes：Sleeping ring portion 2714, the inner ring of sleeping ring portion 2714 limits air draft Mouthful；Supporting part 2712, supporting part 2712 is connected with sleeping ring portion 2714 and positioned at the axial side of sleeping ring portion 2714 for support Filtration members 392；Ring portion 2715 is sealed, sealing ring portion 2715 is at least one and each seals the inner ring of ring portion 2715 around row Air port and be connected with sleeping ring portion 2714, the outer shroud of each sealing ring portion 2715 is directed away from the direction flaring of supporting part 2712 and prolonged Stretch to be suitable for sealing with hand-held cleaners T casing 31 and/or glass shell 11 and coordinate.

In the present embodiment, sealing ring portion 2715 includes：Inner ring seals ring portion 27151, and inner ring seals the interior of ring portion 27151 Ring be connected with the inner ring position of sleeping ring portion 2714, the seal outer shroud of ring portion 2715 is directed away from the direction flaring of supporting part 2712 and prolonged Stretch to be suitable for sealing with hand-held cleaners T casing 31 and coordinate.

In the present embodiment, sealing ring portion 2715 includes：Outer ring seals ring portion 27152, and outer ring seals the interior of ring portion 27152 Ring be connected with the outer shroud position of sleeping ring portion 2714, the seal outer shroud of ring portion 2715 is directed away from the direction flaring of supporting part 2712 and prolonged Stretch to be suitable for sealing with hand-held cleaners T glass shell 11 and coordinate.

In the present embodiment, sealing ring portion 2715 is flexible glue material member.

In the present embodiment, filtration members support 271 is integrated injection molding part.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 includes：Glass shell 11；Whirlwind cone 21, whirlwind cone 21 is cone barrel and vertical set In glass shell 11；Separator 22, separator 22 is annular slab and is set in the outer peripheral face and the inner surface of glass shell 11 of whirlwind cone 21 Between with by glass shell 11 and whirlwind cone 21 between space be divided into positioned at separator both sides about 22 cyclonic chamber 1101 and collect Dirt chamber 1102；With filtration members support 271, wherein, supporting part 2712 be located at whirlwind cone 21 in, crouch ring portion 2714 and sealing ring portion 2715 are located at the top of whirlwind cone 21.

In the present embodiment, sealing ring portion 2715 includes above-mentioned outer ring sealing ring portion 27152, outer ring sealing ring portion 27152 The inner surface sealing of outer shroud and glass shell 11 coordinate to close the top of cyclonic chamber 1101.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes：Dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, cylinder block set 300 are located at The top of dirt cup component 100, cylinder block set 300 includes casing 31, and the bottom of casing 31 has the air inlet connected with exhaust outlet.

In the present embodiment, sealing ring portion 2715 is included outside inner ring sealing ring portion 27151, inner ring sealing ring portion 27151 The sealing of bottom wall 6101 of ring and casing 31 coordinates and around air inlet.

In the present embodiment, casing 31 is provided with the first Access Division 311, and glass shell 11 is provided with the second Access Division 1103, the Two Access Divisions 1103 coordinate so that dirt cup component 100 is connected to cylinder block set 300 with the corresponding buckle 3912 in the first Access Division 311.

In the present embodiment, the first Access Division 311 is two block tongues of both sides respectively in casing 31 radially, the second card Socket part 1103 is to be respectively provided at two necks of the both sides of glass shell 11 radially, two necks and two block tongues corresponding buckle respectively 3912 coordinate.

(14) below, reference picture 47- Figure 63, briefly describe according to the filtration members support 271 of the utility model embodiment 14, Filter, dirt cup component 100 and hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, filtration members support 271 includes：End ring portion 2711；Supporting part 2712, supporting part 2712 is located at end The axial side of ring portion 2711 and be connected with end ring portion 2711 for support filtration members 392；Grasping part 2713, grasping part 2713 Positioned at end ring portion 2711 axial side and be connected with supporting part 2712, center direction of the grasping part 2713 towards end ring portion 2711 Extension picks and places for grasping.

In the present embodiment, grasping part 2713 is column-shaped projection.

In the present embodiment, grasping part 2713 is cone column-shaped projection, and along the direction towards end ring portion 2711, grasping part 2713 cross-sectional area is gradually reduced.

In the present embodiment, the edge of a side surface in the close end ring portion 2711 of grasping part 2713 is directed away from end ring portion 2711 directional smoothing bending.

In the present embodiment, the central axis of grasping part 2713 is overlapped with the central axis in end ring portion 2711.

In the present embodiment, supporting part 2712 includes：Bracing ring 27121, bracing ring 27121 and end ring portion 2711 are set respectively Both sides in grasping part 2713；First support bar 27122, the first support bar 27122 is multiple and be both connected to end ring portion 2711 With around grasping part 2713 between bracing ring 27121；And second support bar 27124, the second support bar 27124 to be multiple and Circumferentially-spaced in bracing ring 27121 is opened, wherein, one end of each second support bar 27124 with the phase of bracing ring 27121 Even, the other end towards the direction extension close to end ring portion 2711 and is connected to grasping part 2713.

In the present embodiment, there is the length along corresponding first support bar 27122 at least one first support bar 27122 The first reinforcement 27123 of direction extension is spent, and/or, have at least one second support bar 27124 along corresponding second Second reinforcement 27124 of the length direction extension of stay 27124.

In the present embodiment, each second support bar 27124 is arc strip.

In the present embodiment, filter includes：Filtration members support 271 and filtration members 392, filtration members 392 are located at filtration members Supported on support 271 and by supporting part 2712.

In the present embodiment, filtration members 392 are filter cotton and seamed on filtration members support 271.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 includes：Glass shell 11；Whirlwind cone 21, whirlwind cone 21 is cone barrel and vertical set In glass shell 11；Separator 22, separator 22 is annular slab and is set in the outer peripheral face and the inner surface of glass shell 11 of whirlwind cone 21 Between with by glass shell 11 and whirlwind cone 21 between space be divided into positioned at separator both sides about 22 cyclonic chamber 1101 and collect Dirt chamber 1102, wherein, the one side of cyclonic chamber 1101 connected by the dust-exhausting port 2201 on separator 22 with dust-collecting cavity 1102, another The first through hole 2111 that aspect is bored by whirlwind in 21 peripheral wall surfaces 211 is connected with the inner chamber 210 that whirlwind bores 21, whirlwind cone 21 The second through hole 2121 that inner chamber 210 is bored by whirlwind on 21 bottom wall 212 is connected with dust-collecting cavity 1102；And filter, The whirlwind that is at least partially disposed at of filter is bored in 21.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100.

(15) below, reference picture 64- Figure 79, briefly describes the hand-held cleaners T according to the utility model embodiment 15.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes：Dirt cup component 100, dirt cup component 100 includes glass shell 11, whirlwind and bored 21 and separator 22, whirlwind cone 21 be cone barrel and it is vertical be located in glass shell 11, separator 22 is annular slab and is set in whirlwind Separated between the outer peripheral face of cone 21 and the inner surface of glass shell 11 so that the space between glass shell 11 and whirlwind cone 21 to be divided into be located at Part both sides and cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 for being connected by the dust-exhausting port 2201 on separator 22 about 22, wherein, cup Shell 11 includes cup body 111 and is located at the cup bottom 112 of the bottom of cup body 111；Cylinder block set 300, cylinder block set 300 is located at cup body 111 Top and including casing 31 and the host part that is located in casing 31；Latch components 400, latch components 400 are located at cup body 111 Cup body 111 is separated with cup bottom 112 between cup bottom 112 and when being configured to unlock, and/or, latch components 400 are located at cup body Between 111 and casing 31 and to be configured to cup body 111 and casing 31 during unblock separable.

In the present embodiment, latch components 400 include：Static lock；Activity lock, activity lock geo-stationary lock can Motion；Elastic component, elastic component is connected with activity lock and often promotion activity lock coordinates with static lock locking, in activity lock Geo-stationary lock occurs when motion makes the elastic component deform activity lock and latches unblock with static and separate.

In the present embodiment, elastic component is spring or shell fragment.

In the present embodiment, activity lock geo-stationary lock pivotably motion or translatable motion.

In the present embodiment, latch components 400 include being located between cup body 111 and cup bottom 112 and the cup body 111 in unblock With separable first latch components 400 in cup bottom 112, the first latch components 400 include：First static lock 411, first is static Lock 411 is the latch hook being located on glass bottom 112；Locked groove is formed with first activity lock 421, the first activity lock 421 and can Pivotally it is located in cup body 111；First elastic component 431, the first elastic component 431 is shell fragment and is connected with the first activity lock 421 And often promote latch hook to coordinate with locked groove locking, when promoting the relative cup body 111 of the first activity lock 421 to pivot, shell fragment becomes Shape and latch hook are separated with locked groove unblock.

In the present embodiment, the middle part of the first activity lock 421 is pivotly connected with cup body 111, the first activity lock 421 bottom is formed with locked groove, and shell fragment is relative with the middle and upper part of the first activity lock 421 and lower end latches 421 with the first activity The connected, slip of upper end edge cup body 111, is pivoted promoting the middle and upper part of the first activity lock 421 the first activity is latched 421 When, the upper end of shell fragment slides upwards so that shell fragment expansion is deformed and locked groove is separated with latch hook unblock.

In the present embodiment, latch components 400 include stating cup when being located between cup body 111 and casing 31 and be configured to unblock Body 111 and separable second latch components 400 of casing 31, the second latch components 400 include：Second static lock 412, second Neck of the static lock 412 for formation in cup body 111；There is block tongue on second activity lock 422, the second activity lock 422 And be pivotally arranged on casing 31；Second elastic component 432, the second elastic component 432 is spring and latches 422 phases with the second activity Even and often block tongue is promoted to coordinate with neck locking, when promoting the relative casing 31 of the second activity lock 422 to pivot, spring becomes Shape and block tongue are separated with neck unblock.

In the present embodiment, there is the first hole 3102 and the second hole 3103 arranged up and down, the second active lock on casing 31 Button 422 is located in casing 31 and upper end is pivotly connected with casing 31, and the middle part of the second activity lock 422 is formed with button portion And manifested by the first hole 3102, block tongue is located at the lower end of the second activity lock 422 and manifested by the second hole 3103, spring water Flat to set and be connected with button portion, when making the second activity 422 pivot of lock in promoting button portion, spring transversely compresses and block tongue Move to separate with neck unblock into the second hole 3103.

In the present embodiment, further there is the air inlet 2202 that gas is fed to cyclonic chamber 1101, dirt on separator 22 Cup assembly 100 further comprises position of splitter 101, and position of splitter 101 is at least partially disposed in cyclonic chamber 1101 and is folded in whirlwind Between the inner ring surface and outer ring surface of chamber 1101 and intercept between air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 so that by air inlet 2202 The air-flow flowed into cyclonic chamber 1101 streams along the direction away from position of splitter 101 towards the annular of dust-exhausting port 2201.

In the present embodiment, there is perforation 220, position of splitter 101 includes on separator 22：It is located at the water conservancy diversion on whirlwind cone 21 Muscle 26 and the cut-off muscle 121 being located in glass shell 11, fuisw rib 26 and cut-off muscle are about 121 to and separating the part of muscle 121 and stretch Enter in perforation 220 to be separated into perforation 220 into the air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 positioned at the both sides of position of splitter 101.

(16) below, reference picture 64- Figure 79, briefly describes glass shell 11, the dirt cup group according to the utility model embodiment 16 Part 100 and hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, glass shell 11 includes：Have on cup body 111, the bottom wall 6101 of cup body 111 and limit dust discharge opening 1110 first annular mating surface 1113, the surface of first annular mating surface 1113 is located at least two different planes；Cup Bottom 112, cup bottom 112 be located at the bottom of cup body 111 have for switch dust discharge opening 1110, on cup bottom 112 with it is first annular The second mating annular face 1123 that mating surface 1113 matches；And seal 114, seal 114 is located at first annular cooperation With the sealing dust discharge opening 1110 when dust discharge opening 1110 is closed at cup bottom 112 between the mating annular face 1123 of face 1113 and second.

In the present embodiment, first annular mating surface 1113 includes：First facial 1114, the surface position of first facial 1114 In in same plane；With the second face 1115, the surface of the second face 1115 is generally aligned in the same plane interior, the table of the second face 1115 Plane where face is Different Plane with plane where the surface of first facial 1114.

In the present embodiment, plane where the surface of the second face 1115 is hung down with plane where the surface of first facial 1114 Directly.

In the present embodiment, on the length direction of first facial 1114 two on two ends and the second facial 1115 length direction End is respectively correspondingly smoothly transitted connected by arc surface.

In the present embodiment, cup bottom 112 it is edge limited go out towards the first annular direction of mating surface 1113 open wide annular Mating groove 1124, the bottom wall 6101 of annular engagement groove 1124 is configured to the second mating annular face 1123, and seal 114 exists for cooperation Sealing ring in mating groove.

In the present embodiment, have in annular engagement groove 1124 along the length direction of annular engagement groove 1124 and be spaced apart what is set There are multiple spacing breach 1141 that corresponding matching is distinguished with multiple limit ribs 1125 on multiple limit ribs 1125, sealing ring.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 includes：The glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100；Whirlwind cone 21, whirlwind bores 21 and is Cone barrel and vertical it is located in glass shell 11；And separator 22, separator 22 is annular slab and is set in the periphery that whirlwind bores 21 It is divided between the inner surface of face and glass shell 11 so that glass shell 11 and whirlwind are bored into the space between 21 positioned at separator two about 22 Side and the cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 connected by the dust-exhausting port 2201 on separator 22.

In the present embodiment, further there is the air inlet 2202 that gas is fed to cyclonic chamber 1101, dirt on separator 22 Cup assembly 100 further comprises position of splitter 101, and position of splitter 101 is at least partially disposed in cyclonic chamber 1101 and is folded in whirlwind Between the inner ring surface and outer ring surface of chamber 1101 and intercept between air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 so that by air inlet 2202 The air-flow flowed into cyclonic chamber 1101 streams along the direction away from position of splitter 101 towards the annular of dust-exhausting port 2201.

In the present embodiment, there is perforation 220, position of splitter 101 includes on separator 22：It is located at the water conservancy diversion on whirlwind cone 21 Muscle 26 and the cut-off muscle 121 being located in glass shell 11, fuisw rib 26 and cut-off muscle are about 121 to and separating the part of muscle 121 and stretch Enter in perforation 220 to be separated into perforation 220 into the air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 positioned at the both sides of position of splitter 101.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100.

(17) below, reference picture 64- Figure 79, briefly describes glass shell 11, the dirt cup group according to the utility model embodiment 17 Part 100 and hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, glass shell 11 includes：Cup body 111, the bottom of cup body 111 has dust discharge opening 1110；With cup bottom 112, cup bottom 112 is located at the bottom of cup body 111 and is pivotly connected to switch dust discharge opening 1110 with cup body 111；Subtended angle is limited Position muscle 113, subtended angle limit rib 113 is directly or indirectly located to be synchronized with the movement with cup bottom 112 on glass bottom 112, subtended angle limit rib 113 Be configured to, cup bottom 112 from the position of closing dust discharge opening 1110 to open dust discharge opening 1110 direction be pivoted past preset angle Only supported with the bottom wall 6101 of cup body 111 so that cup bottom 112 stops pivoting when spending.

In the present embodiment, predetermined angle is 85 °~90 °.

In the present embodiment, the bottom wall 6101 of cup body 111 is provided with the first pivotal arm 1111, and cup bottom 112 is provided with second Pivotal axis 1122, first are formed with one of them in pivotal arm 1121, the first pivotal arm 1111 and the second pivotal arm 1121 There is the pivoting hole 1112 coordinated with pivotal axis 1122, subtended angle limit on another in the pivotal arm 1121 of pivotal arm 1111 and second Position muscle 113 is located on the second pivotal arm 1121.

In the present embodiment, subtended angle limit rib 113 is by the edge of the second pivotal arm 1121, along the axial direction of pivoting hole 1112 Extension.

In the present embodiment, one end of subtended angle limit rib 113 is joined directly together with cup bottom 112.

In the present embodiment, dust discharge opening 1110 is semicircle, subtended angle limit rib 113 and the neighbouring dust discharge on bottom wall 6101 Opening 1110 straight flange side surface stop to.

In the present embodiment, dirt cup component 100 includes：The glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100；Whirlwind cone 21, whirlwind bores 21 and is Cone barrel and vertical it is located in glass shell 11；And separator 22, separator 22 is annular slab and is set in the periphery that whirlwind bores 21 It is divided between the inner surface of face and glass shell 11 so that glass shell 11 and whirlwind are bored into the space between 21 positioned at separator two about 22 Side and the cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 connected by the dust-exhausting port 2201 on separator 22.

In the present embodiment, further there is the air inlet 2202 that gas is fed to cyclonic chamber 1101, dirt on separator 22 Cup assembly 100 further comprises position of splitter 101, and position of splitter 101 is at least partially disposed in cyclonic chamber 1101 and is folded in whirlwind Between the inner ring surface and outer ring surface of chamber 1101 and intercept between air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 so that by air inlet 2202 The air-flow flowed into cyclonic chamber 1101 streams along the direction away from position of splitter 101 towards the annular of dust-exhausting port 2201.

In the present embodiment, there is perforation 220, position of splitter 101 includes on separator 22：It is located at the water conservancy diversion on whirlwind cone 21 Muscle 26 and the cut-off muscle 121 being located in glass shell 11, fuisw rib 26 and cut-off muscle are about 121 to and separating the part of muscle 121 and stretch Enter in perforation 220 to be separated into perforation 220 into the air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 positioned at the both sides of position of splitter 101.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100.

(18) below, reference picture 80- Figure 85, briefly describes the He of Handleset 500 according to the utility model embodiment 18 Hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, Handleset 500 includes：Handle housing 52, handle housing 52 holds portion 521 and and handle including handle Hold the connected connecting portion 522 in portion 521；Coiling hook 53, coiling hook 53 is arranged on connecting portion 522 and limited between connecting portion 522 Winding space is made, the outer surface of coiling hook 53 is made up of smooth surface or by seamlessly transitting connected smooth surface peace Face is constituted.

In the present embodiment, coiling hook 53 includes being connected to limit the first half-shell 531 and second of accommodation space to spelling Half-shell 532, the half-shell 532 of first half-shell 531 and second to spelling junction is formed with art designing line, art designing line be smooth curve or Person is to seamlessly transit connected smooth curve and straight line.

In the present embodiment, have the cooperation being looped around on the inside of the contour edge of first half-shell 531 convex in first half-shell 531 There is the cooperation concave station 5321 being looped around on the inside of the contour edge of the second half-shell 532 in platform 5311, the second half-shell 532, coordinate convex Platform 5311 with coordinate bumps dock coordinate so that the half-shell 532 of first half-shell 531 and second to spell junction formation art designing line.

In the present embodiment, there are two first positioned at the center Gu Xian two ends of first half-shell 531 in first half-shell 531 There are two the second buckle parts positioned at the center Gu Xian two ends of the second half-shell 532 in buckle part 5312, the second half-shell 532 5322, two the second buckle parts 5322 coordinate with two corresponding button bits of the first buckle part 5312.

In the present embodiment, at least one first buckle part 5312 is interference fitted with corresponding second buckle part 5322.

In the present embodiment, connecting portion 522 is tubular, coiling hook 53 include gear line portion 533 and be connected to gear line portion 533 and Support line portion 534 between connecting portion 522, winding space is limited between gear line portion 533, support line portion 534 and connecting portion 522, its In, between the bearing of trend in gear line portion 533 and the axial direction general parallel orientation of connecting portion 522 and gear line portion 533 and connecting portion 522 Minimum range be more than or equal to 22mm.

In the present embodiment, gear line portion 533 exceed support line portion 534 and the height of the part for keeping off line is more than or equal to 25mm。

In the present embodiment, have on coiling hook 53 and be located at beyond winding space and for the locking knot of locking power line 33 Structure 535.

In the present embodiment, locking strutcture 535 includes：Form the locking groove 5351 on the outer surface of coiling hook 53 and set Two locking raised 5352 be oppositely arranged in locking groove 5351 and on the width of locking groove 5351, two locking convex The locking entrance connected with locking groove 5351 is limited between playing 5352.

In the present embodiment, the minimum range between two locking raised 5352 is 3mm~4.5mm.

In the present embodiment, the length direction of locking groove 5351 is vertical direction.

In the present embodiment, there is installation base 5221, it is convex that coiling hook 53 is installed in rotation on installation on connecting portion 522 On platform 5221.

In the present embodiment, having on a side end face of coiling hook 53 on suit hole 5303, installation base 5221 has court To the neck pan portion 5222 and block plate portion 5223 extended successively away from the direction of connecting portion 522, wherein, neck pan portion 5222 and suit hole 5303 are rotatably engaged, and the diameter in block plate portion 5223 is more than the diameter of neck pan portion 5222 and in coiling hook 53.

In the present embodiment, have to have in the first keeper, coiling hook 53 in block plate portion 5223 and determine with the first keeper The second keeper that position coordinates.

In the present embodiment, the second keeper is two and the both sides in the diametric(al) of block plate portion 5223, in coiling During hook 53 is mounted opposite the rotation of boss 5221, two the second keepers replace cooperation with the first keeper.

In the present embodiment, the first keeper is the positioning convex 5225 being located in the peripheral wall surfaces 211 in block plate portion 5223, the Two keepers are the detent 5302 being limited between two semi-cylindrical be arrangeding in parallel projections 5301.

In the present embodiment, have in block plate portion 5223 along its axially through deep-slotted chip breaker 5224, positioning convex 5225 sets In the outside wall surface of deep-slotted chip breaker 5224.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes above-mentioned Handleset 500.

(19) below, reference picture 86- Figure 93, briefly describes the hand-held cleaners T according to the utility model embodiment 19.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes：Cylinder block set 300, cylinder block set 300 includes casing 31；Inserted terminal Seat 37, grafting end seat 37 is arranged in casing 31 and including trunk portion 371 and the first anti-rotation structure being located in trunk portion 371； And Handleset 500, Handleset 500 includes one end and stretches into the extension 51 in casing 31 and being set in trunk portion 371, Have on extension 51 and coordinate with the first anti-rotation structure so that extension 51 is with respect to non-rotatable second anti-rotation of grafting end seat 37 Structure.

In the present embodiment, the first anti-rotation structure is the convex tendon 3711 being located in the peripheral wall surfaces 211 of trunk portion 371, second Anti-rotation structure is the groove 512 through the tube wall of extension 51 and one end end face of extension 51.

In the present embodiment, groove 512 is " u "-shaped groove.

In the present embodiment, convex tendon 3711 extends and extending end along from grafting end seat 37 to the direction of extension 51 Edge face structure is smooth surface.

In the present embodiment, the extending end of convex tendon 3711 along the direction width from grafting end seat 37 to extension 51 by It is decrescence small.

In the present embodiment, the first anti-rotation structure is multiple and is evenly spaced apart in the circumference of trunk portion 371, second Anti-rotation structure is multiple and corresponds cooperation with multiple first anti-rotation structures.

In the present embodiment, also have in the peripheral wall surfaces 211 of trunk portion 371 and opened up in the circumferentially-spaced of trunk portion 371 Put and along axially extending multiple ribs 3712 of trunk portion 371, the thickness of each rib 3712 is respectively less than convex tendon 3711 Thickness.

In the present embodiment, the cross section of trunk portion 371 is annular.

In the present embodiment, there is the 3rd anti-rotation structure, grafting end seat 37 includes matching somebody with somebody with the 3rd anti-rotation structure in casing 31 Close so that grafting end seat 37 is with respect to non-rotatable 4th anti-rotation structure of casing 31.

In the present embodiment, the 3rd anti-rotation structure includes positioning hole and radially extending and positioned at positioning hole along positioning hole Two first gear planes 3105 of radially opposite sides, the 4th anti-rotation structure includes locating dowel 372 and radially extending along locating dowel 372 And two second gear planes 3731 of the radially opposite sides positioned at locating dowel 372, the location fit of locating dowel 372 is in positioning hole, and two Individual second gear plane 3731 is only against the homonymy of two first gear planes 3105 respectively.

In the present embodiment, grafting end seat 37 includes the semicolumn 373 being coaxially set in outside locating dowel 372, semicolumn 373 The radially opposite sides positioned at locating dowel 372 two surface structures into two second gear planes 3731.

(20) below, reference picture 94- Figure 100, briefly describes the He of cylinder block set 300 according to the utility model embodiment 20 Hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 includes：Fresh air inlet 3101 is formed with casing 31, casing 31；Fan assembly 32, fan assembly 32 is located at the drive device 322 being connected in casing 31 and including blower fan 321 and with blower fan 321, and blower fan 321 has There is the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 stretched into fresh air inlet 3101；And air intake seal 114324114, air intake seal 114324114 Sealing is located between fresh air inlet 3101 and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213.Here, it is necessary to which explanation, the utility model is not limited to use wind Thermomechanical components 32 are as negative pressure device, and the device such as can also use vavuum pump is as negative pressure device, to be used as suction dust and gas Power source.

In the present embodiment, there is the assembling seat 318 extended to outside casing 31, fresh air inlet 3101 runs through on casing 31 Assembling seat 318.

In the present embodiment, on the hole wall of fresh air inlet 3101 have only be against the outside of air intake seal 114324114 with Prevent the backstop muscle 31011 that air intake seal 114324114 is moved to outside fresh air inlet 3101.

In the present embodiment, backstop muscle 31011 is around the fresh air inlet annular rib 3712 of 3,101 1 weeks.

In the present embodiment, blower fan 321 includes blower cover 3211 and the fan blade disc 3212 being located in blower cover 3211, air-breathing The mouth of pipe 3213 is extended to outside blower cover 3211 from the axial end of blower cover 3211 and formed, and air intake seal 114324114 is simultaneously With the axial end gluing, sealing of blower cover 3211.

In the present embodiment, the axial end of blower cover 3211 is the taper type gradually increased along air intake direction cross section Surface.

In the present embodiment, air intake seal 114324114 is sealing ring, the inner ring surface and outer ring surface of sealing ring respectively with The outer peripheral face of the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 and the hole wall gluing, sealing of air admission hole, axially inner side end face and the blower cover 3211 of sealing ring Axial end gluing, sealing.

In the present embodiment, drive device 322 is motor.

In the present embodiment, having on casing 31 has connection in fresh air inlet 3101 in exhaust vent 3104, casing 31 and goes out Between air holes 3104 and the body air duct of fan assembly 32 is accommodated, have in casing 31 and be located at exhaust vent 3104 and make body wind Air-flow in road tilts upward the air guide member 38 of submitting by exhaust vent 3104.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 is connected with dirt cup component 100.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes cylinder block set 300, and wherein assembling seat 318 extend into dirt cup group In the exhaust outlet of part 100.

(21) below, reference picture 94- Figure 100, briefly describes the He of cylinder block set 300 according to the utility model embodiment 21 Hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 includes：There is the first mounting seat being oppositely arranged in casing 31, casing 31 317 and second mounting seat；Fan assembly 32, fan assembly 32 is located in casing 31 and filled including connected blower fan 321 and driving Put 322；First vibration-damped component 323, the first vibration-damped component 323 is located between the first mounting seat 317 and drive device 322；Second vibration damping Part, the second vibration-damped component is located between the second mounting seat and blower fan 321；Wherein, the first vibration-damped component 323 and the first mounting seat 317 and The relative engagement face of at least one in drive device 322 is non-fully contacted, and/or, the second vibration-damped component and the second mounting seat and The relative engagement face of at least one between blower fan 321 is non-fully contacted.

In the present embodiment, the first mounting seat 317 be used for the first vibration-damped component 323 just on the surface of cooperation have court The vibration damping rib 3171 protruded to the direction of the first vibration-damped component 323.

In the present embodiment, the first vibration-damped component 323 be used for the first mounting seat 317 just on the surface of cooperation have court To away from the first recessed vibration damping groove 32301 of the direction of the first mounting seat 317.

In the present embodiment, the first vibration-damped component 323 be used for drive device 322 just on the surface of cooperation have direction Away from the second recessed vibration damping groove 32302 of the direction of drive device 322.

In the present embodiment, the second vibration-damped component be used for blower fan 321 just on the surface of cooperation have be directed away from wind The 3rd recessed vibration damping groove 32401 of the direction of machine 321.

In the present embodiment, the three-dimensional lumen for assembling the first vibration-damped component 323 is limited in the first mounting seat 317, the The three-dimensional lumen for assembling drive device 322 is limited in one vibration-damped component 323.

In the present embodiment, the second mounting seat is located at outside casing 31 and has the fresh air inlet run through in the second mounting seat 3101, blower fan 321 has the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 stretched into fresh air inlet 3101, and the second vibration-damped component is sealed in fresh air inlet 3101 and suction Between gas tube orifice 3213.

In the present embodiment, blower fan 321 includes blower cover 3211 and the fan blade disc 3212 being located in blower cover 3211, second Vibration-damped component is sealing ring, the outer peripheral face and the hole wall of air admission hole of the inner ring surface and outer ring surface of sealing ring respectively with the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 Gluing, sealing, the axially inner side end face of sealing ring and the axial end gluing, sealing of blower cover 3211.

In the present embodiment, having on casing 31 has connection in fresh air inlet 3101 in exhaust vent 3104, casing 31 and goes out Between air holes 3104 and the body air duct of fan assembly 32 is accommodated, have in casing 31 and be located at exhaust vent 3104 and make body wind Air-flow in road tilts upward the air guide member 38 of submitting by exhaust vent 3104.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes：Dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, cylinder block set 300 and dirt Cup assembly 100 is connected.

(22) below, reference picture 101- Figure 107, briefly describes the cylinder block set 300 according to the utility model embodiment 22 With hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 includes：On first handset shell 313, the first handset shell 313 there is power supply to pacify Fill seat 3131；313 pairs of second handset shell 314, the second handset shell 314 and the first handset shell spell be connected with the first handset shell 313 Between limit engine cavity and the power supply connected with engine cavity perforation 31313；And power line 33, power line 33 includes electric The power supply installation portion 332 that line portion 331 is fixedly linked with electric wire portion 331, at least part of electric wire portion 331 is by power supply perforation 31313 Reach outside engine cavity, power supply installation portion 332 is assemblied in power supply mounting seat 3131 to limit electricity by power supply mounting seat 3131 The free degree that source installation portion 332 is perforated in 31313 inward-outward directions in power supply.

In the present embodiment, power supply mounting seat 3131 includes：Two the first postive stop baffle 313a, perforate along power supply On the bearing of trend of 31313 center line, two the first postive stop baffle 313a are only against the both sides of power supply installation portion 332 respectively； And/or the second postive stop baffle 313b, along the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314, to spelling on direction, second is spacing Baffle plate 313b stops the side away from the second handset shell 314 for being against power supply installation portion 332；And/or two the 3rd postive stop baffles 313c, at the same time perpendicular to power supply perforate 31313 center line bearing of trend and the first sub- shell and the second sub- shell to spelling side Upwards, two the 3rd postive stop baffle 313c are only against the both sides of power supply installation portion 332 respectively.

In the present embodiment, in power supply mounting seat 3131 have the first position limiting structure 63, the first position limiting structure 63 along hang down It is straight to be disposed to extend in perforate 31313 direction of center line of power supply, have on power supply installation portion 332 and 63 pairs of the first position limiting structure The second position limiting structure 63 that should coordinate.

In the present embodiment, the first position limiting structure 63 is the convex tendon and/or direction protruded towards the direction of power supply installation portion 332 Groove away from the direction depression of power supply installation portion 332.

In the present embodiment, the first position limiting structure 63 is multiple, and multiple first position limiting structures 63 are in power supply perforation 31313 It is arranged spaced apart on the bearing of trend of center line, and/or, in the plane perpendicular to the center line of power supply perforation 31313 successively It is connected with the center line of semi-surrounding power supply perforation 31313.

In the present embodiment, there is power supply block piece 3140, along the first handset shell 313 and the on the second handset shell 314 Two handset shells 314 to spelling on direction, power supply block piece 3140 stop be against power supply installation portion 332 away from the first handset shell 313 Side.

In the present embodiment, there is the 3rd position limiting structure 63, the 3rd position limiting structure 63 is along vertical on power supply block piece 3140 It is disposed to extend, has on power supply installation portion 332 corresponding with the 3rd position limiting structure 63 in the direction of the center line of power supply perforation 31313 The 4th position limiting structure 63 coordinated.

In the present embodiment, the 3rd position limiting structure 63 is the convex tendon and/or direction protruded towards the direction of power supply installation portion 332 Groove away from the direction depression of power supply installation portion 332.

In the present embodiment, 314 pairs of the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell are combined into casing 31, and casing 31 includes fuselage Portion 315 and the machine neck 316 extended from main body section 315 to the remote direction of main body section 315, power supply perforation 31313 are located on fuselage And the minimum range between the center line and machine neck 316 of power supply perforation 31313 is 15mm.

In the present embodiment, having on casing 31 has connection in fresh air inlet 3101 in exhaust vent 3104, casing 31 and goes out Between air holes 3104 and the body air duct of fan assembly 32 is accommodated, have in casing 31 and be located at exhaust vent 3104 and make body wind Air-flow in road tilts upward the air guide member 38 of submitting by exhaust vent 3104.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes：Dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, cylinder block set 300 and dirt Cup assembly 100 is connected.

(23) below, reference picture 108- Figure 114, briefly describe according to the case component 30 of the utility model embodiment 23, Cylinder block set 300 and hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, case component 30 includes：Closed body air duct, casing are formed with casing 31, casing 31 The exhaust vent 3104 connected with body air duct is formed with 31；And air guide member 38, air guide member 38 is located in body air duct and position At exhaust vent 3104, air-guiding aisle 383 of the connection between body air duct and exhaust vent 3104 is formed with air guide member 38, with The air-flow in body air duct is first passed through the progress wind direction regulation of air-guiding aisle 383 and casing 31 is discharged to by exhaust vent 3104 again Outside.

In the present embodiment, air guide member 38 is fixedly linked or is integrally formed with casing 31.

In the present embodiment, air guide member 38 is configured to cause air flow through exhaust vent 3104 inclines towards relative to surface to be cleaned Direction obliquely is discharged to outside casing 31.

In the present embodiment, casing 31 is vertical tube shape and includes the perisporium of vertical setting, and exhaust vent 3104 is multiple and divided The left and right sides at perisporium rear portion is not formed.

In the present embodiment, the exhaust vent 3104 positioned at perisporium homonymy is multiple and is spaced apart between the upper and lower, positioned at perisporium The air-guiding aisle 383 of homonymy is multiple and be arranged in parallel to connect with multiple exhaust vents 3104 one-to-one corresponding above and below.

In the present embodiment, air guide member 38 includes：First wind deflector 381, the first wind deflector 381 is erected in body air duct And it is relative with exhaust vent 3104；And second wind deflector 382, the second wind deflector 382 is sleeping to be clipped in the wind-guiding of exhaust vent 3104 and first Between plate 381, the second wind deflector 382 is multiple and is spaced apart to limit air-guiding aisle 383 with the first wind deflector 381 up and down.

In the present embodiment, exhaust vent 3104 extends forwards, backwards along the week of casing 31, the forward edge of the first wind deflector 381 Connect adjacent to the front end of exhaust vent 3104 and with perisporium, the posterior edges of the first wind deflector 381 are adjacent to the rear end of exhaust vent 3104 And be spaced apart to limit air-guiding aisle 383 between perisporium with perisporium enter head piece 384.

In the present embodiment, the extension line of the first wind deflector 381 from back to front is entering the tangent line at head piece 384 and casing 31 The angle a that crosses between axle median plane of left and right be acute angle.

In the present embodiment, angle a is 20 ° -60 °.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 includes fan assembly 32 and case component 30, and fan assembly 32 is located at body In air channel.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, dirt cup component 100 and machine Body component 300 is connected.

(24) below, reference picture 108- Figure 114, briefly describe according to the case component 30 of the utility model embodiment 24, Cylinder block set 300 and hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, case component 30 includes：Closed body air duct, casing are formed with casing 31, casing 31 The exhaust vent 3104 connected with body air duct is formed with 31；Air-out part 391, air-out part 391 is located in body air duct and is located at At exhaust vent 3104, through-flow mouth 3911 of the connection between body air duct and exhaust vent 3104 is formed with air-out part 391；And Filtration members 392, filtration members 392 are detachably connected on air-out part 391 by the structure of buckle 3912 and cover through-flow mouth 3911.

In the present embodiment, the structure of buckle 3912 includes：The buckle 3912 being located on air-out part 391 and formation are in filtration members Hole clipping 3921 on 392.

In the present embodiment, through-flow mouth 3911 is multiple and is spaced apart distribution successively along preset direction, and buckle 3912 is two It is individual and be spaced apart on preset direction and bayonet socket is towards opposite.

In the present embodiment, hole clipping 3921 is multiple and is spaced apart on the length direction of filtration members 392 that buckle 3912 is It is multiple and with multiple hole clippings 3921 correspond coordinate.

In the present embodiment, there is the grey muscle 3913 of gear of the backstop on the outside of the leg of filtration members 392 on air-out part 391.

In the present embodiment, grey muscle 3913 is kept off to surround more than the half cycle of leg.

In the present embodiment, case component 30 includes：Air guide member 38, air guide member 38 is located in body air duct and positioned at air-out At hole 3104, air-guiding aisle 383 of the connection between through-flow mouth 3911 and exhaust vent 3104 is formed with air guide member 38.

In the present embodiment, air-out part 391 is fixedly linked or is integrally formed with air guide member 38.

In the present embodiment, air guide member 38 is configured to cause air flow through exhaust vent 3104 inclines towards relative to surface to be cleaned Direction obliquely is discharged to outside casing 31.

In the present embodiment, casing 31 is vertical tube shape and includes the perisporium of vertical setting, and exhaust vent 3104 is multiple and divided The left and right sides at perisporium rear portion is not formed and is extended in the longitudinal direction along the circumference of casing 31, and air guide member 38 includes：The One wind deflector 381 and the second wind deflector 382, the first wind deflector 381 are erected in body air duct and with exhaust vent 3104 relatively, the Two wind deflectors 382 are sleeping to be clipped between the wind deflector 381 of exhaust vent 3104 and first, the second wind deflector 382 for it is multiple and between the upper and lower every Open to limit air-guiding aisle 383 with the first wind deflector 381, the forward edge of the first wind deflector 381 is adjacent to exhaust vent 3104 Front end and connect with perisporium, the posterior edges of the first wind deflector 381 be spaced apart adjacent to the rear end of exhaust vent 3104 and with perisporium with Air-guiding aisle 383 is limited between perisporium enters head piece 384, and the extension line of the first wind deflector 381 from back to front is entering head piece The angle a that the left and right of tangent line and casing 31 at 384 is crossed between axle median plane is 20 °~60 °.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 includes fan assembly 32 and case component 30, and fan assembly 32 is located at body In air channel.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, dirt cup component 100 and machine Body component 300 is connected.

(25) below, reference picture 115- Figure 123, briefly describes the hand-held cleaners T according to the utility model embodiment 25.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes：Handleset 500, Handleset 500 includes extension 51；And machine Body component 300, cylinder block set 300 includes casing 31 and the handle locking part 361 and handle release button that are located on casing 31 362, there is plug-in opening 3161, and handle locking part 361 is in locking extension 51 being locked in plug-in opening 3161 on casing 31 Position and release extension 51 are so that movable between the unlocked position that extension 51 can be extracted out out of plug-in opening 3161, and handle is released Put tapping handle locking piece 361 when button 362 is configured to be pressed and move to unlocked position.

In the present embodiment, have in casing 31 limitation handle locking part 361 only can locked it Between the locating part 3193 that moves back and forth, there is sliding guide surface 3611 on handle locking part 361, in handle release button 362 When being pressed, the part of handle release button 362 moves to drive handle locking part 361 from locking along sliding guide surface 3611 Moved to unlocked position position.

In the present embodiment, the part of handle release button 362 is configured to and the sliding bearing of trend phase of guide surface 3611 Same cooperation guide surface 3621, when handle release button 362 is pressed, coordinates guide surface 3621 to be gradually oriented to sliding Plane 3611 coordinates.

In the present embodiment, handle release button 362 to press direction vertical with the moving direction of handle locking part 361.

In the present embodiment, sliding guide surface 3611 is configured to, presses direction, court along handle release button 362 Extension is tilted to the moving direction of handle locking part 361.

In the present embodiment, there is lock-bit hole 511, one end of handle locking part 361 is configured on the side wall of extension 51 Lock-bit projection 3612, wherein, when lock-bit projection 3612 is inserted in lock-bit hole 511, handle locking part 361 is in the locked position.

In the present embodiment, the direction stretched into along lock-bit projection 3612 into lock-bit hole 511, the horizontal stroke of lock-bit projection 3612 Sectional area is gradually reduced.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 also includes flexible member 363, and flexible member 363 is located at casing 31 and handle It is in the locked position between locking piece 361 with normal driving handle locking piece 361.

In the present embodiment, casing 31 includes main body section 315 and extended from main body section 315 to away from the direction of main body section 315 Machine neck 316, one end of the remote main body section 315 of machine neck 316 has convex to the grip away from the direction extension of machine neck 316 Go out portion 319, plug-in opening 3161 is through the end face of one end of machine neck 316, and handle locking part 361 and handle release button 362 are set On grip protuberance 319.

In the present embodiment, grip protuberance 319 includes platform part 3191 and handle portion 3192, the slave neck of platform part 3191 The side wall in portion 316, which is risen to the direction away from machine neck 316, to be extended, and handle portion 3192 is from the free end of platform part 3191 to substantially Parallel to the direction extension of the bearing of trend of machine neck 316.

In the present embodiment, handle release button 362 is located in platform part 3191 and along the extension side with platform part 3191 To perpendicular direction can press.

(26) below, reference picture 124- Figure 132, briefly describes the cylinder block set 300 according to the utility model embodiment 26 With hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 includes：There is fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent on casing 31, casing 31 3104, the interior closed body air duct that there is connection between fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104 of casing 31；Fan assembly 32, wind Thermomechanical components 32 are located in body air duct so that air-flow sucks in body air duct from fresh air inlet 3101 and makes the air-flow in body air duct Discharged from exhaust vent 3104；Microswitch 34, microswitch 34 is located in casing 31 and electrically connects and closing with fan assembly 32 Fan assembly 32 is driven to work during conjunction；And push button component 35, push button component 35 is located on casing 31 and in start position and pass Seat in the plane is reciprocally slid between putting, and when push button component 35 slides onto start position, the triggering microswitch 34 of push button component 35 is closed Close.

In the present embodiment, push button component 35 includes：Outer push button 351, outer push button 351 is at least partially disposed at casing 31 Outside；Interior push button 352, interior push button 352 is at least partially disposed in casing 31 and is connected with outer push button 351, so that the He of interior push button 352 Outer push button 351 synchronization-sliding between start position and shutdown position.

In the present embodiment, there is the first sliding conduit 3106, interior push button 352 is fit at least partially into the in casing 31 Only have along the length direction of the first sliding conduit 3106 in one sliding conduit 3106, to be limited by the first sliding conduit 3106 The free degree.

In the present embodiment, there is the second sliding conduit 3107, the part of outer push button 351 is located in casing 31 in casing 31 And coordinate in the second sliding conduit 3107, only have along the second sliding conduit 3107 to be limited by the second sliding conduit 3107 The free degree of length direction.

In the present embodiment, there is the connecting portion 3513 penetrated in casing 31, the inner of connecting portion 3513 on outer push button 351 With interior push button 352 is spacing is connected.

In the present embodiment, there is spacing breach 3521, the inner of connecting portion 3513 coordinates spacing scarce on interior push button 352 In mouth 3521.

In the present embodiment, the slip along the vertical direction of push button component 35, interior push button 352 is located at the top of microswitch 34 And lower end is closed for triggering microswitch 34.

In the present embodiment, microswitch 34 includes body 341 and shrapnel part 342, one end of shrapnel part 342 and body Portion 341 is connected, length direction of the other end along body 341 is towards close to the extension of the direction of push button component 35, body 341 Length direction and push button component 35 glide direction between angle be 30 °~70 °.

In the present embodiment, have in casing 31 and be located at exhaust vent 3104 and the air-flow in body air duct is passed through air-out Hole 3104 tilts upward the air guide member 38 of submitting.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes：Dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, cylinder block set 300 and dirt Cup assembly 100 is connected.

(27) below, reference picture 124- Figure 132, briefly describes the cylinder block set 300 according to the utility model embodiment 27 With hand-held cleaners T.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 includes：There is sliding conduit in casing 31, casing 31；Push button component 35, Push button component 35 be fit partially within sliding conduit in and along sliding conduit length direction slip；And positioning component, it is fixed Hyte part includes being respectively provided at the first keeper of both sides of the push button component 35 on the width of sliding conduit and set respectively Second keeper of the both sides on the width of sliding conduit, wherein, when first during push button component 35 slides At least one when side of keeper from the second keeper touches the second keeper, in the first keeper and the second keeper Occurs elastic deformation so that the first keeper crosses the opposite side to the second keeper.

In the present embodiment, cylinder block set 300 further comprises：Elastic rib 3511, elastic rib 3511 is located at push button component The 35 at least side on the width of sliding conduit, length direction extension and extension side of the elastic rib 3511 along sliding conduit Upward two ends are connected with push button component 35 respectively, and the first keeper is located at the one of the remote push button component 35 of elastic rib 3511 Side.

In the present embodiment, elastic rib 3511 is two and is symmetrically disposed in push button component 35 in the width side of sliding conduit Upward both sides, each first keeper is each provided in corresponding elastic rib 3511.

In the present embodiment, the first keeper is the first projection for being directed away from the center position of push button component 35 protrusion 3512。

In the present embodiment, the second keeper is the second projection 3108 towards sliding conduit center position protrusion.

In the present embodiment, the first keeper of the both sides positioned at push button component 35 on the width of sliding conduit is closed It is arranged symmetrically in the centerline axis of push button component 35.

In the present embodiment, every side of the push button component 35 on the width of sliding conduit is respectively equipped with multiple first and determined Position part.

In the present embodiment, push button component 35 includes the outer push button 351 being at least partially disposed at outside casing 31 and at least part In the casing 31 and with the interior push button 352 of the outer synchronization-sliding of push button 351；Slide conduit includes coordinating with interior push button 352 the One sliding conduit 3106 and/or the second sliding conduit 3107 coordinated with outer push button 351, the second keeper are located at the first slippage slot On the sliding of road 3106 and/or second conduit 3107.

In the present embodiment, casing 31 has fresh air inlet 3101, exhaust vent 3104 and connects in fresh air inlet 3101 and go out Closed body air duct between air holes 3104, cylinder block set 300 also includes：Fan assembly 32, fan assembly 32 is located at body wind So that air-flow is out of fresh air inlet 3101 suction body air duct and the air-flow in body air duct is discharged from exhaust vent 3104 in road；With Microswitch 34, microswitch 34 is located in casing 31 and electrically connected with fan assembly 32, and microswitch 34 is by push button component 35 Whether triggering drives fan assembly 32 to work to switch.

In the present embodiment, have in casing 31 and be located at exhaust vent 3104 and the air-flow in body air duct is passed through air-out Hole 3104 tilts upward the air guide member 38 of submitting.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, cylinder block set 300 and dirt Cup assembly 100 is connected.

(28) below, Figure 142 of reference picture 133, briefly describes the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment 28.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners include：Casing K10 and handle housing K40, handle housing K40 and casing K10 It is connected；K20 is switched, switch K20 is one and is located in casing K10 or handle housing K40；Subunit switch push button K30, body is opened Push button K30 is closed to be located on casing K10 with can promoting；Bat-handle switch push button K50, bat-handle switch push button K50 is located at hand with can promoting On handle housing K40；Linked component, linked component is located between subunit switch push button K30 and switch K20 and bat-handle switch push button Between K50 and switch K20, and any one in subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 is pushed into opening Close switch K20 during position.Here, it is necessary to which explanation, the utility model not limited to this can also for example be filled by button Put and replace push button.

In the present embodiment, switch K20 is located in casing K10, and linked component includes：Driving member K11, driving member K11 can Actively it is located in casing K10, when subunit switch push button K30 is pushed into open position, subunit switch push button K30, which is promoted, to be passed Moving part K11 closes switch K20；Bat-handle switch push button K50 and driving member are movably located at drive link K61, drive link K61 Between K11, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is pushed into open position, bat-handle switch push button K50 is promoted by drive link K61 Driving member K11 closes switch K20.

In the present embodiment, driving member K11 is provided with matching board K111, and subunit switch push button K30 is provided with baffle plate K31, baffle plate K31 are located at matching board K111 side to promote when subunit switch push button K30 is promoted towards open position Matching board K111 is moved, and is separated when subunit switch push button K30 is promoted towards closed position with matching board K111.

In the present embodiment, casing K10 is connected with handle housing K40 by connecting tube K60, casing K10 and handle housing K40 is connected to connecting tube K60 two ends, and drive link K61 is arranged in connecting tube K60 and movable along connecting tube K60 axial direction.

In the present embodiment, connecting tube K60 remote handle housing K40 one end is provided with fixed cover K62, fixed cover K62 Through hole is provided with, drive link K61 one end can promote driving member K11 after passing through through hole.

In the present embodiment, linked component includes：Elastic component K12, elastic component K12 are connected with driving member K11 and often promoted Driving member K11 is moved towards the direction for disconnecting switch K20.

In the present embodiment, handle housing K40 is connected to casing K10 top.

In the present embodiment, subunit switch push button K30 can be promoted in the vertical direction.

In the present embodiment, bat-handle switch push button K50 can be promoted in the vertical direction.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners also include：For making subunit switch push button K30 rest on the of open position One positioner and for making bat-handle switch push button K50 rest on the second positioner of open position.

(29) below, reference picture 143- Figure 156, briefly describes the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment 29.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners include：Casing K10 and handle housing K40, handle housing K40 and casing K10 It is connected；K20 is switched, switch K20 is one and is located in casing K10 or handle housing K40；Subunit switch push button K30, body is opened Push button K30 is closed to be located on casing K10 with can promoting；Bat-handle switch push button K50, bat-handle switch push button K50 is located at hand with can promoting On handle housing K40；Linked component, linked component is located between subunit switch push button K30 and switch K20 and in subunit switch push button K30 closes switch K20 when being pushed into open position, linked component is also located between bat-handle switch push button K50 and switch K20 And when bat-handle switch push button K50 is pushed into open position, make subunit switch push button K30 while moving to open position and making Switch K20 closures.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners also include：For making subunit switch push button K30 rest on the of open position One positioner, wherein, after casing K10 and handle housing K40 is assembled in place, the failure of the first positioner.

In the present embodiment, there is locating part, the first positioner includes on subunit switch push button K30：Latch lever K13, lock lever K13 is located in casing K10 and first end K1301 is set adjacent to locating part；Screens elastic component K15, screens bullet Property part K15 be located between casing K10 and lock lever K13 the second end K1302 and often promote lock lever K13 first end K1301 only supports locating part so that subunit switch push button K30 rests on open position, wherein, in casing K10 and handle housing K40 After assembling in place, screens elastic component K15 deformations support locating part no longer to promote lock lever K13 first end K1301 to stop.

In the present embodiment, lock lever K13 first end K1301 has locked groove K131, and locating part is lock projection K32, wherein, before casing K10 and handle housing K40 is assembled in place, when subunit switch push button K30 is promoted towards closed position When, lock projection K32 can promote lock lever K13 to rotate to be coupled in locked groove K131 so that subunit switch push button K30 is stopped In closed position.

In the present embodiment, casing K10 is connected with handle housing K40 by connecting tube K60 components, casing K10 and handle Housing K40 is connected to the two ends of connecting tube K60 components, connecting tube K60 components and casing K10 grafting in place when, connecting tube K60 Component makes the first positioner fail.

In the present embodiment, connecting tube K60 components include：Connecting tube K60 and the remote handle housing for being located at connecting tube K60 The fixed cover K62 of K40 one end, fixed cover K62 are provided with through hole.

In the present embodiment, switch K20 is located in casing K10, and linked component includes：Driving member K11, driving member K11 can Actively it is located in casing K10, when subunit switch push button K30 is pushed into open position, subunit switch push button K30, which is promoted, to be passed Moving part K11 closes switch K20；Bat-handle switch push button K50 and driving member are movably located at drive link K61, drive link K61 Between K11, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is pushed into open position, bat-handle switch push button K50 is promoted by drive link K61 Driving member K11 closes switch K20.

In the present embodiment, driving member K11 is provided with neck K111, and subunit switch push button K30 is provided with card adapter plate K31, Card adapter plate K31 coordinates in neck K111 so that driving member K11 is synchronized with the movement with body switch push button K30.

In the present embodiment, linked component includes：Elastic component K12, elastic component K12 are connected with driving member K11 and often promoted Driving member K11 is moved towards the direction for disconnecting switch K20.

In the present embodiment, hand-held cleaners also include being used to make bat-handle switch push button K50 rest on open position Second positioner.

In the present embodiment, handle housing K40 is connected to casing K10 top, subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch At least one in push button K50 can be promoted in the vertical direction.

Below with reference to the accompanying drawings 1 the hand-held cleaners T according to the utility model embodiment is briefly described.

Specifically, hand-held cleaners T essential structure and operation principle are well known to those skilled in the art, below only Make by taking a simple embodiment as an example briefly to introduce.

Hand-held cleaners T can include：Handleset 500, cylinder block set 300, dirt cup component 100 and ground brush assemblies At least one in 600, wherein, cylinder block set 300 can include complete machine movement control hand-held cleaners T work, hand Handle component 500 may be mounted on cylinder block set 300 and for hand-held, and dirt cup component 100 (can include filter net cloth or whirlwind Separator etc.) it may be mounted on cylinder block set 300 and for filtering dust, ground brush assemblies 600 (can include round brush or clear Clean hairbrush etc.) it may be mounted on dirt cup component 100 and for convergence surface to be cleaned.Wherein, after complete machine movement is activated, Ground brush assemblies 600 can suck dust and be conveyed to dirt cup component 100, and dirt cup component 100 is received and carried out after dust at leaching Manage and simultaneously convey the air-flow after filtering to cylinder block set 300, cylinder block set 300 receives after air-flow air-flow being expelled back into environment In, so as to realize dust suction cleaning.

Specifically, snap close piece 83 can be included according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment.Below, reference Accompanying drawing 2-5, describes the snap close piece 83 according to the utility model embodiment.

Reference picture 2-3, dirt cup component 100 includes glass shell 11, and ground brush assemblies 600 include scrubbing brush housing 61, dirt cup component 100 It is detachably connected with ground brush assemblies 600 by connection component 800, wherein, connection component 800 includes：Outer tube 81, inner sleeve 82 and snap close piece 83.

Reference picture 3, outer tube 81 is connected with one in glass shell 11 and scrubbing brush housing 61, inner sleeve 82 and glass shell 11 and ground Another in brush housing 61 is connected.That is, when outer tube 81 is connected with glass shell 11, inner sleeve 82 just with scrubbing brush housing 61 are connected, and when outer tube 81 is connected with scrubbing brush housing 61, inner sleeve 82 is just connected with glass shell 11.Below, only with outer tube 81 It is connected with glass shell 11, inner sleeve 82 is illustrated exemplified by being connected with scrubbing brush housing 61, below those skilled in the art have read Technical scheme after, it is clear that it will be seen that outer tube is connected with scrubbing brush housing 61, the embodiment that inner sleeve is connected with glass shell 11.

Preferably, outer tube 81 is integrated part with glass shell 11, and inner sleeve 82 is pivotly connected (for example with scrubbing brush housing 61 Inner sleeve 82 can be equivalent to transfer tube 6N described below, and now, inner sleeve 82 can pass through escape pipe 68 and scrubbing brush housing 61 are pivotly connected, as shown in figure 18；In another example inner sleeve 82 can also be integrated part with escape pipe 68 described below, this When, inner sleeve 82 is directly pivotly connected by connector portions 682 with scrubbing brush housing 61, as shown in Figure 3) thus, convenient processing And manufacture.

In addition, " connected " described in leading portion is referred to：Mechanically connect and gas connection.For example, " outer tube 81 and cup Shell 11 is connected " refer to：Outer tube 81 is arranged in glass shell 11, and the tube chamber of outer tube 81 connects with the gas passage in glass shell 11 It is logical；" inner sleeve 82 is connected with scrubbing brush housing 61 " refers to：Inner sleeve 82 is arranged on scrubbing brush housing 61, and the pipe of inner sleeve 82 Chamber is connected with the gas passage in scrubbing brush housing 61.

Reference picture 2-3, at least part of inner sleeve 82 is set in outer tube 81 that (i.e. outer tube 81 is set in inner sleeve 82 At least part outside), now, inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81 limit gas passage jointly, and one end of the gas passage with Gas passage connection in scrubbing brush housing 61, the other end of the gas passage is connected with the gas passage in glass shell 11.Thus, lead to The socket of inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81 is crossed, the gas connection of scrubbing brush housing 61 can be caused to glass shell 11, so that scrubbing brush housing 61 Can be to the delivery air of glass shell 11.

Reference picture 2-3, snap close piece 83 is actionable between locking state and released state, wherein, when snap close piece 83 is in During locking state, the inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81 connected together, which can be snapped the locking of part 83, can not realize separation；And work as When snap close piece 83 is in released state, the inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81 connected together is no longer snapped the locking of part 83 can be real Now separate.

On reference picture 3-4, outer tube 81 there is exterior lockhole 811, i.e. exterior lockhole 811 to be formed through the tube wall of outer tube 81, There is interior lockhole 821, i.e., interior lockhole 821 is formed through the tube wall of inner sleeve 82 on inner sleeve 82.Snap close piece 83 includes elastic portion 832 and latch part 831, wherein, elastic portion 832 is located in inner sleeve 82 and elastic deformation occurs in stress, specifically, in bullet Property portion 832 in a state of nature when, the outer surface of elastic portion 832 is configured to the semi arch matched with the inner surface of inner sleeve 82 The outer surface of shape surface or excellent curved surfaces, latch part 831 and elastic portion 832 is fixedly linked original to be in elastic portion 832 Passed during state by interior lockhole 821 outside inner sleeve 82.

Reference picture 4, when latch part 831 is by inside thrust, latch part 831 can be to the direction inside inner sleeve 82 It is mobile, and promote elastic portion 832 to occur elastic deformation (for example making the radius of the place arc of elastic portion 832 diminish), work as latch part 831 then no longer exert a force when being no longer influenced by inside thrust to elastic portion 832, and now, elastic portion 832 can recover deformation and discharge Elastic force (for example makes the radius of the place arc of elastic portion 832 become big), to promote latch part 831 by interior lockhole 821 to inner sleeve Direction movement outside 82.Thus, by the interaction of elastic portion 832 and latch part 831, latch part 831 can pass through Interior lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811 reach the locked position outside outer tube 81, and are recovered to outer tube 81 by exterior lockhole 811 It may move between interior unlocked position.

As shown in Fig. 2 when latch part 831 is located at locked position, latch part 831 is interspersed in interior lockhole 821 and outer simultaneously On lockhole 811, so as to which play to axial can not occur between inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81 and circumferentially rotate relatively (certainly, Due to inner sleeve 82 and the inside and outside socket of outer tube 81, therefore will not occur relative radial motion) so that inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81 can not separate, and snap close piece 83 is in locking state.Here it is possible to understand, because the outer surface of elastic portion 832 is configured to The semicircular arc surface matched with the inner surface of inner sleeve 82 or excellent curved surfaces, so that elastic portion 832 is in reset condition It can ensure that latch part 831 is located at locked position, lock promoted into normal so as to be understood as the shape design of elastic portion 832 Portion 831 is in locked position.

And when latch part 831 is located at unlocked position, latch part 831, which is no longer interspersed on exterior lockhole 811, (but can wear Be inserted on interior lockhole 821, or be completely retracted into inner sleeve 82 be not interspersed on interior lockhole 821 yet), now, inner sleeve 82 Play to axial can occur between outer tube 81 and circumferentially rotate relatively (still, due to inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81 Inside and outside socket, therefore will not occur relative radial motion) so that inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81 can be axially separated, lock Part 83 is in released state.

Thus, when assembling dirt cup component 100 and ground brush assemblies 600, it is only necessary to snap close piece 83 is assembled into inner sleeve in advance In 82, latch part 831 is set to be passed by interior lockhole 821, then by outer tube 81 to socket on inner sleeve 82, when the end of outer tube 81 When face soon touches latch part 831, latch part 831 is arrived into (this within outer tube 81 to pushing inside inner sleeve 82 to income When elastic portion 832 deformed upon to contract), so that outer tube 81 can continue to be inserted in on inner sleeve 82, when outer tube 81 On exterior lockhole 811 it is relative with the interior lockhole 821 on inner sleeve 82 when, latch part 831 can elastic portion 832 rebound effect Under passed by exterior lockhole 811 outside outer tube 81, so as to complete the locking of inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81.Similarly, in dismounting dirt , can be by latch part 831 to pressing inside outer tube 81, then vertically by outer tube when cup assembly 100 and ground brush assemblies 600 81 are extracted from inner sleeve 82, or inner sleeve 82 is extracted out out of outer tube 81, so as to complete inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81 Dismounting.

Hand-held cleaners T in correlation technique, scrubbing brush housing 61 and glass shell 11 are all connected by connecting tube straight cutting, The problem of being easy to occur inserting inclined in assembling process, moreover, when the grafting of connecting tube coordinates too closely, the difficulty of grafting assembling Degree is higher, and when the grafting of connecting tube coordinates and excessively loosened, scrubbing brush housing 61 is easy to split away off from glass shell 11, it is difficult to Meet use demand.However, according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, by setting snap close piece 83, Ke Yijian Locking and unblock single, that effectively and quickly realize inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81, improve dirt cup component 100 and ground brush assemblies 600 Connection reliability and dismounting convenience.In addition, according to the snap close piece 83 of the utility model above-described embodiment, it is simple in construction, ingeniously It make use of the resilience principle of elastic portion 832 to realize locking and the unlocking motion of latch part 831 wonderfully, and ensure that snap close piece 83 Reliability and service life in the case of frequently being pressed.

Fig. 3-Fig. 5, in some embodiments of the present utility model, elastic portion 832 can be configured to cylinder and lack shape, that is, Say, the outer surface of elastic portion 832 is configured to the semicircular arc surface matched with the inner surface of inner sleeve 82 or excellent curved surfaces, And the outer surface of elastic portion 832 can expand into rectangle of the long side perpendicular to the axial direction of inner sleeve 82.Certainly, the utility model is not limited In this, elastic portion 832 can also construct ring lack shape (not shown), that is to say, that the outer surface of elastic portion 832 be configured to it is interior Semicircular arc surface or excellent curved surfaces that the inner surface of sleeve pipe 82 matches, and the outer surface of elastic portion 832 can expand into With the axially vertical bar shaped of inner sleeve 82.Alternatively, snap close piece 83 can be integrated working of plastics, that is to say, that elastic portion 832 Can be the plastic material part of one-time cast-forming with latch part 831.Thus, it is possible to reduce the difficulty of processing of snap close piece 83, drop The processing cost of low snap close piece 83, it is ensured that snap close piece 83 can be deformed with effective elasticity.

There is the reinforcement 833 that neighbouring latch part 831 is set on Fig. 4-Fig. 5, the inner surface of elastic portion 832.Thus, in lock Buckle 831 is to the internal motion of inner sleeve 82 so that when promoting the elastic portion 832 to deform upon, elastic portion 832 can be according to planned course Occur elastic deformation (such as by the reduced radius of arc), so that it is guaranteed that elastic portion 832 in springback process can effectively by Latch part 831 is released, while improving reliability and indeformable property of the snap close piece 83 after frequently being pressed.

Alternatively, as shown in fig. 4-5, reinforcement 833 is along the axially extending of inner sleeve 82.Thus, reinforcement 833 exists When playing booster action to elastic portion 832, the elastic deformation of elastic portion 832 is not interfered with, it is to avoid the elasticity of increase elastic portion 832 Deformation drag, on the premise of the structural reliability of snap close piece 83 is ensured so that elastic portion 832 can be pressed easily, it is convenient User uses.

Alternatively, as shown in fig. 4-5, (i.e. the place camber line of elastic portion 832 is in arc length side at two arc ends of elastic portion 832 Upward two ends) on respectively there is sliding to lead muscle 834, sliding leads muscle 834 and is configured to axially extending cylinder along inner sleeve 82 Body is spaced apart the multiple spheroids set in the axial direction of inner sleeve 82.Thus, by setting sliding to lead muscle 834, on the one hand may be used To avoid two arc ends of elastic portion 832 sharp, it is ensured that elastic portion 832 is when occurring elastic shrinkage deformation and resilient expansion deformation All without inner sleeve 82 is damaged, service life is improved, on the other hand, elastic shrinkage deformation and elasticity expansion are occurring for elastic portion 832 During exhibition deformation, muscle 834 can be led by sliding and be slided on the inner surface of inner sleeve 82, so as to play reduction sliding resistance Power, the effect for preventing from sliding interim card so that user can more easily press snap close piece 83.

Reference picture 4, has the circumferentially extending along inner sleeve 82 in some embodiments of the present utility model, in inner sleeve 82 And only it is against the axial limiting muscle 823 of the both sides of elastic portion 832 respectively in the axial direction of inner sleeve 82, for example can be to surround inner sleeve The inwall annular convex rib of one week of pipe 82.Thus, when snap close piece 83 is assembled between two axial limiting muscle 823, snap close piece 83 would not be along play above and below the axial direction of inner sleeve 82, even if latch part 831 is pushed completely into inner sleeve 82 by user, snap close piece 83 also will not be to ensure that latch part 831 is relative still with interior lockhole 821 along the axial slip of inner sleeve 82, so that it is guaranteed that lock Fastener 83 can be used normally, will not use failure.Thus, by setting axial limiting muscle 823 further to improve lock The use reliability of part 83.

Reference picture 3, alternatively, interior lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811 are major arc arcuate apertures, latch part 831 be formed as with it is interior The shape that lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811 match, that is to say, that the cross section of latch part 831 is (by perpendicular to latch part 831 The plane of extension line cuts the section of the gained of latch part 831) it is major arc arch.Thus, on the one hand, due to latch part 831 and internal lock Hole 821, exterior lockhole 811 are coordinated by not rounded side face, from that can avoid latch part 831 in interior lockhole 821 and the transfer of exterior lockhole 811 The job insecurity problem moved and triggered；On the other hand, because latch part 831 and interior lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811 pass through major arc Arch side face coordinates, so as to will not increase latch part 831 and the alignment difficulty of interior lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811, it is to avoid latch part The 831 stuck problems of motion that can not be ejected from interior lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811.

Reference picture 2 and Fig. 3, in some embodiments of the present utility model, have outer aligning members 812 on outer tube 81, interior There are interior aligning members 822 on sleeve pipe 82, when interior aligning members 822 and outer aligning members 812 coordinate in place, interior lockhole 821 and external lock Hole 811 is aligned.Thus, user is in inserting inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81, it is only necessary to by outer aligning members 812 and interior aligning members 822 Cooperation in place, interior lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811 can be just aligned automatically, so as to significantly reduce alignment difficulty and alignment It is time-consuming so that dirt cup component 100 quickly and conveniently can be assembled together by user with ground brush assemblies 600.

Alternatively, as shown in Figures 2 and 3, outer aligning members 812 is form on the inner surface of outer tube 81 and towards inner sleeve The unlimited inserting groove in 82 directions, inserting block of the interior aligning members 822 for formation on the outer surface of inner sleeve 82.Thus, interior aligning members 822 and outer aligning members 812 can easily coordinate in place, reduce further assembling and find difficulty accurately, moreover, interior aligning members 822 and outer aligning members 812 it is simple in construction, be easy to process and manufacture.

There is the locating part being only against in the axial end of outer tube 81 on reference picture 2 and Fig. 3, the outer surface of inner sleeve 82 824.Thus, during inserting inner sleeve 82 and outer tube 81, once interior lockhole 821 and exterior lockhole 811 are aligned, locating part 824 just stop with the end face of outer tube 81 to prevent outer tube 81 to be inserted in undue on inner sleeve 82 and damage latch part 831 Problem.

Specifically, buckle button 6M can be included according to the ground brush assemblies 600 of the utility model embodiment.Below, reference Accompanying drawing 32- Figure 37, describes the buckle button 6M according to the utility model embodiment.

Reference picture 32, ground brush assemblies 600 include：Scrubbing brush housing 61, escape pipe 68, transfer tube 6N and buckle button 6M.

One end of escape pipe 68 is pivotly connected with scrubbing brush housing 61 and had on the outer surface of escape pipe 68 along outlet The sliding groove 6801 of the circumferentially extending of pipe 68.For example in the example shown in Figure 34, escape pipe 68 includes pipe portion 680 and joint Portion 681, wherein, connector portions 681 are located at axial one end of pipe portion 680 and are pivotably connected with scrubbing brush housing 61, so that escape pipe 68 overall relative scrubbing brush housings 61 are rotatable.There is the circumferentially extending along pipe portion 680 on reference picture 34, the outer peripheral face of pipe portion 680 Sliding groove 6801, for example slide groove 6801 can be along annular groove of the pipe portion 680 circumferentially around the complete cycle of pipe portion 680, It can also be the arc groove along pipe portion 680 circumferentially around the not enough complete cycle of pipe portion 680 to slide groove 6801.Here, it is necessary to illustrate , the part that pipe portion 680 and connector portions 681 can be formed in one, pipe portion 680 and connector portions 681 can also be to divide Two parts of not independent machine-shaping and assembling is connected.

It is enclosed on outside transfer tube 6N on the other end of escape pipe 68 and there is mounting hole 6N1 on transfer tube 6N tube wall.For example In the example shown in Figure 33 and Figure 34, transfer tube 6N is socketed in outside the axial other end of pipe portion 680, so that the axle of pipe portion 680 It is connected respectively with connector portions 681 and transfer tube 6N to two ends, inside the axial other end inserting of pipe portion 680 to transfer tube 6N, and There is mounting hole 6N1 on transfer tube 6N tube wall.

On the one hand buckle button 6M slippingly coordinates with the cooperation of mounting hole 6N1 inlay cards, on the other hand with sliding groove 6801, So that transfer tube 6N can be circumferentially rotated with respect to escape pipe 68 but can not axial separation.Reference picture 32- Figure 36, buckle button 6M outer end Portion coordinates with mounting hole 6N1 inlay cards, inner end slippingly coordinates in sliding groove 6801.Thus, by setting buckle button 6M, on the one hand causes pipe portion 680 rotatable with respect to transfer tube 6N, on the other hand causes pipe portion 680 can not axle with respect to transfer tube 6N To separation.In short, by by buckle button 6M on the one hand mounting hole 6N1 of the inlay card on transfer tube 6N, on the other hand with cunning Move the sliding of groove 6801 to coordinate, so that transfer tube 6N is not separated but not with escape pipe 68 and caused transfer tube 6N phases Can be with flexible rotating to escape pipe 68.

Here, it is necessary to illustrate, some vertical push rod machines in correlation technique, generally use escape pipe and transfer tube Grafting coordinate realize dirt cup component with brush assemblies be connected and gas connection, so, not only require transfer tube and escape pipe Connect reliable, and require that the sealing of connection and rotation flexibility will be fine, however, the escape pipe in correlation technique is with turning Either it is exactly to rotate dumb at the cooperation of adapter, or it is exactly to connect unreliable, moreover, for connecting escape pipe and transfer tube Connector be typically hidden within inside transfer tube, cause dismounting inconvenience, it has not been convenient to user uses.In addition, vertical in correlation technique Formula push rod machine cylinder block set be in stand up position when, it is easy to topple over, astasia the problems such as.

And according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, due to for connecting escape pipe 68 and transfer tube 6N In buckle button 6M, the mounting hole 6N1 being connected on transfer tube 6N by the way of the bright dress, turn so as to can not only be effectively reduced Adapter 6N and escape pipe 68 dismounting difficulty, and the connection reliability of escape pipe 68 and transfer tube 6N, Er Qietong can be improved Buckle button 6M and sliding groove 6801 cooperation are crossed, can effectively improve that transfer tube 6N and escape pipe 68 relatively rotate is flexible Property, so that be very advantageous in user carries out cleaning operation using hand-held cleaners T.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, mounting hole 6N1 is multiple and opened in the circumferentially-spaced of escape pipe 68 (be not it is spaced apart in the axial direction, nor on axial and circumferential simultaneously be spaced apart), buckle button 6M for it is multiple and with it is multiple Mounting hole 6N1 corresponds to inlay card and coordinated respectively, that is to say, that be respectively cooperating with a buckle button 6M in each mounting hole 6N1.Thus, The connection reliability of escape pipe 68 and transfer tube 6N can be further improved, and single buckle button 6M can be improved and was being rotated Problem of stress concentration in journey, so that in a disguised form improves escape pipe 68 and transfer tube 6N rotates flexibility and each buckle button 6M Service life.

For example in the example shown in Figure 34 and Figure 36, there are two mounting hole 6N1, two mounting holes on escape pipe 68 Angle between 6N1 is 180 °, and buckle button 6M is two and respectively correspondingly coordinated in two mounting hole 6N1.Thus, carrying The connection reliability of high escape pipe 68 and transfer tube 6N and on the premise of rotating flexibility, can effectively simplifiedly brush assemblies 600 structure, reduction production cost and assembly difficulty.

For example in a preferred embodiment of the present utility model, sliding groove 6801 is around the escape pipe ring of 68 1 weeks Connected in star, each buckle button 6M slides with annular groove to be coordinated, and thus, transfer tube 6N can be in random angle with respect to escape pipe 68 Flexible rotating in the range of degree, it might even be possible to multi-turn is rotated according to same clockwise, so as to be user-friendly.In addition, will be sliding Shifting groove 6801, which is processed as annular groove, can reduce difficulty of processing, and convenient card button 6M assembling.

Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, such as in another preferred embodiment of the present utility model, slide groove 6801 are included in the circumferentially-spaced multiple arcs groove for opening distribution of escape pipe 68, multiple buckle button 6M respectively with multiple arcs Groove correspondence sliding coordinates, that is to say, that each arc groove coordinates with a buckle button 6M sliding respectively, can limit switching Pipe 6N is with respect to the infinite rotational of escape pipe 68, so as to be user-friendly cleaning.Preferably, multiple arcs groove is configured to make switching Pipe 6N is a with respect to the hard-over of escape pipe 68, that is to say, that when the buckle button 6M coordinated with arc length most short arc groove, The position offseted from a side wall with the arc groove turns to the position offseted with another side wall of the arc groove When, the angle that buckle button 6M is turned over be a, wherein, a can be 70 °~80 ° in any value, for example, a can for 70 °, 75 ° or 80 °.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 34- Figure 36, buckle button 6M includes：Body 6M1, first Screens portion 6M2 and the second screens portion 6M3, wherein, body 6M1's is at least partially disposed in mounting hole 6N1, the first screens portion 6M2 and the second screens portion 6M3 are connected to both sides of the body 6M1 in transfer tube 6N circumference, wherein, the first screens portion Being at least partially disposed at for 6M2 is in transfer tube 6N and non-just right with mounting hole 6N1, and being at least partially disposed at for the second screens portion 6M3 turns It is in adapter 6N and non-just right with mounting hole 6N1, so as to prevent buckle button 6M from outwards deviating from from mounting hole 6N1 so that buckle Escape pipe 68 and transfer tube 6N can be reliably connected together by button 6M, meanwhile, body 6M1, the first screens portion 6M2 and At least part of at least one in two screens portion 6M3 slippingly coordinates in sliding groove 6801, thus, buckle button 6M mono- Aspect can not with respect to the axial float of escape pipe 68, on the other hand can the relative flexible rotating of escape pipe 68.

For example in the example shown in Figure 34-Figure 36, the first screens portion 6M2 is arc lath and slippingly coordinated in cunning Move in groove 6801, wherein, one end and body 6M1 inner surface on the first screens portion 6M2 arc length direction are fixedly linked, separately One end extends to non-just right with mounting hole 6N1.Thus, the first screens portion 6M2's is simple in construction, is easy to processing, and recessed with sliding The screens effect of groove 6801 is good, slides flexibility ratio height, and can effectively reduce stress concentration, improves service life.

For example in the example shown in Figure 34-Figure 36, the second screens portion 6M3 includes diving board portion 6M31 and slip hook portion 6M32, Diving board portion 6M31 be located at mounting hole 6N1 in and only outer end is connected with body 6M1, that is to say, that diving board portion 6M31 middle part with The inner is spaced apart to limit springing space with body 6M1, slip hook portion 6M32 be connected with diving board portion 6M31 the inner and with Mounting hole 6N1 Inner edge clampings.Thus, after buckle button 6M is loaded in mounting hole 6N1, diving board portion 6M31's is inner towards remote Direction springing from body 6M1, slip hook portion 6M32 is fastened on mounting hole 6N1 Inner edge (side wall in i.e.), so as to Effectively prevent the problem of buckle button 6M deviates from out of mounting hole 6N1.Moreover, working as the inner to close to body of diving board portion 6M31 When portion 6M1 direction is promoted, slip hook portion 6M32 can discharge the clamping to mounting hole 6N1 Inner edge, so as to by installing Hole 6N1 outwards takes out buckle button 6M.Thus, the second screens portion 6M3 it is simple in construction, be easy to dismounting and can be with by elasticity Realize reliably connection effect.Here, it is necessary to which explanation, " interior " refers to the direction towards transfer tube 6N central axis, its Opposite direction is " outer ", i.e. the direction away from transfer tube 6N central axis.

Thus, reference picture 36, when assembling transfer tube 6N and escape pipe 68, first can be socketed in escape pipe by transfer tube 6N Outside 68, while ensuring that mounting hole 6N1 is relative with sliding groove 6801, then buckle button 6M the first screens portion 6M2 is inserted and pacified Dress hole 6N1 is interior and is coupled in sliding groove 6801, and taking advantage of a situation to pinch diving board portion 6M31 the inner leans against on body 6M1, with general Body 6M1 and the second screens portion 6M3 is pushed into mounting hole 6N1 simultaneously, after slip hook portion 6M32 is completely into mounting hole 6N1 No longer constrained by mounting hole 6N1 walls, diving board portion 6M31 the inner can be directed away from body 6M1 side under deformation elastic force To flicking so that slip hook portion 6M32 is fastened on mounting hole 6N1 Inner edge.Thus, it is possible to complete to assemble extremely simplely Journey.

Reference picture 33 and Figure 37, pivot structure and scrubbing brush housing that escape pipe 68 is extended in left-right direction by pivot axis 61 are connected so that pivotably, such as in the example shown in Figure 33, connector portions 681 can be the cylinder being horizontally set with the longitudinal direction Shape, the axial two ends of connector portions 681 have to have on a pivotal axis 682, scrubbing brush housing 61 respectively to be spaced in the lateral direction The two pivoting hole 61C put are opened up, two pivotal axis 682 are corresponding with two pivoting hole 61C respectively to be pivotally attached to, thus, outlet Pipe 68 can in the longitudinal direction be pivoted with respect to scrubbing brush housing 61.

There is preceding stop part 61E and rear stop part 61F, escape pipe 68 stops from preceding on reference picture 33, scrubbing brush housing 61 Block piece 61E stop to first position (such as the location of transfer tube 6N in Figure 37) turn to rear stop part 61F stop to The angle that the second place (such as the location of transfer tube 6N " in Figure 37) is turned over is γ, wherein, γ can be 80 °~100 ° Middle any value, for example, γ can be 80 °, 90 °, 92 °, 100 °.Thus, it is possible to improve hand-held cleaners T in the course of the work Ease of use, for example, cleaning bed bottom can be increased, the convenience of the bottom space of furniture such as sofa bottom.In addition, Figure 37 transfers The position of transfer tube when the location of adapter 6N ' is located at a position between first position and the second place for escape pipe 68 Put.

Preferably, escape pipe 68 turn to preceding stop part 61E stop to first position when, transfer tube 6N axis is erected Directly, that is to say, that transfer tube 6N be in erectility, and escape pipe 68 turn to rear stop part 61F stop to the second place When, transfer tube 6N axis horizontal, that is to say, that transfer tube 6N is in flat condition.Now, reference picture 33, preceding stop part 61E Can be the riser for being located at top in scrubbing brush housing 61 vertically, rear stop part 61F can be by the rear upper surface of scrubbing brush housing 61 The groove being downwardly concaved so that escape pipe 68 can rotate down backward it is lower, increase escape pipe 68 can gyration model Enclose.

Further, reference picture 32 and Figure 33, preceding stop part 61E's is respectively arranged on the left side and the right side anti-rotation baffle plate 61G, two Limited between anti-rotation baffle plate 61G and preceding stop part 61E before the anti-rotation groove 61H that top and rear portion are opened wide respectively, transfer tube 6N Portion is provided with anti-rotation bolt 6R, and when escape pipe 68 turns to first position, transfer tube 6N is upright, and anti-rotation bolt 6R insertings are in anti-rotation Rotated in groove 61H with limiting transfer tube 6N relative to escape pipe 68, that is to say, that when transfer tube 6N is in erectility, pass through Anti-rotation groove 61H is spacing to anti-rotation bolt 6R's, and transfer tube 6N is no longer with respect to the left-right rotation of escape pipe 68.Thus, it is possible to effectively Improve spacing reliability when transfer tube 6N is in erectility, it is to avoid dirt cup component, the cylinder block set being connected with transfer tube 6N There is the problems such as inclination skews.

Specifically, dust blowing bar 65 can be included according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment.Below, reference Accompanying drawing 6-9, describes the dust blowing bar 65 according to the utility model embodiment.

Reference picture 6-9, scrubbing brush housing 61 can include：Scrubbing brush base 611 and ground paint lid 612, and ground, which paints lid 612 and covered, to be set On scrubbing brush base 611 and positioned at the top of scrubbing brush base 611, ground paints and limits sky between lid 612 and scrubbing brush base 611 Gas passage is limited in chamber, cavity.Ground brush assemblies 600 can include can having scraping article on dust blowing bar 65, scrubbing brush base 611 Mounting surface 6111, ground, which is painted, has the scraping article keeper 6121 being oppositely arranged with scraping article mounting surface 6111, dust blowing bar 65 on lid 612 One end (such as the upper end shown in Fig. 9) be located in cavity and pinching scraping article mounting surface 6111 and scraping article keeper 6121 it Between, the other end (such as the lower end shown in Fig. 9) of dust blowing bar 65 passes sky downwards by scraping article mounting surface 6111 (on hole) Outside chamber.

Reference picture 9, here it is possible to understand, has perforation, so that scraping article is another on scraping article mounting surface 6111 End can be passed by scraping article mounting surface 6111.Alternatively, the upwardly recessed scraping article that formed of the portion lower surface of scrubbing brush base 611 is installed Platform, the upper surface of scraping article mounting platform is configured to scraping article mounting surface 6111.Thus, scraping article mounting surface 6111 is easy to process, And the scraping article mounting surface 6111 of such a structure more facilitates the installation of scraping article.Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, scraping article is installed Face 6111 can also be formed directly into the inner bottom wall of ground brush assemblies 600 (not shown).

Some hand-held cleaners T in correlation technique, dust blowing bar 65 is generally fixed on scrubbing brush using card slot type structure On housing 61, but the installation that such a mounting means frequently results in dust blowing bar 65 is not firm, and installation is wasted time and energy.However, According to the ground brush assemblies 600 of the utility model embodiment, when assembling dust blowing bar 65, it is only necessary to simply by the lower end of dust blowing bar 65 Through the scraping article mounting surface 6111 on scrubbing brush base 611, then, ground is painted into the cover buckle of lid 612 to scrubbing brush base 611, so that Scraping article keeper 6121 on scrubbing brush housing 61 can just take advantage of a situation and the upper end of dust blowing bar 65 is pressed on scraping article mounting surface 6111, So as to extremely efficient reduce assembling and the positioning difficulty of dust blowing bar 65, the efficiency of assembling of dust blowing bar 65, Er Qieti are improved The mounting stability and reliability of positioning of high dust blowing bar 65.

Alternatively, as shown in Fig. 6-Fig. 9, scraping article keeper 6121 is the positioning extended towards the direction of scraping article mounting surface 6111 Convex tendon.Thus, scraping article keeper 6121 is simple in construction, convenient processing and manufacture.Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, is scraped Bar keeper 6121 can also be other structures, for example, the part that ground paints the upper surface of lid 612 can be downwardly concaved to form recessed Groove, the exterior bottom wall of groove may be constructed scraping article keeper (not shown).

Further, have as shown in Fig. 6-Fig. 9, on the side wall of positioning convex tendon and paint the positioning that lid 612 is connected with ground and add Strengthening tendons 6122, that is to say, that the positioning one side of reinforcement 6122 is connected with the side wall of positioning convex tendon, and lid is on the other hand painted with ground 612 are connected, and thus, positioning convex tendon more reliablely and stablely can compress dust blowing bar 65.For example at one of the present utility model In specific example, positioning reinforcement 6122 be plate shape, and positioning the length direction of reinforcement 6122 on one end with paint lid 612 are connected, and a side wall on the positioning thickness direction of reinforcement 6122 is connected with positioning convex tendon.Thus, more facilitate processing and Manufacture, and save material.Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, positioning reinforcement 6122 can also (figure be not for circular cone cylindricality etc. Show).

Alternatively, along from ground paint lid 612 to the direction of scrubbing brush base 611, position reinforcement 6122 width gradually Reduce.Thus, facilitate withdrawing pattern, be easy to processing and manufacturing.Further, it is another on reference picture 6, the positioning length direction of reinforcement 6122 One end can be concordant with the free end of positioning convex tendon, that is to say, that fixed when positioning reinforcement 6122 is pressed on dust blowing bar 65 Position reinforcement 6122 can also be pressed on dust blowing bar 65.Thus, the positioning of dust blowing bar 65 is more firm.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, the length direction of scraping article mounting surface 6111 is normal with ground brush assemblies 600 Advise direct of travel vertical.For example for the ground brush assemblies 600 shown in Fig. 6, fore-and-aft direction is the conventional traveling side of ground brush assemblies 600 To left and right directions is the width of ground brush assemblies 600, and scraping article mounting surface 6111 extends, i.e. along ground brush assemblies in left-right direction 600 width extension, now the bearing of trend of dust blowing bar 65 is also identical with scraping article bearing of trend.Thus, ground brush assemblies 600 During cleaning of advancing, dust blowing bar 65 can be cleaned more efficiently.Further, scraping article keeper 6121 is many Be evenly spaced apart setting on individual and length direction in mounting plane, such as, can be with the width of ground brush assemblies 600 Three scraping article keepers 6121 of symmetrical each setting.Thus, it is possible to reliability of positioning is improved, and convenient processing and manufacture.Separately Outside, it is necessary to which explanation, the definition of " conventional direct of travel " will be described herein-after.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 9, dust blowing bar 65 can include：Head 651 and afterbody 652, Head 651 is located in cavity and pinching is between scraping article mounting surface 6111 and scraping article keeper 6121, the upper end of afterbody 652 and head Portion 651 is connected, lower end is passed outside cavity downwards by scraping article mounting surface 6111 (on perforation), along direction from top to bottom, The thickness on head 651 gradually increases, and the thickness of afterbody 652 is gradually thinned.Thus, the structure of dust blowing bar 65 is more reliable and more stable, And installation is easily facilitated, and dust blowing effect is more preferable.

Specifically, grey part 66 can be scraped including sealing according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment.Below, 6-8, and combine Fig. 3 and Figure 18 referring to the drawings, description scrapes grey part 66 according to the sealing of the utility model embodiment.

Reference picture 3 and Fig. 6, ground brush assemblies 600 can include escape pipe 68 and grey part 66 is scraped in sealing, wherein, escape pipe 68 Including the connector portions 681 being rotatably connected in scrubbing brush housing 61 and with scrubbing brush housing 61, here, it is necessary to which explanation, goes out Tracheae 68 and inner sleeve 82 described above can be same parts (that is, escape pipe 68 is exactly inner sleeve 82, inner sleeve Pipe 82 be exactly escape pipe 68, as shown in Figure 3), escape pipe 68 and inner sleeve 82 described above can also be different part and Assembling is connected, and (that is, escape pipe 68 is escape pipe 68, inner sleeve 82 is inner sleeve 82, and escape pipe 68 is filled with inner sleeve 82 With being connected, as shown in figure 18).

Specifically, as shown in figure 18, sealing is scraped grey part 66 and painted with being located between lid 612 and connector portions 681 with hermetically The gap between lid 612 and connector portions 681 is painted, thus, on the one hand the dust in scrubbing brush housing 61 can be avoided to enter scrubbing brush In gap between upper lid 612 and connector portions 681, it is to avoid dust hinders freely rotating for connector portions 681, on the other hand can keep away Exempt from the dust in glass shell 11 and paint the gap between lid 612 and connector portions 681 by ground to banish into environment, another further aspect can be with The dust on the outer surface of connector portions 681 is scraped off during connector portions 681 are rotated relative to scrubbing brush housing 61.Preferably, seal It can be sponge member to scrape grey part 66, so as to reduce cost, be conveniently replaceable cleaning.

Here it is possible to understand, connector portions 681 are located in the gas channel in scrubbing brush housing 61, so that no matter The air-flow that connector portions 681 are turned in the gas channel in any angle position, scrubbing brush housing 61 can pass through connector portions 681 On passage discharge.However, be located at due to connector portions 681 in the gas channel in scrubbing brush housing 61, therefore, connector portions 681 Outer surface on be easy to accumulate dust.So, during connector portions 681 are rotated, just it is easy to dust, grit, hair Deng debris bring into the gap between connector portions 681 and scrubbing brush housing 61 cause obstruction.

The joint of escape pipe 68 in some hand-held cleaners T in correlation technique, ground brush assemblies 600 is it is difficult to ensure that injection essence Really, after the inaccurate joint of escape pipe 68 of injection is assembled together with scrubbing brush housing 61, the joint of escape pipe 68 and scrubbing brush housing Gap can be produced between 61, so, after local brush assemblies 600 have used long, between the joint of escape pipe 68 and scrubbing brush housing 61 Gap will accumulate the debris such as dust, hair, grit so that easily cause the joint of escape pipe 68 rotate it is dumb, even block The problems such as not turning firmly.However, according to the ground brush assemblies 600 of the utility model embodiment, by scrubbing brush housing 61 and escape pipe Between 68 connector portions 681 set sealing scrape grey part 66 so that connector portions 681 with respect to scrubbing brush housing 61 rotation during, it is close Envelope, which scrapes grey part 66, to produce friction with the outer surface of connector portions 681, to dispose the dust in connector portions 681, it is to avoid connector portions 681 accumulate dust with the gap of scrubbing brush housing 61 or the problems such as debris, even if hand-held cleaners T has used a very long time, Escape pipe 68 can also reliably flexible rotating, moreover, can also be avoided in scrubbing brush housing 61 by setting sealing to scrape grey part 66 Dust be discharged into environment and avoid by gap dust in environment into gap gather the problem of.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 8, sealing scrapes grey part 66 and paints lid 612 with being pasted onto On, thus, it is possible to simply and effectively and be quickly accomplished sealing and scrape the installation of grey part 66 and fix, and improve sealing and scrape ash The functional reliability of part 66.Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, grey part 66 is scraped in sealing can also use other modes and scrubbing brush Upper lid 612 is fixedly linked, and is attached (not shown) such as can use threaded fastener, repeats no more here.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 3, connector portions 681 are for cylinder and logical with scrubbing brush housing 61 Cross the pivotal axis 682 extended along its (i.e. connector portions 681) central axial direction to be rotationally connected, that is to say, that connector portions 681 Spinning motion can be made by pivot of the central axis of itself, for example pivotal axis 682 for two and can be respectively provided at and connect There can be the pivoting hole being rotatably assorted respectively with two pivotal axis 682 on the axial two ends on head 681, scrubbing brush housing 61.

With reference to Fig. 6, it can be bar shaped and along the axially extending (i.e. along Fig. 3 and Fig. 6 of connector portions 681 that sealing, which scrapes grey part 66 and is, Shown in left and right directions extension), that is to say, that the overall bearing of trend of grey part 66 is scraped in sealing and the axial direction of connector portions 681 is put down OK, for example, sealing scrapes grey part 66 and can be formed as linear pattern bar shaped or undaform bar shaped etc..So, connector portions 681 are in rotation During, sealing is scraped the outer peripheral face that grey part 66 can be reliably and effectively with connector portions 681 and fit, with dock head 681 outside Side face carries out effectively scraping ash, improves the rotation flexibility of connector portions 681.

Sealing scrapes two end faces (such as the left and right sides end face shown in Fig. 6) on the grey length direction of part 66 respectively with connecing Two axial ends (such as the left and right sides end face shown in Fig. 3) correspondence on head 681 is concordant.That is, ash is scraped in sealing The length of part 66 is equal with the axial length of connector portions 681 and just to setting.Thus, sealing scrapes grey part 66 can to dock head 681 whole Outer peripheral face carries out scraping ash on individual axial length direction, further improves the rotation flexibility of connector portions 681.

Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, connector portions 681 can be also configured to spherical (not shown), with similar ball Valve arrangement carries out the rotation of greater angle scope, now, and grey part 66 is scraped in sealing can be formed as the outer surface shape with connector portions 681 The camber bar shaped that shape matches, so that reliably and effectively the outer peripheral face with connector portions 681 is fitted, to dock the outer of head 681 Side face carries out effectively scraping ash, improves the rotation flexibility of connector portions 681.

Reference picture 6 and Fig. 8, ground, which paints on the inner roof wall of lid 612 to have, to be used to install the mounting groove that grey part 66 is scraped in sealing 6120.Thus, during grey part 66 is scraped in installation sealing, positioning need not can be found accurately, it is only necessary to grey part 66 is scraped into sealing and installed In mounting groove 6120, it is possible to ensure that sealing scrapes the installation site of grey part 66 accurately and suitable for scraping grey sealing, so as to have Improve installation reliability and install convenient that grey part 66 is scraped in sealing in effect ground.

Alternatively, reference picture 6 and Fig. 8, ground, which is painted, has preceding stop part 6123 and rear stop part on the inner roof wall of lid 612 6124, the inner roof wall that preceding stop part 6123 and rear stop part 6124 paint lid 612 by ground is downwardly extending, and in scrubbing brush group It is be arranged in parallel on the direct of travel of part 600, before and after preceding stop part 6123 and rear stop part 6124, mounting groove 6120 is before being limited to Space between stop part 6123 and rear stop part 6124.Thus, the processing of mounting groove 6120 is realized conveniently, is easy to manufacture.When So, the utility model not limited to this, in other embodiment of the present utility model, mounting groove 6120 can also be by other means Process, for example, can paint ground, a part of surface on the inner roof wall of lid 612 is upwardly recessed, to form mounting groove, (figure is not Show).Here paint lid 612, it is necessary to illustrate, shown in Fig. 6 and open bottom-up state forwardly.

Here, it is necessary to which explanation, " conventional direct of travel " refers to what user was cleaned using hand-held cleaners T During, generally promote hand-held cleaners T to move from back to front, now, ground brush assemblies 600 are also moved from back to front, so that from Forward direction is interpreted as the conventional direct of travel of ground brush assemblies 600 afterwards, generally, and the suction port on ground brush assemblies 600 is set It is for strip and vertical with the conventional direct of travel of ground brush assemblies 600 (that is, suction port is along the right and left shown in Fig. 6 To extension, in other words, the length direction of suction port is the left and right directions shown in Fig. 6), so as to more efficiently be inhaled Dirt is cleaned.

Specifically, anticollision portion 64 can be included according to the scrubbing brush housing 61 of the utility model embodiment.Below, with reference to attached Fig. 6-9, describe the anticollision portion 64 according to the utility model embodiment.

Reference picture 6, scrubbing brush housing 61 can include scrubbing brush shell body and anticollision portion 64.Wherein, on scrubbing brush shell body Constitute, in some preferred exemplaries of the present utility model, scrubbing brush shell body can paint lid 612 and ground by the ground docked up and down Brush base 611 is constituted, and the left shell and right shell body that scrubbing brush shell body can also be docked by left and right are constituted (not shown), scrubbing brush shell Body can also be combined by miscellaneous part, no longer be repeated one by one here.

Anticollision portion 64 is connected with scrubbing brush shell body, and to projection on the place supporting surface of ground brush assemblies 600 (such as into Fig. 8 Shown lower section projection), anticollision portion 64 is at least partially disposed at beyond the contour line of scrubbing brush shell body.That is, scrubbing brush group During part 600 is travelled on the support surface, if having barrier on supporting surface, anticollision portion 64 can be prior to its inner side The scrubbing brush shell body of (i.e. the side of the close scrubbing brush shell body central in anticollision portion 64) is collided with barrier, to prevent scrubbing brush shell sheet Body breaks damage by barrier, plays a part of protecting scrubbing brush shell body.Specifically, anticollision portion 64 is integrated with scrubbing brush shell body Part, that is to say, that anticollision portion 64 is not linked together with scrubbing brush shell body by assembly process.Thus, without to anticollision Portion 64 is assembled, so as to reduce assembly difficulty, improves production efficiency, and anticollision portion 64 is difficult to take off with scrubbing brush shell body From anti-collision effect is good.

Some hand-held cleaners T in correlation technique, can install one around scrubbing brush shell body and enclose rubber strip, play anti- The effect of shock, still, on the one hand install rubber strip can increase the cost of ground brush assemblies 600, when on the other hand can delay assembling Between, reduce production efficiency.However, according to the scrubbing brush housing 61 of the utility model embodiment, by direct on scrubbing brush shell body Anticollision portion 64 is integrally machined out, anticollision strip is installed without extra on scrubbing brush shell body, so as to reduce production cost, carried High production efficiency, reduces assembly difficulty, moreover, hand-held cleaners T is during work, anticollision portion 64 will not take off The problems such as falling, misplace, reliability is high.In short, according to the scrubbing brush housing 61 of the utility model embodiment, eliminating correlation technique In anticollision strip, the anticollision portion 64 of similar anticollision strip is directly made on scrubbing brush shell body, effectively to protect scrubbing brush shell body.

Alternatively, reference picture 6, to the place supporting surface of ground brush assemblies 600 on project, the conventional traveling of brush assemblies 600 on ground On direction, the front side of the contour line for being at least partially disposed at scrubbing brush shell body in anticollision portion 64.That is, ground brush assemblies 600 exist During advancing forward, if the front of ground brush assemblies 600 has a barrier, anticollision portion 64 can preferentially scrubbing brush shell body and Barrier impacts, so as to play a part of protecting scrubbing brush shell body.Thus, the front side collided with is easiest in scrubbing brush shell body Position sets anticollision portion 64, can effectively protect scrubbing brush shell body, and can reduce production cost.

Alternatively, reference picture 6, to the place supporting surface of ground brush assemblies 600 on projection, ground brush assemblies 600 routine advance On direction, the left and right sides of the contour line for being at least partially disposed at scrubbing brush shell body in anticollision portion 64.That is, ground brush assemblies 600 during translational motion, hinder on the left and right directions perpendicular to conventional direct of travel if the left and right sides of ground brush assemblies 600 has Hinder thing, anticollision portion 64 can preferentially scrubbing brush shell body and barrier impacts, so as to play a part of protecting scrubbing brush shell body.By This, the left and right sides position easily collided with scrubbing brush shell body sets anticollision portion 64, can further protect scrubbing brush shell sheet Body.

Alternatively, reference picture 6, to the place supporting surface of ground brush assemblies 600 on projection, anticollision portion 64 at least partially surrounding ground The whole circle of contour line of brush shell body.That is, no matter brush assemblies 600 are on the support surface towards which direction motion, anticollision Portion 64 can preferentially scrubbing brush shell body and barrier impacts, so as to play a part of protecting scrubbing brush shell body.Thus, anticollision portion 64 can be with significantly more efficient protection scrubbing brush shell body.

Reference picture 8 and Fig. 9, in some embodiments of the present utility model, scrubbing brush shell body includes：The He of scrubbing brush base 611 Ground paints lid 612, and scrubbing brush base 611 is set on the support surface, and ground paints the lid of lid 612 and is located on scrubbing brush base 611, now, anticollision Portion 64, which can be integrated part with scrubbing brush base 611 and/or paint lid 612 with ground, is integrated part, that is to say, that anticollision portion 64 can be with Part (as shown in Figure 8 and Figure 9) is integrated with scrubbing brush base 611, anticollision portion 64 can also paint lid 612 with ground and be integrated part (figure It is not shown), anticollision portion 64 not only with scrubbing brush base 611 can also be integrated part but also paint lid 612 with ground to be integrated part (not shown Go out).

Alternatively, projected on the place supporting surface of ground brush assemblies 600, scrubbing brush base 611 with paint the butted line of lid 612 May be constructed the contour line of scrubbing brush shell body, anticollision portion 64 be located at scrubbing brush base 611 with paint the joint of lid 612, thus, Anticollision portion 64 can be fully located at beyond the contour line of scrubbing brush shell body, so as to effectively reduce the structural plane of anticollision portion 64 Product, reduces production cost.Certainly, anticollision portion 64 can also be located at other positions, and only part is located at the profile of scrubbing brush shell body Beyond line.

Further, as shown in Figure 8 and Figure 9, anticollision portion 64 includes the upper anticollision portion for being located at both sides above and below butted line respectively 641 and lower anticollision portion 642, thus, upper anticollision portion 641 lid 612 can be painted with protecting field, lower anticollision portion 642 can protect scrubbing brush Base 611, so as to it is effectively more efficient and reliably protect scrubbing brush shell body.

For example, when anticollision portion 64 and scrubbing brush base 611 are integrated part, upper anticollision portion 641 can be by scrubbing brush base 611 The joint of lid 612 is painted with ground to upwardly extend, lower anticollision portion 642 can paint lid 612 by scrubbing brush base 611 and ground and connect Locate to extend downwardly.Similarly, when anticollision portion 64 with paint lid 612 and be integrated part when, upper anticollision portion 641 can be painted lid by ground 612 risen with the joint of scrubbing brush base 611 is upwardly extended, lower anticollision portion 642 can paint lid 612 by ground with scrubbing brush base Rise and extend downwardly in 611 joints.Similarly, it is integrated part when anticollision portion 64 not only paints lid 612 with ground but also with scrubbing brush base 611 is During integral piece, upper anticollision portion 641 can be painted by ground lid 612 with being upwardly extended the joint of scrubbing brush base 611, lower anticollision portion 642 joint of lid 612 can be painted by scrubbing brush base 611 and ground extend downwardly.

Here, it is necessary to illustrate, in two sections of the above, orientation " on " refer to that the ground normal level of brush assemblies 600 is placed on water Top when in plane, orientation " under " refer to that the ground normal level of brush assemblies 600 puts top when in the horizontal plane, then, can With it is well established that local brush assemblies 600 favour horizontal plane be arranged in certain plane when, upper anticollision portion 641 and lower anticollision portion 642 Bearing of trend run-off the straight therewith, this be it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that.

Below, only illustrated so that anticollision portion 64 is integrated part with scrubbing brush base 611 as an example, certainly, people in the art Member is after following technical scheme has been read, it is clear that be appreciated that anticollision portion 64 with paint lid 612 and be integrated part and anticollision Portion 64 not only paints the technical scheme that lid 612 is integrated part but also part is integrated with scrubbing brush base 611 with ground.Alternatively, when anticollision portion When 64 and scrubbing brush base 611 are working of plastics, anticollision portion 64 can be with the integrated injection molding of scrubbing brush base 611, and works as anticollision portion 64 are rubber parts and when scrubbing brush base 611 is working of plastics, and anticollision portion 64 can be embedded in the mould of scrubbing brush base 611 In, scrubbing brush base 611 is then molded again, so that scrubbing brush base 611 is integrated part with anticollision portion 64.

Preferably, anticollision portion 64 towards at least part surface in a side surface of scrubbing brush shell body and scrubbing brush shell body It is spaced apart and (is for example spaced apart the space S shown in Fig. 8) and sets.Thus, can be certain between anticollision portion 64 and scrubbing brush shell body Elastic buffer space, when anticollision portion 64 and barrier hit, elastic deformation can occur for anticollision portion 64, be not susceptible to Damage, so as to more efficient and reliably improve protecting effect to scrubbing brush shell body.For example, upper anticollision described above The side surface for closely painting lid 612 in portion 641 with paint the outer surface of lid 612 and be spaced apart setting, lower anticollision portion 642 A side surface close to scrubbing brush base 611 is spaced apart setting with the outer surface of scrubbing brush base 611.

Preferably, anticollision portion 64 passes through the curved surface that smoothly transits (such as the curved surface C shown in Fig. 9) phase with scrubbing brush shell body Connect.Thus, it is possible to reduce the stress concentration in anticollision portion 64 and scrubbing brush shell body junction, touched in anticollision portion 64 with barrier When hitting, anticollision portion 64 and the junction of scrubbing brush shell body will not ftracture, and improve the structural reliability in anticollision portion 64, further Improve protecting effect.

Specifically, mop assembly 700 can be included according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment.Below, join According to accompanying drawing 10- Figure 18, the mop assembly 700 according to the utility model embodiment is described.

Reference picture 10, Figure 11 and Figure 15, ground brush assemblies 600 and mop assembly 700 can constitute cleaning assemblies, wherein, ground Brush assemblies 600 can include scrubbing brush housing 61 and the first magnetic absorption member 69 being located on scrubbing brush housing 61, and mop assembly 700 can be wrapped The magnetic absorption member 74 of fixture 73 and second is included, wherein, fixture 73 is suitable to fixed rag, and the second magnetic absorption member 74 is suitable to and the first magnetic The magnetic of part 69 coordinates, that is to say, that together with the first magnetic absorption member 69 can rely on magnetic absorption with the second magnetic absorption member 74.

Reference picture 18, mop assembly 700 is coordinated removably by the magnetic of the second magnetic absorption member 74 and the first magnetic absorption member 69 Installed in the bottom of ground brush assemblies 600, that is to say, that by mop assembly 700 to the bottom of ground brush assemblies 600 it is close when, due to There is magnetic attracting force, mop assembly 700 can be installed automatically and rapidly between first magnetic absorption member 69 and the second magnetic absorption member 74 Onto ground brush assemblies 600.So, when the cleaning devices such as rag are fixed on mop assembly 700 using fixture 73, mop group Part 700 can realize the function that mops floor.

Some hand-held cleaners T in correlation technique, is generally only capable of playing absorption floor-dust and uses round brush and scrape Bar etc. cleans the effect on ground, during use, it is difficult to thoroughly clean the dirty and stain on ground.However, root , can due to ground brush assemblies 600 and mop assembly 700 including combining according to the cleaning assemblies of the utility model embodiment Suction dual-use function is dragged to realize, i.e., is also mopped floor simultaneously using mop assembly 700 using the ground dust suction of brush assemblies 600 and cleaning Operation, so as to effectively clean the stain on ground, improves cleaning effect.Further, since ground brush assemblies 600 are with dragging Component 700 is connected by magnetic attraction magnetic, so as to be effectively reduced the peace installation and dismantling of ground brush assemblies 600 and mop assembly 700 Difficulty is unloaded, the connection reliability of ground brush assemblies 600 and mop assembly 700 is improved so that user can be torn open as needed Dress combination, but also the structure complexity of cleaning assemblies, convenient processing and production can be reduced.

Reference picture 10, on the conventional direct of travel of ground brush assemblies 600, the front side bottom of scrubbing brush housing 61 has dust suction Mouthful, mop assembly 700 is located at the rear side of suction port.That is, promoting cleaning assemblies over a surface to be cleaned forward in user During motion, the preferential mop assembly 700 of ground brush assemblies 600 is operated, that is to say, that ground brush assemblies 600 are first inhaled Dirt, mop assembly 700 is mopped floor again, so, and by the preliminary cleaning of ground brush assemblies 600, mop assembly 700 can be cleaned only Remaining dirty on ground, so as to reduce the frequent degree of rag on cleaning mop assembly 700, the work for reducing user is strong Degree.

In addition, reference picture 10, ground brush assemblies 600 can also include that with scrubbing brush housing 61 round brush being connected, round brush can be rolled It can be located in suction port and the axis of round brush can extend along the length direction of suction port.Thus, ground brush assemblies 600 are except entering Beyond row dust suction operation, cleaning work can also be carried out, so as to further improve cleaning effect.Preferably, in ground brush assemblies 600 Conventional direct of travel on, mop assembly 700 is located at the rear side of round brush.Thus, the cleaning action of round brush can be prior to mop The action that mops floor, so as to further improve cleaning effect.Here, it is necessary to explanation, have on scrubbing brush housing 61 suction port with And the common knowledge that the concept of round brush etc. is this area, do not repeat here.

Further, reference picture 10, on the conventional direct of travel of ground brush assemblies 600, the rear side of scrubbing brush housing 61 is provided with Roller 67, mop assembly 700 is located at the front side of roller 67.That is, promoting cleaning assemblies over a surface to be cleaned in user During travelling forward, mop assembly 700 is preferentially cleaned, and is walked on the surface of roller 67 again after the cleaning, so as to have Avoid the problem of roller 67 rolls dirty to effect so that hand-held cleaners T is after work, roller 67 can also be kept totally such as Newly.In addition, such a arrangement is also possible that the structural stability of cleaning assemblies is stronger, stress is more reasonable.

Both sides of the mop assembly 700 on the direct of travel perpendicular to ground brush assemblies 600 with ground brush assemblies 600 perpendicular to Both sides alignment on the direct of travel of ground brush assemblies 600, for example in the example depicted in fig. 10, the left and right two of ground brush assemblies 600 Alignd respectively with the left and right sides of housing unit side.Thus, ground, mop assembly 700 after being cleaned for ground brush assemblies 600 can Farthest to be cleaned, improve cleaning effect, and left and right sides edge due to mop assembly 700, without departing from ground The left and right sides edge of brush assemblies 600, so as to avoid mop assembly 700 collided with damage and collide with user the problem of.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in figure 18, the first magnetic absorption member 69 can be located at ground brush assemblies 600 Bottom, the second magnetic absorption member 74 can be located at mop assembly 700 top.Thus, when mop assembly 700 is arranged on into scrubbing brush group During the bottom of part 600, the first magnetic absorption member 69 and the second magnetic absorption member 74 can be more promptly together with magnetic, and magnetic is more It is firm, it is to avoid the hidden danger that mop assembly 700 is split away off from ground brush assemblies 600.

Alternatively, reference picture 18, the first magnetic absorption member 69 is located at the bottom center of ground brush assemblies 600, the second magnetic absorption member 74 In the center of top of mop assembly 700.Thus, after the first magnetic absorption member 69 is together with the magnetic of the second magnetic absorption member 74, mop group Part 700 can more smoothly, reliably suck the bottom in ground brush assemblies 600, the problems such as will not occurring the side swelling and hanging down of either of the testes, and And, production cost can also be effectively reduced.Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, in other embodiment of the present utility model In, the first magnetic absorption member 69 can also for two and be symmetrically located at ground brush assemblies 600 bottom, correspondingly, the second magnetic Part 74 can also for two and be symmetrically located at the top of mop assembly 700 with the first magnetic absorption member about 69 just to (figure It is not shown).

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in figure 12, mop assembly 700 can include：Grillage 71 and end Lid 72, the second magnetic absorption member 74 is located between grillage 71 and end cap 72, and assembling rag is suitable on grillage 71.Thus, it is possible to simply have The second magnetic absorption member 74 is installed on effect ground, improves the installation reliability of the second magnetic absorption member 74.Wherein, grillage 71 can be with removable with end cap 72 It is connected with unloading, so as to facilitate the dismounting of the second magnetic absorption member 74, maintenance and change.For example in the example depicted in fig. 15, grillage 71 Upper to have with fixing hole 722 on fixed column 713, end cap 72, fixed column 713 is removable by threaded fastener with fixing hole 722 It is connected with unloading.Thus, it is easy to processing and easy disassembly.

Alternatively, reference picture 14 and Figure 15, the bottom surface of grillage 71 are encapsulated, that is to say, that the bottom surface of grillage 71 has encapsulated Layer 710.Thus, rag can be located to the bottom of encapsulated layer 710, preferably to be fitted with ground, is improving cleaning effect.This In, it is necessary to which explanation, encapsulated technique is well known to those skilled in the art, repeats no more here.Alternatively, reference picture 11, Fixture 73 is located on the upper surface of grillage 71.Thus, facilitate user that rag is fixed on mop assembly 700, facilitate user Use.Wherein, fixture 73 can be activity folder or VELCRO etc., so as to further facilitate the processing of mop assembly 700 and smear Being fixedly connected for cloth, is cleaned while facilitating user to dismantle rag.Here, it is necessary to which explanation, activity folder and VELCRO are equal For the common knowledge of mop technical field, therefore do not repeat.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 11, Figure 15 and Figure 18 are spacious with bottom on scrubbing brush housing 61 There is department of assembly 711 that is protruding upward and being adapted to fit in fitting recess 610 on the fitting recess 610 opened, mop assembly 700, the One magnetic absorption member 69 is located in fitting recess 610, and the second magnetic absorption member 74 is located in department of assembly 711.Thus, in assembling ground brush assemblies 600 During with mop assembly 700, it is only necessary to department of assembly 711 is aligned into fitting recess 610 and inserted, the first magnetic absorption member 69 and the second magnetic absorption member 74 are just Can quickly and efficiently be attached together, so as to reduce further assembly difficulty, and can improve ground brush assemblies 600 with The connection reliability of mop assembly 700.

For example in the example shown in Figure 12 and Figure 15, department of assembly 711 can be convex by the portion lower surface of grillage 71 Go out to be formed, so that bottom-open can be limited in department of assembly 711 to accommodate the assembly cavity 7110 of the second magnetic absorption member 74, end Lid 72 is connected with grillage 71 and is sealed on the bottom of assembly cavity 7110.Thus, it is possible to the second magnetic absorption member 74 is simply and effectively installed, Improve the installation reliability of the second magnetic absorption member 74.

Can have the through hole 7111 run through, mop group on reference picture 11, Figure 12 and Figure 16, the upper surface of department of assembly 711 Part 700 can also include magnetic conductive part 75, the part of magnetic conductive part 75 be located in assembly cavity 7110 and with the magnetic phase of the second magnetic absorption member 74 Even, the remainder of magnetic conductive part 75 is passed to beyond department of assembly 711 to contact magnetic with the first magnetic absorption member 69 upwards by through hole 7111 Inhale (as shown in figure 18).That is, the first magnetic absorption member 69 and the second magnetic absorption member 74 can securely be adsorbed by magnetic conductive part 75 Connection, so as to reduce the magnetic difficulty of the first magnetic absorption member 69 and the second magnetic absorption member 74, improves the first magnetic absorption member 69 and second The magnetic fixing of magnetic absorption member 74.

As shown in figure 12, magnetic conductive part 75 can include two magnetic conductive iron sheets 751 be arrangeding in parallel, and the second magnetic part folder is inhaled Between two magnetic conductive iron sheets 751, thus, it is possible on the premise of manufacturing cost is taken into account, further reduce the He of the first magnetic absorption member 69 The magnetic difficulty of second magnetic absorption member 74, improves the magnetic fixing and stability of the first magnetic absorption member 69 and the second magnetic absorption member 74.

As shown in Figure 15 and Figure 18, there can be the limit for being respectively provided at two both sides of magnetic conductive iron sheet 751 in assembly cavity 7110 Position catch 712, spacing catch 712 is fixed on grillage 71 and/or end cap 72, that is to say, that can be had on grillage 71 spacing Can also have on catch 712, end cap 72 can also all on spacing catch 712 (not shown), grillage 71 and end cap 72 simultaneously With spacing catch 712 (not shown).Thus, can by setting spacing catch 712 in the both sides of two magnetic conductive iron sheets 751 To avoid magnetic conductive iron sheet 751 from rocking problem in assembly cavity 7110.

Can have as shown in Figure 15 and Figure 18, on end cap 72 and extend into assembly cavity 7110 and be only against the second magnetic absorption member End cover side locating part 721 on one side surface of 74 remote grillage 71.Thus, the magnetic of end cover side locating part 721 and second is passed through That inhales part 74 only supports spacing, can avoid play problem of second magnetic absorption member 74 in assembly cavity 7110.

Thus, can be as follows according to the assembling process of the mop assembly 700 of above-described embodiment.First, by the second magnetic absorption member 74 are clipped between two magnetic conductive iron sheets 751, between the spacing catch 712 of two be then charged into assembly cavity 7110, while so that The upper end of two magnetic conductive iron sheets 751 is passed upwards by through hole 7111；Then, end cap 72 is covered to the bottom of assembly cavity 7110, It is threadedly coupled using threaded fastener through the fixing hole 722 on end cap 72 and with the fixed column 713 on grillage 71, so as to complete The assembling of mop assembly 700.Rag can be swept along on encapsulated layer 710 and be consolidated during use by mop assembly 700 Determine the locking of part 73.

Specifically, optimization can ties according on the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment escape pipe 68 Structure.Below, referring to the drawings 19- Figure 26, the escape pipe 68 according to the utility model embodiment is described.

Reference picture 19, ground brush assemblies 600 can include scrubbing brush housing 61 and escape pipe 68.

Have on scrubbing brush housing 61 in suction port, escape pipe 68 and limit the dust absorption passage 68B connected with suction port.For example In the example shown in Figure 20 and Figure 23, scrubbing brush shell body 61A can paint lid 612 and scrubbing brush base by the ground docked up and down 611 compositions, that is to say, that scrubbing brush shell body 61A includes scrubbing brush base 611 and ground paints lid 612, ground, which paints lid 612 and covered, to be located at The top of scrubbing brush base 611 and the gas for limiting and being connected with suction port in cavity, cavity is limited between scrubbing brush base 611 Passage, the inner chamber of escape pipe 68 is dust absorption passage 68B, and dust absorption passage 68B is directly connected with gas passage with indirect with suction port Connection, so that the dust outside scrubbing brush housing 61 can be drawn into gas passage by suction port, be entered again by dust absorption passage 68B Enter in escape pipe 68.Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, the concrete structure of scrubbing brush housing 61 can also have according to actual requirement Body is designed, for example, left shell and right shell body that scrubbing brush housing 61 can also be docked by left and right are constituted.

Escape pipe 68 is pivotly connected with scrubbing brush housing 61.For example in the example shown in Figure 19 and Figure 20, escape pipe 68 can include being located at the connector portions 681 with scrubbing brush housing 61 being connected in scrubbing brush housing 61 and rotatably, so that escape pipe 68 can To be pivotly connected with scrubbing brush housing 61 by connector portions 681.Here, it is necessary to explanation, escape pipe 68 and described above Inner sleeve 82 can be same part (as shown in Figure 3), escape pipe 68 and inner sleeve 82 described above can also be not With part and assembling be connected (as shown in figure 18).Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, escape pipe 68 can also be by other Mode is pivotly connected with scrubbing brush housing 61, such as scrubbing brush housing 61 and escape pipe 68 can by hinge component pivotably Ground is connected, and repeats no more here.

Specifically, reference picture 21- Figure 26, during the entire process of the rotation work of escape pipe 68, the outer surface of escape pipe 68 (inner bottom wall 6101 refers to the inner bottom wall 6101 of scrubbing brush housing 61：Scrubbing brush housing 61 with the interior bottom at the rotatable engagement of escape pipe 68 Wall) between the minimum 0.2mm-0.5mm of gap 68A, and gap 68A is communicated to dust absorption passage 68B.That is, no matter Escape pipe 68 turns to any angle position, the gap between the outer surface of escape pipe 68 and the inner bottom wall 6101 of scrubbing brush housing 61 68A minimum value is any value in 0.2mm to 0.5mm, so that it is guaranteed that gap 68A is enough all the time big, with hand-held dust suction During device T works, dust suction can be drawn into by the dirt matter accumulated in the 68A of the gap, such as dust, hair, grit In passage 68B, to play a part of cleaning gap 68A, it is ensured that escape pipe 68 can be with flexible rotating.

Here, it is necessary to explanation, some hand-held cleaners in correlation technique in use for some time, escape pipe with Some dusts, hair, grit etc. can be involved in the gap that is rotatably assorted of scrubbing brush housing, to disturb the normal rotation of escape pipe, is made Inflexible problem is rotated into escape pipe so that user needs regular dismounting escape pipe to clear up, and causes user's inconvenient for use.So And, according to the ground brush assemblies 600 of the utility model embodiment, by control escape pipe 68 and the inner bottom wall 6101 of scrubbing brush housing 61 it Between gap 68A sizes, the debris in the 68A of gap can be sucked in dust absorption passage 68B, to improve the rotation spirit of escape pipe 68 Activity, and avoid user and need the problem of duration clears up gap 68A, please the usage experience of user.

Preferably, during the entire process of the rotation work of escape pipe 68, outer surface and the scrubbing brush housing 61 of escape pipe 68 Gap 68A between inner bottom wall 6101 is 0.4mm-1mm.That is, no matter escape pipe 68 turns to any angle position, go out Equal minimums of gap 68A between the outer surface of tracheae 68 and the inner bottom wall 6101 of scrubbing brush housing 61 can be with for 0.4mm, maximum For 1mm.Thus, by limiting the gap 68A upper limit, cause easily to be involved in ash because gap 68A is excessive so as to improve The problem of dirt, in addition, overall attractive in appearance of the structural compactness and product that also improve escape pipe 68 and the junction of scrubbing brush housing 61 Property.

There is position limiting structure 63, that is to say, that can have on scrubbing brush housing 61 on scrubbing brush housing 61 and/or escape pipe 68 Can also have on position limiting structure 63, escape pipe 68 can also all on position limiting structure 63, scrubbing brush housing 61 and escape pipe 68 simultaneously With position limiting structure 63, position limiting structure 63 be used for limit escape pipe 68 only non-use position (such as stand up position, such as Figure 21, Shown in 22) use scope between operating limit position (such as horizontal level, as shown in Figure 25,26) is (such as Figure 23,24 institutes Show) in it is rotatable so that by setting position limiting structure 63, can be effectively prevented from escape pipe 68 too rotation the problem of, improve The functional reliability of ground brush assemblies 600 and property easy to use.

Here, it is necessary to illustrate, for some hand-held cleaners T, when escape pipe 68 turns to stand up position, hand Hold dust catcher T and be in off working state (now, not having negative pressure in air intake passage, it is impossible to dust suction), and when escape pipe 68 is rotated Leave stand up position, for example turn to obliquity even horizontal level when, hand-held cleaners T it is in running order (now, inhale There is negative pressure in gas passage, can be with dust suction).In addition, " constructive embodiment of position limiting structure 63 " will be introduced specifically below, this In do not repeat.

Specifically, as shown in figure 20, the outer surface of escape pipe 68 includes concave part 6811, wherein, it is located in escape pipe 68 During non-use position (such as when escape pipe 68 is upright), concave part 6811 is located at the rear side outside scrubbing brush housing 61, and in escape pipe 68 from non-use position to operating limit position rotate during (such as when escape pipe 68 rotates backward), concave part 6811 by Gradually it is transferred in scrubbing brush housing 61 to limit above-mentioned gap 68A at least part between the inner bottom wall 6101 of scrubbing brush housing 61. Thus, by processing concave part 6811 on the outer surface of escape pipe 68 so that the outer surface of the rotary part of escape pipe 68 is Non-regular shape, without making very big adjustment to existing escape pipe 68, it is possible to effectively ensure gap 68A size symbol Design requirement is closed, and processing technology is simple, production cost is low.

For example in the specific example shown in Figure 20, scrubbing brush housing 61 includes scrubbing brush shell body 61A and is located at scrubbing brush shell sheet On rear side of body 61A and left and right two pivot connection arms 61B spaced apart, escape pipe 68 includes pipe portion 680 and is connected to pipe portion 680 The connector portions 681 of one end, connector portions 681 are for horizontal cylinder and between two pivot connection arms 61B, the axle of connector portions 681 Pivotly it is connected to two ends are corresponding with two pivot connection arms 61B respectively, for example, in the example shown in Figure 20, connector portions There is the pivotal axis 682 extended along its center axis, to both sides, two pivotal axis 682 are pivotally connected with two respectively on 681 Arm 61B is rotationally connected, so that connector portions 681 can make spinning motion using the central axis of itself as pivot.Thus, Scrubbing brush housing 61 and escape pipe 68 be pivotally connected simple mode and convenient processing and assembling are implemented.

Reference picture 20, concave part 6811 is recessed towards the central axial direction of connector portions 681 by the periphery of connector portions 681 And the arc cylinder being coaxially disposed with connector portions 681, that is to say, that the central axis and connector portions of the place cylinder of concave part 6811 681 central axis is overlapped.Thus, concave part 6811 is convenient processes, and no matter connector portions 681 turn to unspecified angle position, Gap between the scrubbing brush housing 61 of concave part 6811 can be consistent, so that convenient control gap 68A size.In addition, The concave part 6811 of such a structure type is convenient to process.Preferably, the recessed depth of concave part 6811 is 0.2mm-0.5mm, by This, it can be ensured that the minimum 0.2mm-0.5mm of gap 68A, so as to further increase the rotation anti-sticking effect of escape pipe 68.

Reference picture 20, the axial both sides of the edge (such as the edge 681A shown in Figure 20) of concave part 6811 respectively with joint The axial both sides end face in portion 681 is concordant, that is to say, that in the axial direction of connector portions 681, concave part 6811 is across connector portions 681 Whole axial length, thus, the gap on the whole axial length of connector portions 681 between the inner bottom wall 6101 of scrubbing brush housing 61 68A can for 0.2mm-0.5mm even more than, so as to further increase the rotation flexibility of escape pipe 68.

A lateral edges (such as edge shown in Figure 20 of close pipe portion 680 in reference picture 20, the circumference of concave part 6811 681B) connect with pipe portion 680, so that the size of concave part 6811 can be with sufficiently large, to ensure escape pipe 68 in non-use position And during using being rotated in the range of the use between position, connector portions 681 can pass through concave part 6811 and scrubbing brush housing 61 Inner bottom wall 6101 limits gap 68A, so as to further increase the rotation flexibility of escape pipe 68.In addition, such a structure type Concave part 6811 convenient process.

Reference picture 20, in an alternative embodiment of the present utility model, the remote pipe portion 680 in the circumference of concave part 6811 Open 68C of the neighbouring dust absorption passage 68B formation of a lateral edges (such as the edge 681C shown in Figure 20) in connector portions 681 (being spaced apart with open 68C).Thus, it is possible to which the dirt matter effect improved in the intensity of connector portions 681, and suction gap 68A is good. In another alternative embodiment of the present utility model, a lateral edges of the remote pipe portion 680 in the circumference of concave part 6811 are (for example Edge 681C shown in Figure 20) connect with the dust absorption passage 68B open 68C formed in connector portions 681 (i.e. with open 68C Connection, it is not shown).Thus, facilitate the dirt matter effect in the processing of concave part 6811, and suction gap 68A good.Preferably, Dust absorption passage 68B can be along the diametric(al) penetrator portion 681 of connector portions 681, with the relative both side surface of connector portions 681 Upper formed respectively wears mouth, one of them wear mouth connect with pipe portion 680 do not open wide, to wear mouth away from pipe portion 680 be open for another 68C。

In summary, according to the ground brush assemblies 600 of some embodiments of the utility model, by by the connector portions of escape pipe 68 It is processed into non-regular shape and (0.2mm-0.5mm gap platform is for example processed in the connector portions 681 of cylinder in 681 outer surface Rank, i.e. concave part 6811) so that the gap 68A between escape pipe 68 and the inner bottom wall 6101 of scrubbing brush housing 61 ensures minimum 0.2mm-0.5mm, so that during the conventional traveling work of hand-held cleaners T (reference picture 23), dust absorption passage 68B can be from While suction port on front side of it sucks dust D1, dirt matter D2 can also be sucked from the gap 68A of rear side, and then can be effective Ground improves the dust stratification problem of gap 68A between connector portions 681 and the inner bottom wall 6101 of scrubbing brush housing 61, it is ensured that escape pipe 68 can be with Flexible rotating, the rotation card for improving escape pipe 68 stops problem.

Specifically, roller 67 can also be included according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment.Below, reference Accompanying drawing 27- Figure 31, describes the roller 67 according to the utility model embodiment.

Reference picture 27, ground brush assemblies 600 can include scrubbing brush housing 61, escape pipe 68 and two rollers 67.

Reference picture 20, scrubbing brush housing 61 include scrubbing brush shell body 61A and be located on rear side of scrubbing brush shell body 61A and between left and right every The two pivot connection arms 61B opened, escape pipe 68 includes pipe portion 680 and is connected to the connector portions 681 of one end of pipe portion 680, connects Head 681 for horizontal cylinder and between two pivot connection arms 61B, the axial two ends of connector portions 681 respectively with two pivots Turn linking arm 61B correspondences to be pivotally attached to, that is to say, that the axial left end of connector portions 681 and the pivot connection arms 61B in left side are pivoted It is connected, the axial right-hand member of connector portions 681 and the pivot connection arms 61B on right side are pivotally attached to.

Extend for example, having in the example shown in Figure 28 and Figure 29, in connector portions 681 along its center axis, to both sides The pivotal axis 682 gone out, two pivotal axis 682 are rotationally connected with two pivot connection arms 61B respectively, so that connector portions 681 Spinning motion can be made using the central axis of itself as pivot.Thus, scrubbing brush housing 61 and escape pipe 68 are pivotally connected Mode is simple and conveniently processing and assembling are implemented.

Reference picture 27- Figure 28, two rollers 67 be located at the both sides of scrubbing brush housing 61 and respectively with two pivot connection arms 61B Correspondence is pivotally attached to, that is to say, that the rear portion of the left and right sides of scrubbing brush housing 61 is respectively equipped with a side wheel 67, wherein, left side Roller 67 and the pivot connection arms 61B in left side be pivotally attached to, the pivot connection arms 61B on the roller 67 on right side and right side pivots phase Even, specifically, reference picture 30, bottom surface of the bottom surface less than connector portions 681 of roller 67 and the bottom less than the rear portion of scrubbing brush housing 61 Face, thus, roller 67 can hold up the back support of scrubbing brush housing 61, so, when user promote the component of scrubbing brush housing 61 to During preceding motion, roller 67 can be rolled on the support surface, to mitigate the thrust of user.

Reference picture 30, the pivot axis 670 of each roller 67 each parallel to connector portions 681 pivot axis 6810 and with connecing The distance between the pivot axis 6810 on head 681 S is 10mm-30mm, in other words, the pivot axis 670 of each roller 67 It is not less than 10mm with the distance between the pivot axis 6810 of connector portions 681 S minimums, maximum is no more than 30mm, and each roller 67 pivot axis 670 is abreast located at the rear side of the pivot axis 6810 of connector portions 681.Thus, due to the pivot of roller 67 Shaft axis 670 and the pivot axis of connector portions 681 6810 be not coaxial, so as to improve support of the roller 67 to scrubbing brush housing 61 Stability and support fixing, are additionally, since the pivot axis that the pivot axis 670 of roller 67 is arranged on to connector portions 681 6810 rear side, so as to effectively improve the center of gravity of ground brush assemblies 600, allows escape pipe 68 freely smoothly to pivot.

Pointed out in correlation technique, the ground brush assemblies of hand-held cleaners usually rely on the front end bottom surface of scrubbing brush housing and are connected to The roller supporting ground of scrubbing brush housing rear end, and the pivot axis and the pivot axis weight of roller of the escape pipe on scrubbing brush housing Close, so, when escape pipe relative to scrubbing brush housing from during stand up position tilts backwards rotation, the front end of scrubbing brush housing is easy Tilt, cause escape pipe can not smooth rotation, moreover, when escape pipe be in stand up position when, the crank of ground brush assemblies, hold The phenomenon easily toppled over.However, according to the ground brush assemblies 600 of the utility model embodiment, by the pivotal axis for making roller 67 Line 670 and with the pivot axis 6810 of the connector portions 681 of escape pipe 68 pull open 10mm-30mm apart from S, so as to effectively When improving escape pipe 68 in stand up position, the stability of ground brush assemblies 600 reduces the possibility of toppling over of ground brush assemblies 600, and And, the rear side of the pivot axis 6810 by the way that the pivot axis 670 of roller 67 to be arranged on to connector portions 681, so as to improve ground The stable gravity center of brush assemblies 600 is qualitative, and the escape pipe 68 in ground brush assemblies 600 retreats with respect to scrubbing brush housing 61 from stand up position During tiltedly rotating, the front end of scrubbing brush housing 61 will not be tilted, it is ensured that escape pipe 68 can be lifted user and used with smooth rotation Experience.

Preferably, the pivot axis 670 of each roller 67 is abreast located at after the pivot axis 6810 of connector portions 681 Downside.Accordingly, for size more compact some rollers 67, the stable gravity center that can further improve ground brush assemblies 600 is qualitative, Escape pipe 68 in local brush assemblies 600 relative to scrubbing brush housing 61 from during stand up position tilts backwards rotation, scrubbing brush shell The front end of body 61 will not more be tilted, it is ensured that escape pipe 68 more frame can be rotated successfully, lift user experience.Certainly, The utility model not limited to this, can also be by the pivot axis 670 of each roller 67 abreast when the size of roller 67 is larger It is located at the rear upside of the pivot axis 6810 of connector portions 681.

Alternatively, the pivot axis 670 of two rollers 67 is coaxially disposed, that is to say, that the pivot axis of two rollers 67 670 are located along the same line.Thus, convenient processing and installation.Or alternatively, before and after the pivot axis 670 of two rollers 67 Etc. high setting, that is to say, that the pivot axis 670 of two rollers 67 is located at same level height, and time interval is opened up and put.By This, can more efficiently improve escape pipe 68 be in stand up position when brush assemblies 600 stability, reduction ground brush assemblies 600 topple over possibility, moreover, by the way that the pivot axis 670 of two rollers 67 is arranged into front and rear arrangement, so as to further improve The stable gravity center of ground brush assemblies 600 is qualitative, the escape pipe 68 in local brush assemblies 600 with respect to scrubbing brush housing 61 from stand up position to During rear-inclined is rotated, the front end of scrubbing brush housing 61 will not be tilted, it is ensured that escape pipe 68 can lift user with smooth rotation Usage experience.

Having in some embodiments of the present utility model, on scrubbing brush housing 61 and/or escape pipe 68 is used to limit outlet The rotatable position limiting structure 63 in the range of the use only between non-use position and operating limit position of pipe 68, wherein, going out Escape pipe 68 is vertically arranged in the top of scrubbing brush housing 61 when tracheae 68 is located at non-use position, is located in escape pipe 68 and uses pole Escape pipe 68 is horizontally set on the rear side of scrubbing brush housing 61 during extreme position.There can be position limiting structure 63 on scrubbing brush housing 61, go out Can also have on tracheae 68 can also all have position limiting structure simultaneously on position limiting structure 63, scrubbing brush housing 61 and escape pipe 68 63, position limiting structure 63 is used to limit escape pipe 68 only in non-use position (such as stand up position, as shown in Figure 21,22) and used It is rotatable in use scope (as shown in Figure 23,24) between extreme position (such as horizontal level, as shown in Figure 25,26), from And by setting position limiting structure 63, the problem of escape pipe 68 too rotates can be effectively prevented from, improve the work of ground brush assemblies 600 Make reliability and property easy to use.Here, it is necessary to which explanation, for some hand-held cleaners T, escape pipe 68 is turned to During stand up position, hand-held cleaners T is in off working state (now, not having negative pressure in air intake passage, it is impossible to dust suction), and works as Escape pipe 68 be rotated away from stand up position, for example rotate back to obliquity even horizontal level when, hand-held cleaners T is in Working condition (now, has negative pressure, can be with dust suction) in air intake passage.

Reference picture 28, scrubbing brush shell body 61A include scrubbing brush base 611 and paint lid 612, that is to say, that scrubbing brush shell sheet Body 61A can be painted lid 612 by the ground docked up and down and scrubbing brush base 611 constitutes (certainly, the utility model not limited to this, ground Brush shell body 61A concrete structure can also be according to actual requirement specific design, for example, scrubbing brush shell body 61A can also be by a left side Left shell and the right shell body composition of right docking).Specifically, position limiting structure 63 can include upper limit edge 631 and lower limit Edge 632, wherein, upper limit edge 631 paints the back edge of lid 612 (that is, upper limit edge 631 is i.e. with constituting The back edge of lid 612 is painted for ground), and upper limit edge 631 is for terminating in non-use position (as schemed escape pipe 68 21st, shown in 22) so that escape pipe 68 can not rotate further along, lower limit edge 632 constitutes the back edge of scrubbing brush base 611 (that is, lower limit edge 632 is back edge of scrubbing brush base 611), and lower limit edge 632 is used for escape pipe 68 terminate in operating limit position (as shown in Figure 25,26), so that escape pipe 68 can not rotate still further below.Thus, position limiting structure 63 readily available and good limit effects.

Reference picture 28 and Figure 29, in some embodiments of the present utility model, pivot connection arms 61B includes：Base portion 613rd, upper cup portion 614 and pivot cylinder portion 615, wherein, upper cup portion 614 is located at base portion 613 and limited between base portion 613 Go out accommodating chamber 61B0, wherein, having in upper cup portion 614 has lower half pivoting hole in upper half pivoting hole 6141, base portion 613 6131, upper half pivoting hole 6141 is matched somebody with somebody about 6131 with lower half pivoting hole to being combined into complete pivoting hole, connector portions 681 with pivot (for example pivotal axis 682 can be by the axial end of connector portions 681 along connector portions 681 for the pivotal axis 682 for closing in pivoting hole Central axis is extended outward) so that connector portions 681 are pivotably connected with pivot connection arms 61B.

Reference picture 28 and Figure 29, pivot cylinder portion 615 is connected (i.e. pivot cylinder portion 615 and bottom with base portion 613 and/or upper cup portion 614 Portions 613 are connected with least one in upper cup portion 614), pivot cylinder portion 615 is tubular and is at least partially disposed at accommodating chamber 61B0 Outside, that is to say, that pivot cylinder portion 615 must some positioned at accommodating chamber 61B0 outside, on roller 67 have pivot cooperation exist Roller wheel shaft 671 in pivot cylinder portion 615, so that roller 67 is pivotably connected with pivot connection arms 61B.Thus, pivot connection arms 61B's is simple in construction, is easy to processing and pivotally mounted with escape pipe 68 and roller 67, and pivot connection arms 61B outward appearance is beautiful See.Wherein, in order to ensure the pivot axis 670 of each roller 67 is abreast located at the pivot axis 6810 of connector portions 681 The distance between the pivot axis 670 of rear side and each roller 67 and the pivot axis 6810 of connector portions 681 S are 10mm-30mm, The central axis of pivoting hole is arranged to the front upper side of the centerline axis parallel in pivot cylinder portion 615 and at a distance of 10mm-30mm.When So, the utility model not limited to this, pivot connection arms 61B structure can also be according to actual requirement specific design, with preferably Meet actual requirement.

Preferably, reference picture 28 and Figure 29, base portion 613 can be connected with upper cup portion 614 by threaded fastener or It is connected by snap component, so that convenient for assembly and dismounting, and assembly or disassembly efficiency high.Certainly, the utility model is not limited to This, base portion 613 and upper cup portion 614 can also be fixedly linked by other means, such as being connected bonding.Preferably, pivot cylinder Portion 615 is connected with base portion 613 and pivot cylinder portion 615 and base portion 613 are formed in one part, that is to say, that by being noted to one The part that material obtains is poured into mould includes pivot cylinder portion 615 and base portion 613.Thus, convenient processing and assembling.

Reference picture 28 and Figure 31, the inner in pivot cylinder portion 615, which is located at, accommodates interior, the inner flexible card of roller wheel shaft 671 Button 672, Elastic buckle 672 through pivot cylinder portion 615 it is inner after inner face locking with pivot cylinder portion 615.Thus, it is possible to simply have Avoid the problem of roller 67 is split away off from pivot connection arms 61B to effect, it is ensured that the functional reliability of roller 67, moreover, this The mode for avoiding roller 67 from coming off is planted to be easy to implement.Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, can also be avoided by other means Roller 67 comes off, for example, the inner of roller wheel shaft 671, which can have be provided with external screw thread, accommodating chamber 61B0, contains cover locking Nut, nut check containing cover locking is on the inner external screw thread of roller wheel shaft 671, so as to be effectively prevented from roller wheel shaft 671 come off.In addition, it is necessary to explanation, the structure and locking mode (such as accompanying drawing 28 and Figure 31 institutes of Elastic buckle 672 Show) it is well known to the skilled person, do not repeat here.In addition, it should also be noted that, " the inner " refer to it is close One end of the central axis of scrubbing brush housing 61 or so.

In addition, there is backstop in the side of remote connector portions 681 of pivotal axis 682 in reference picture 29 and Figure 31, base portion 613 End face is outer to prevent the spacing block piece 6132 of the axial float of escape pipe 68, that is to say, that have two limiting blocks in base portion 613 Part 6132, and two spacing block pieces 6132 are located at the both sides of escape pipe 68 with the both sides end face of backstop pivotal axis 682 respectively.By This, can be avoided pivotal axis 682 from occurring axial float.

Below, reference picture 38- Figure 46, briefly describes the dirt cup component 100 according to one specific embodiment of the utility model.

First, the composition of dirt cup component 100 is briefly described.

As shown in figure 38, dirt cup component 100 includes：Glass shell component 1 and whirlwind cone component 2.With reference to Figure 43, glass shell component 1 Glass shell 11, drainage tube 12 including integrated injection molding, cut-off muscle 121 and screens muscle 122.With reference to Figure 46, whirlwind cone component 2 is wrapped Include whirlwind cone 21, fuisw rib 26, separator 22, limit rib 23, the first guide pad 24 and the second guide pad of integrated injection molding 25。

Reference picture 40 and Figure 41, glass shell 11 are the vertical barrel type that top is opened wide, and whirlwind cone 21 is vertical to be located in glass shell 11 Middle and upper part and cross-sectional area is gradually reduced from up to down, separator 22 is annular slab and is flatly set in the bottom of whirlwind cone 21 Outer peripheral face and glass shell 11 middle part inner peripheral surface between, now, separator 22 can will be empty between whirlwind cone 21 and glass shell 11 Between be divided into, cyclonic chamber 1101 and the dust-collecting cavity 1102 positioned at the lower section of separator 22 positioned at the top of separator 22.

One section is cut away to be configured to C-shaped plate on reference picture 41 and Figure 45, the separator 22 of annular plate shape, now, due to Cut away one section and can make to have more first on separator 22 and cut wall 221 and second and cut 222 two side walls of wall, and first cuts wall 221, Two, which cut wall 222, whirlwind, bores can limit the perforation 220 for connecting cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 between 21 and glass shell 11, Limit rib 23 is located in perforation 220 and cuts the peripheral wall surfaces 211 that wall 221 bores 21 along whirlwind from first and cuts wall 222 to second and extend.

Reference picture 39 and Figure 40, drainage tube 12 be located at dust-collecting cavity 1102 in and lower end insertion glass shell 11 bottom wall, drainage tube Stop the bottom wall 212 for being against whirlwind cone 21 to the part that the direction of cyclonic chamber 1101 extends to the upper end of drainage tube 12 in 12 upper end On, cut-off muscle 121 and screens muscle 122 are upwardly prolonged in the diametrically opposed of drainage tube 12 and by the upper end of drainage tube 12 Stretch, wherein, cut-off muscle 121 is upward through perforation 220 and is only against neighbouring the second of limit rib 23 side surface for cutting wall 222 On, the first guide pad 24 is located at the bottom of limit rib 23 and coordinated suitable for being oriented to the cut-off sliding of muscle 121, and screens muscle 122 is upward Penetrate perforation 220 and be only against on a side surface of the second neighbouring limit rib 23 for cutting wall 222, the second guide pad 25 is located at second Cut the bottom of wall 222 and coordinate suitable for being oriented to the sliding of screens muscle 122.

Perforation 220 is separated into air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 positioned at its both sides by reference picture 41, cut-off muscle 121, Wherein, dust-exhausting port 2201 is limited to cut-off muscle 121 and first and cut between wall 221, and air inlet 2202 is limited to cut-off muscle 121 and the Two are cut between wall 222, and air inlet 2202 is limited by separating between muscle 121, screens muscle 122, whirlwind cone 21 and glass shell 11 Gas passage connected with the upper end of drainage tube 12 so that air-flow can be by drainage tube 12 and gas passage by air inlet 2202 Into in cyclonic chamber 1101.

Reference picture 39, and combine Figure 40 and Figure 41, fuisw rib 26 be located at whirlwind cone 21 outer surface on and cross-sectional area from On be gradually reduced downwards, cut-off muscle 121 be upward through perforation 220 and upper end it is relative with the lower end of fuisw rib 26 stop support, now, every Disconnected muscle 121 and fuisw rib 26 collectively form position of splitter 101, and so, the air-flow entered by air inlet 2202 in cyclonic chamber 1101 can Preferably to enter cyclonic chamber 1101 internal cyclone separation (arrow in such as Figure 40 under the guide functions of the right lateral surface of position of splitter 101 Flow to shown in B, C), the dirt matter (the predominantly larger dirt matter of particle diameter) isolated in the internal cyclone of cyclonic chamber 1101 can be in position of splitter (in such as Figure 40 arrow stream is discharged in dust-collecting cavity 1102 under the guide functions of 101 left-hand faces better by dust-exhausting port 2201 Shown in D).

Reference picture 41, and combine in Figure 45 and Figure 46, the peripheral wall surfaces 211 of whirlwind cone 21 there is continuous first area and the On two regions, the fluid flow direction in cyclonic chamber 1101, first area is located at the upstream of second area with away from dust-exhausting port 2201, there are on first area multiple first through hole 2111 inside connection cyclonic chamber 1101 and whirlwind cone 21, cyclonic chamber 1101 Bottom wall 212 on be formed with the inside of connection whirlwind cone 21 and multiple second through holes 2121 of dust-collecting cavity 1102 so that in rotation The dust-contained airflow that the internal cyclone of wind chamber 1101 is isolated can be by the way that whirlwind divides again inside the entrance whirlwind of first through hole 2111 cone 21 From (as arrow is flowed to shown in E in Figure 41), and it (is mainly that particle diameter is smaller to bore the dirt matter that cyclonic separation goes out again inside 21 in whirlwind Dirt matter) can be discharged to by the second through hole 2121 in dust-collecting cavity 1102 (as arrow is flowed to shown in F in Figure 41).

Secondly, the assembling of dirt cup component 100 is briefly described.

Reference picture 38 and Figure 39, first, whirlwind cone component 2 is put into glass shell component 1 from up to down；Then, push down on Dynamic whirlwind cone component 2, makes left side wall slide downward of the limit rib 23 along cut-off muscle 121, is against until the lower end of fuisw rib 26 is stopped The upper end and second for separating muscle 121 are cut wall 222 and are only against on the right side wall of screens muscle 122；Then, whirlwind cone is pushed still further below Component 2, by the guide effect of the first guide pad 24 and the second guide pad 25, makes whirlwind bore component 2 to occur slight rotary rowed and remove It is small that dislocation is installed.Thus, whirlwind cone component 2 is eventually fitted to position with glass shell component 1.

Again, the course of work of dirt cup component 100 is briefly described.

Along the bottom-up flowing of drainage tube 12, (arrow flows to A to dust and gas in reference picture 40 and Figure 41, environment in such as Figure 40 It is shown), and entered by air inlet 2202 in cyclonic chamber 1101, into the leading in position of splitter 101 of the air-flow in cyclonic chamber 1101 (as arrow is flowed to shown in B in Figure 40) is streamed along the annular of cyclonic chamber 1101 under to effect, the air-flow streamed is in cyclonic chamber 1101 Interior progress cyclonic separation (as arrow is flowed to shown in C in Figure 40), the larger dirt matter of particle diameter isolated in the internal cyclone of cyclonic chamber 1101, And be discharged to by dust-exhausting port 2201 in dust-collecting cavity 1102 (as arrow is flowed to shown in D in Figure 40), and the less trickle dirt of particle diameter Matter with air-flow by multiple first through hole 2111 enter whirlwind cone 21 in again cyclonic separation (as arrow flows to E institutes in Figure 41 Show), trickle dirt matter is isolated in whirlwind 21 internal cyclones of cone and is discharged to by multiple second through holes 2121 in dust-collecting cavity 1102 (as arrow is flowed to shown in F in Figure 41).

Finally, the beneficial effect of dirt cup component 100 is briefly described.

According to the dirt cup component 100 of the utility model embodiment, the cooperation of component 2 is bored by glass shell component 1 and whirlwind, is made Whirlwind air channel can be formed by obtaining in glass shell 11, so that the dust and gas good separating effect of dirt cup component 100, efficiency high.In addition, logical Cross and open up the through hole 2121 of first through hole 2111 and second on whirlwind cone 21, so that whirlwind air channel is changed into being located at whirlwind cone 21 Inside and outside cyclone air channel so that the dust of different weight, different volumes can be respectively in different whirlwind air channels Cyclonic separation is inside realized, dust and gas separating effect and efficiency is further increased.In addition, dirt cup component 100 is simple in construction, easy Assembling, efficiency of assembling is high, precision is high, reliability is high.

Below, reference picture 38- Figure 46, describes the dirt cup component 100 according to the utility model embodiment.

According to the dirt cup component 100 of the utility model embodiment, including：Glass shell 11, cyclonic separation part are (such as described herein Whirlwind bore 21 or many wimble structures etc.) and separator 22.As shown in Figure 40 and Figure 41, glass shell 11 is hollow housing, whirlwind point Off member is located in glass shell 11, and the inner space of glass shell 11 is divided into the exocoel 110 outside cyclonic separation part and is located at Inner chamber 210 inside cyclonic separation part, wherein, separator 22, which is located between glass shell 11 and cyclonic separation part, (is located at exocoel 110 It is interior), the space between glass shell 11 and cyclonic separation part is divided into cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 (i.e. by exocoel 110 It is divided into cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102), wherein, cyclonic chamber 1101 is the place of cyclonic separation, and dust-collecting cavity 1102 is poly- The place of dust stratification dirt.

As shown in Figure 40 and Figure 41, cyclonic chamber 1101 is the annular space around cyclonic separation part, that is to say, that cyclonic chamber 1101 be surround cyclonic separation part set and cyclonic chamber 1101 each cross section be annular (be not limited to annular, for example also Can be oval ring) face.Thus, it can be surround into the air-flow (as arrow is flowed to shown in B in Figure 40) in cyclonic chamber 1101 The outer surface of cyclonic separation part, the progress cyclonic separation in cyclonic chamber 1101 (as arrow is flowed to shown in C in Figure 40).Wherein, " rotation Wind is separated " refer to：When air-flow is quickly moved along cast or spirality path, dirt matter (i.e. dirty particles) in air-flow can be with Thrown away under powerful centrifugal action from air-flow, thus realize dirt, qi leel from.

As shown in Figure 40 and Figure 41, cyclonic chamber 1101, which is located on the top of dust-collecting cavity 1102, separator 22, has dust-exhausting port 2201, cyclonic chamber 1101 is connected by dust-exhausting port 2201 with dust-collecting cavity 1102, so that isolated in the internal cyclone of cyclonic chamber 1101 Dirt matter can be dropped into dust-collecting cavity 1102 by dust-exhausting port 2201.In short, entering the internal cyclone point of cyclonic chamber 1101 in air-flow From rear, centrifuging the dirt matter thrown away can be dropped into dust-collecting cavity 1102 (such as by dust-exhausting port 2201 naturally under gravity Arrow is flowed to shown in B to C to D in Figure 40).

Here, it is necessary to which explanation, " cyclonic chamber 1101 is located at the top of dust-collecting cavity 1102 " refers to " cyclonic chamber 1101 Part at least relative with dust-exhausting port 2201 " be located at " part at least relative with dust-exhausting port 2201 of dust-collecting cavity 1102 " Top, so that the dirt matter isolated in cyclonic chamber 1101 can naturally fall in dust-collecting cavity in the presence of high low head In 1102, and then significantly reduce structure complexity so that dirt cup component 100 is more suitable for producing and applied.

According to the dirt cup component 100 of the utility model embodiment, divided by being set between glass shell 11 and cyclonic separation part Exocoel 110 is divided into the cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 kept apart by separator 22 by spacing body 22, and by separator The dust-exhausting port 2201 of connection cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 is opened up on 22.Thus, on the one hand, dust and gas can be in annular rotation Cyclonic separation is more fully carried out in wind chamber 1101, the dirt matter that another aspect, cyclonic separation go out can be by dust-exhausting port 2201 In the dust-collecting cavity 1102 for being discharged to the lower section of cyclonic chamber 1101, so as to efficiently avoid the air-flow of whirlwind flowing by dirt matter secondary volume again The problem of rising, and then significantly enhance cyclonic separation effect.To sum up, according to the dirt cup component 100 of the utility model embodiment, It is simple in construction, be easy to process and realize, and can effectively realize cyclonic separation, obtain splendid cyclonic separation effect.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 44- Figure 46, and combine Figure 40 and Figure 41, cyclonic separation part For whirlwind cone 21, separator 22 be annular slab (such as can be closed ring plate, as annular plate, oval ring plate, for example Can also be non-close annular slab, such as C-shaped plate) and be set between the outer peripheral face of whirlwind cone 21 and the inner surface of glass shell 11 ((closing or non-close) border that i.e. internal ring wall of separator 22 is bored with whirlwind on 21 outer peripheral face is brought into close contact, and is separated The external annulus of part 22 are brought into close contact with (closing or non-close) border on the inner surface of glass shell 11, cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust Chamber 1102 is located at the both sides on the thickness direction of separator 22 respectively.

Here, it is necessary to which explanation, " whirlwind cone " is referred to：Profile is the cyclonic separation part of cone barrel, and " cone barrel " refers to Be：(cross section is not limited to circle, for example can also be oval the cylinder being gradually reduced along the axis direction of itself, cross-sectional area Shape).In addition, it should also be noted that, " whirlwind cone " is different from " many wimble structures ", " whirlwind cone " only refers to a conically shaped, and cone The end area difference at the axial two ends of shape cylinder is smaller, and " many wimble structures " refers to multiple tip conicles of annular array Cylinder, wherein the end area difference at the axial two ends of each tip roundlet cone cylinder is larger.

Thus, the cooperation of 21 and the separator 22 of annular plate-like is bored by whirlwind, ring can be simply and efficiently limited Around whirlwind bore 21 cyclonic chamber 1101 so that whirlwind cone 21 peripheral wall surfaces 211 can as cyclonic chamber 1101 internal ring wall so that The cyclonic separation effect of cyclonic chamber 1101 is improved, and reduces the production of dirt cup component 100 and realizes difficulty.In addition, rotation The inner chamber of wind cone 21 is again formed as taper type, and the air-flow for boring 21 inner chambers hence into whirlwind can also carry out cyclonic separation, to enter One step improves the overall dust removing effects of dirt cup component 100.

In some preferred exemplaries of the present utility model, reference picture 42 and Figure 43, glass shell 11 can be tubular, such as glass shell 11 can be (but being not limited to cylinder barrel shaped, taper barrel, for example, can also be oval tubular) such as tubular or cone barrels, this When, the external annulus of separator 22 can be brought into close contact with a border on the inner peripheral surface of glass shell 11.Thus, the knot of cyclonic chamber 1101 Structure more preferably, is more beneficial to improve cyclonic separation effect.It is further preferred that glass shell 11 can be coaxial or big with whirlwind cone 21 Body is coaxially arranged, i.e. whirlwind cone 21 central axis can be overlapped or parallel with the central axis of glass shell 11, so as to more facilitate Install and process, and the cyclonic separation effect of cyclonic chamber 1101 is more preferable.

In some preferred exemplaries of the present utility model, the central axis and the place plane of separator 22 of whirlwind cone 21 are non-vertical Directly, that is to say, that the central axis of whirlwind cone 21 is with the non-parallel setting of the central axis of the inner ring of separator 22, i.e. with certain Angle.For example, when the central axis that whirlwind bores 21 is vertically arranged, the place plane non-horizontal of separator 22 is set.Thus, whirlwind More preferably, cyclonic separation effect is more preferable for the layout of chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102.Preferably, the formation on separator 22 has dust-exhausting port 2201 position is more slightly lower, so that dirt matter more efficiently can be discharged in dust-collecting cavity 1102 from dust-exhausting port 2201, dust discharge Efficiency high, dust discharge effect is reliable.

Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, in the optional example of other of the present utility model, in whirlwind cone 21 Heart axis can also be vertical with the place plane of separator 22, that is to say, that the central axis of whirlwind cone 21 is interior with separator 22 The central axis of ring can be overlapped or parallel.For example, when the central axis that whirlwind bores 21 is vertically arranged, it is flat where separator 22 Face is horizontally disposed with, thus, convenient processing and installation.

Preferably, separator 22 is integrated part with whirlwind cone 21.That is, separator 22 is non-disconnectable with whirlwind cone 21 Point.For example, separator 22 bores 21 with whirlwind can be the part that is integrally formed of injection molding simultaneously, or it is secondary injection molding Integral piece etc..Thus, it is possible to simplify installation step, and facilitate its follow-up assembling with glass shell 11, improve production efficiency.Separately Outside, when separator 22 and whirlwind cone 21 are integrated part, separator 22 and the relative position relation stability that whirlwind bores 21 are stronger, Make the working effect of dirt cup component 100 relatively reliable, effective, stably.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 41 and Figure 46 further have connection on cyclonic separation part First through hole 2111 inside cyclonic separation part between cyclonic chamber 1101, so that the air-flow isolated in cyclonic chamber 1101 Again cyclonic separation can be directly entered in cyclonic separation part by first through hole 2111.Thus, dirt cup component 100 can be easy Quickly realize that secondary cyclone is separated, i.e., a cyclonic separation is carried out outside cyclonic separation part, then inside cyclonic separation part Secondary cyclone separation is carried out, so as to further increase the dust removing effects of dirt cup component 100.

Further, on reference picture 41 and Figure 46, cyclonic separation part further have connection inside cyclonic separation part with The second through hole 2121 between dust-collecting cavity 1102, so that the dirt matter that cyclonic separation goes out again in cyclonic separation part is logical by second Hole 2121 is discharged in dust-collecting cavity 1102.Thus, it is possible to be effectively prevented from the dirt matter isolated in cyclonic separation part by air-flow again It is secondary to roll, further to improve cyclonic separation effect.

Moreover, except the dirt matter that a cyclonic separation goes out in cyclonic chamber 1101 can be discharged to collection by dust-exhausting port 2201 Beyond in dirt chamber 1102, the dirt matter that secondary cyclone is isolated in cyclonic separation part can also be discharged to by the second through hole 2121 In dust-collecting cavity 1102, that is to say, that the dirt matter isolated in dirt cup component 100 can be all accumulated in dust-collecting cavity 1102, from And user need to only open dust-collecting cavity 1102, it is possible to pour out whole dusts, so that extremely convenient use.

Here, it is necessary to illustrate, in the present embodiment, it is desirable to which the inside of cyclonic separation part, which has, can provide air-flow progress The place of cyclonic separation, such as inside of cyclonic separation part can have cylindrical cavity, and its outer shape is not required.It is preferred that Ground, as described above, when cyclonic separation part is whirlwind cone 21, its internal field with regard to carrying out cyclonic separation with offer air-flow Institute.Below, illustrated so that cyclonic separation part is whirlwind cone 21 as an example.

Specifically, reference picture 45 and Figure 46, first through hole 2111 can be formed in whirlwind cone 21 for limiting whirlwind In the peripheral wall surfaces 211 of chamber 1101.Thus, the simple processing of first through hole 2111, flow passage resistance is small, and through-flow effect is good so that The air-flow that a cyclonic separation goes out in cyclonic chamber 1101 smoothly and can be rapidly introduced into whirlwind cone 21 and carry out secondary cyclones point From so as to further increase dust removing effects and efficiency of dust collection.

Wherein, the peripheral wall surfaces 211 for being used to limit cyclonic chamber 1101 of whirlwind cone 21 can include continuous first area And second area, that is to say, that when first area is divided into multiple first subregions, multiple first subregion discrete point Cloth, when second area is divided into multiple second subregions, multiple second subregion discrete distributions.The gas in cyclonic chamber 1101 On the flow direction of stream, first area is located at the side of the remote dust-exhausting port 2201 of second area, that is to say, that in air-flow from entering Enter after cyclonic chamber 1101, first by way of first area, dust-exhausting port 2201 is arrived at by way of second area, again again.Preferably, first through hole 2111 be multiple and be respectively positioned in first area, that is to say, that multiple first through hole 2111 accumulate in first area and position In the upstream side of second area.

Thus, the location layout of first through hole 2111 more conforms to the principle of cyclonic separation so that the air-flow isolated can With it is more, more preferable, more in time, have less resistance to enter in whirlwind cone 21 by first through hole 2111, and cause the dirt isolated Matter more preferably, can be discharged more fully from dust-exhausting port 2201, so that the efficiency and effect of separation gas are not only increased, but also The air-flow isolated can be avoided to roll the dirt matter isolated again, and then in a disguised form improve separating effect and separation effect Rate, further to improve the dust removing effects of dirt cup component 100.

Preferably, the area of first area is more than the area of second area.Thus, it is possible to arrange more, more dense arrangement First through hole 2111 so that the air-flow isolated it is more, more preferable, more in time, have less resistance to it is logical by first Hole 2111 enters in whirlwind cone 21, further improves cyclonic separation effect.

Further, reference picture 45 and Figure 46, the second through hole 2121 can be formed in whirlwind cone 21 for limiting collection On the bottom wall 212 of dirt chamber 1102.Thus, the simple processing of the second through hole 2121, flow passage resistance is small, and through-flow effect is good, makes Bore in 21 the dirt matter isolated of secondary cyclone in whirlwind and smoothly and dust-collecting cavity can be rapidly introduced under gravity In 1102, so as to further improve dust removing effects and efficiency of dust collection, and energy consumption can be reduced.

In addition, it is necessary to explanation, when cyclonic separation part is not for whirlwind cone 21, the through hole of first through hole 2111 and second 2121 specific set location can make accommodation according to the concrete condition of scheme.For example, when cyclonic separation part is above When described " many wimble structures ", first through hole can for it is multiple and be respectively formed at each pointed conical cylinder be used for limit rotation On the outer peripheral face of wind chamber 1101, the tip position of each pointed conical cylinder can be extended down into dust-collecting cavity 1102 and tip The bottom at position can cut out open using second the leading to inside each pointed conical cylinder between dust-collecting cavity 1102 as connection Hole, so, the air-flow that a cyclonic separation goes out in cyclonic chamber 1101 can enter multiple points by multiple first through hole respectively Secondary cyclone separation is carried out in head taper cone barrel, and can be by corresponding in the dirt matter that each pointed conical cylinder internal cyclone is isolated Second through hole of pointed conical cylinder bottom is discharged in dust-collecting cavity 1102, reliably to carry out secondary cyclone separation.

Specifically, in the presence of cyclone centrifugal power, the larger dirt matter of particle can be isolated in cyclonic chamber 1101 Come, it is possible to which the periphery wall for boring 21 along whirlwind is moved at dust-exhausting port 2201, to be discharged to dust-collecting cavity by dust-exhausting port 2201 In 1102, and the less dirt matter of particle can carry out whirlwind again as air-flow is drawn into whirlwind cone 21 by first through hole 2111 Separation, the trickle dirt matter separated in whirlwind 21 internal cyclones of cone is discharged into dust by the second through hole 2121 under gravity In chamber 1102.Thus, the bulky grain dirt matter rotation outside two kinds of cyclonic separation air channels, i.e. whirlwind cone 21 is formed with dirt cup component 100 Wind separate air channel and, whirlwind cone 21 in little particle dirt matter cyclonic separation passage, so as to further improve cyclonic separation effect Fruit and efficiency.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 40 and Figure 41 can have to cyclonic chamber on separator 22 The air inlet 2202 of gas is fed in 1101, that is to say, that the air inlet 2202 that air-flow to be cleaned can be on separator 22 Into in cyclonic chamber 1101, hereby it is achieved that easy and convenient processing.Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, air inlet 2202 is also It can be not formed on separator 22, now, air to be cleaned can also enter in cyclonic chamber 1101 from other positions, example Such as, air inlet 2202 is additionally formed in the wall for being used to limit cyclonic chamber 1101 of glass shell 11.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 40 and Figure 41, dirt cup component 100 also include position of splitter 101, Position of splitter 101 be at least partially disposed in the cyclonic chamber 1101 and part be folded in cyclonic chamber 1101 inner ring surface and outer ring surface it Between and the part simultaneously intercept between air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201, to flow into cyclonic chamber by air inlet 2202 Air-flow in 1101 is along the direction (as arrow is flowed to shown in B, C in Figure 40) away from position of splitter 101 towards the ring of dust-exhausting port 2201 Shape is streamed.Thus, can by setting the position of splitter 101 intercepted between air inlet 2202 and exhaust outlet in cyclonic chamber 1101 To ensure that (arrow flows to B, C in such as Figure 40 only along same direction into the air-flow in cyclonic chamber 1101 from air inlet 2202 It is shown), be directed away from position of splitter 101 direction flow to carry out cyclonic separation, so as to be effectively improved cyclonic separation Effect.

In addition, by setting position of splitter 101, dust-exhausting port 2201 and air inlet 2202 can be arranged to close proximity, with Effectively cyclonic separation path of the extension air-flow from air inlet 2202 to dust-exhausting port 2201 so that cyclonic separation effect more fully, More preferably.Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, in other embodiment of the present utility model, dirt cup component 100 can not also be wrapped Position of splitter 101 is included, for example, now dust-exhausting port 2201 and air inlet 2202 can be arranged to apart from each other, more specifically, can So that air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 to be arranged on whirlwind cone 21 diametrically.

Reference picture 39 and Figure 41, in a specific example of the present utility model, position of splitter 101 can include up and down to Fuisw rib 26 and cut-off muscle 121, i.e. fuisw rib 26 be located at cut-off muscle 121 top, cut-off muscle 121 be located at fuisw rib 26 under Side, the lower end of fuisw rib 26 is with separating upper proper pair of muscle 121 and mutually contradicting.Thus, the clever structure of position of splitter 101, can Realized with simple.Here, it is necessary to which explanation is that " A parts and B parts to " refers to that A parts apply to B parts and pushed away Power, B parts apply thrust to A parts, and it is same point to apply the application point of thrust.

Preferably, fuisw rib 26 and whirlwind cone 21 is integrated part (i.e. fuisw rib 26 is bored 21 with whirlwind and can not be split, and for example may be used Think integrated injection molding part), cut-off muscle 121 is integrated part with glass shell 11 and (separates muscle 121 to can not be split with glass shell 11, example Injection molding part can be such as integrated).Thus, after whirlwind cone 21 is installed in glass shell 11, fuisw rib 26 and cut-off muscle 121 Naturally offset to form position of splitter 101 so that position of splitter 101 is readily available realization.In addition, by separating muscle 121 and fuisw rib 26 docking, which is only supported, to be coordinated, and can also be played effective positioning action to whirlwind cone 21 and the assembling of glass shell 11, be reduced dirt cup group The structural complexity and assembly difficulty of part 100 so that the structure of dirt cup component 100 is more succinct, easily facilitates processing and makes Make, improve efficiency of assembling, reduce production cost.

In a preferred embodiment of the present utility model, on from cyclonic chamber 1101 to the direction of dust-collecting cavity 1102, example On direction from top to bottom as shown in Figure 39, the part being located in cyclonic chamber 1101 of position of splitter 101 is in cyclonic chamber Width in 1101 circumference is gradually reduced.For example in a specific example of the present utility model, reference picture 40 and Figure 41, and With reference to Figure 46, fuisw rib 26 is folded between the inner ring surface of cyclonic chamber 1101 and outer ring surface and by the upper surface of cyclonic chamber 1101 1201 extend downwardly, and along direction from top to bottom, width (such as Figure 46 of fuisw rib 26 in the circumference of cyclonic chamber 1101 Shown in H) be gradually reduced.Thus, two side walls (such as in Figure 39 institute of the position of splitter 101 in the circumference of cyclonic chamber 1101 The left side wall and right side wall for the position of splitter 101 shown) it is more suitable for water conservancy diversion, one of side wall (such as shunting shown in Figure 39 The right side wall of part 101) can make by air inlet 2202 enter cyclonic chamber 1101 in air-flow preferably along cyclonic chamber 1101 around Stream (arrow is flowed to shown in C in Figure 40), other in which side wall (such as the left side wall of the position of splitter 101 as shown in Figure 39) can So that the dirt matter isolated in cyclonic chamber 1101 discharges (as arrow is flowed to shown in D in Figure 41) better by dust-exhausting port 2201, So as to further improve cyclonic separation effect.

In a preferred embodiment of the present utility model, reference picture 39 and Figure 40, the neighbouring air inlet of position of splitter 101 2202 side surface (such as the right lateral surface shown in Figure 39) is configured to guiding air-flow from air inlet 2202 to cyclonic chamber The streamlined curved surface smoothly become a mandarin in 1101.For example in a specific example of the present utility model, fuisw rib 26 it is neighbouring enter A side surface (such as the right lateral surface shown in Figure 39) for gas port 2202 and the side of the neighbouring air inlet 2202 of cut-off muscle 121 Surface (such as the right lateral surface shown in Figure 39) smoothly transits connected, and the side table of the neighbouring air inlet 2202 of fuisw rib 26 One side surface of the neighbouring air inlet 2202 of face (such as the right lateral surface shown in Figure 39) and cut-off muscle 121 is (such as in Figure 39 Shown right lateral surface) collectively form the streamlined curved surface that guiding air-flow smoothly becomes a mandarin from air inlet 2202 to cyclonic chamber 1101. Thus, it is possible to reduce intake resistance, energy consumption is reduced, intake efficiency is improved, efficiency of dust collection is improved.

More specifically, a side surface (such as right side table shown in Figure 39 of the close air inlet 2202 of fuisw rib 26 Face) it is configured to be directed away from the direction of dust-collecting cavity 1102 and close to the direction of dust-exhausting port 2201 (such as the upper left side shown in Figure 39) The first recessed guide curve surface 261.Thus, it is possible to further reduce intake resistance, energy consumption is reduced, intake efficiency is improved, improved Efficiency of dust collection.

In a preferred embodiment of the present utility model, reference picture 39 and Figure 41, the neighbouring dust-exhausting port of position of splitter 101 2201 side surface (such as the left-hand face shown in Figure 39) is configured to guiding air-flow from cyclonic chamber 1101 to dust-exhausting port 2201 smoothly go out the streamlined curved surface of stream.For example in a specific example of the present utility model, the neighbouring dust discharge of fuisw rib 26 A side surface (such as the left-hand face shown in Figure 39) for mouth 2201 and the side table of the neighbouring dust-exhausting port 2201 of cut-off muscle 121 Face (such as the left-hand face shown in Figure 39) smoothly transits connected, an and side surface of the neighbouring dust-exhausting port 2201 of fuisw rib 26 (such as the left-hand face shown in Figure 39) and separate muscle 121 neighbouring dust-exhausting port 2201 a side surface (such as institute in Figure 39 The left-hand face shown) collectively form the streamlined curved surface that guiding air-flow smoothly goes out stream from cyclonic chamber 1101 to dust-exhausting port 2201.By This, can reduce intake resistance, reduce energy consumption, improve intake efficiency, improve efficiency of dust collection.

More specifically, a side surface (such as left side table shown in Figure 39 of the close dust-exhausting port 2201 of fuisw rib 26 Face) it is configured to be directed away from the direction of dust-collecting cavity 1102 and close to the direction of air inlet 2202 (such as the upper right side shown in Figure 39) The second recessed guide curve surface 262.Thus, it is possible to further reduce intake resistance, energy consumption is reduced, intake efficiency is improved, improved Efficiency of dust collection.

Here, it is necessary to which explanation, the concept of " streamlined curved surface " is well known to those skilled in the art, specifically, " streamlined curved surface " is referred to：Smooth and rule surface is usually expressed as, without big fluctuating and sharp corner angle, fluid exists Laminar flow is mainly shown as on streamlined curved surface, no or few turbulent flows, to ensure curved surface and fluid by smaller resistance.

Preferably, there is perforation 220 on reference picture 41 and Figure 45, separator 22.For example in one of the present utility model tool In body example, part can be cut away on the separator 22 of closed ring plate shape so that separator 22 is changed into C-shaped plate shape, this When, due to cutting away two side walls (referred to as first, which cuts wall 221 and second, cuts wall 222) and whirlwind formed by part on separator 22 Perforation 220 can be limited between the outer surface of cone 21 and the inner surface of glass shell 11.Specifically, perforation 220 and position of splitter 101 limit air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 jointly, that is to say, that the part of position of splitter 101 is stretched into perforation 220 to incite somebody to action Perforation 220 is separated into air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 positioned at the both sides of position of splitter 101, more specifically, position of splitter 101 Side wall (such as the left side wall shown in Figure 39) and first is cut and limits dust-exhausting port 2201, position of splitter 101 between wall 221 Opposite side wall (such as the right side wall shown in Figure 39) and second cut and limit air inlet 2202 between wall 222.

Certainly, the utility model not limited to this, in other embodiment of the present utility model, air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 can also be respectively the independent hole through separator 22, such as have on the separator 22 of annulus plate shape two independences, I.e. not connected hole, respectively air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201.Here repeat no more, below only with air inlet 2202 With dust-exhausting port 2201 by perforation 220 and position of splitter 101 limit jointly exemplified by illustrate.

For example in a specific example of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 39 and Figure 41, separate a part for muscle 121 (such as upper part) be folded between the inner ring surface of cyclonic chamber 1101 and outer ring surface and upper end and fuisw rib 26 lower end stop to, every The remainder (for example descending part) of disconnected muscle 121 is passed down through perforation 220 perforation 220 is separated into positioned at 121 liang of muscle of cut-off The air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port 2201 of side.Thus, extremely facilitate processing, and may insure air inlet 2202 and dust-exhausting port Cyclonic separation path in 2201 close proximities, extension cyclonic chamber 1101, improves cyclonic separation effect.

Certainly, the structure not limited to this of position of splitter.For example, in other embodiment of the present utility model, position of splitter may be used also To be only defined on whirlwind cone 21 and the upper end of position of splitter can be concordant with the upper surface 1201 of cyclonic chamber 1101, the lower end of position of splitter Through perforation 220；In another example, position of splitter can also be only defined in glass shell 11 and the upper end of position of splitter can be extended to and cyclonic chamber 1101 upper surface 1201 is concordant.Thus, position of splitter equally facilitates processing and convenient for assembly.In addition, position of splitter 101 can also be Independent part and it is fixed on by follow-up assembling means in cyclonic chamber 1101, for example, the cooperation for passing through slot inserted block is realized It is fixed, repeat no more here.

In a preferred exemplary of the present utility model, reference picture 43 and Figure 45, and Figure 39 is combined, dirt cup component 100 enters One step includes screens muscle 122 and limit rib 23, wherein, screens muscle 122 and cut-off muscle 121 are each provided in glass shell 11 and in cyclonic chamber 1101 circumferentially-spaced is opened, and limit rib 23 and separator 22 are each provided on whirlwind cone 21, limit rib 23 be located in perforation 220 and Cut-off muscle 121 and screens are only against jointly with a circumferential side wall (such as second shown in Figure 39 cuts wall 222) for perforation 220 The both sides of muscle 122.

Specifically, limit rib 23 can by first cut wall 221 along whirlwind bore 21 peripheral wall surfaces 211 cut towards second The direction extension of wall 222, can stopping away from first one end for cutting wall 221 for limit rib 23 be against the remote screens for separating muscle 121 On a side surface (such as in the left-hand face of the cut-off muscle 121 shown in Figure 39) for muscle 122, second, which cuts wall 222, only to support In a side surface (such as in the right lateral surface of the screens muscle 122 shown in Figure 39) for the remote cut-off muscle 121 of screens muscle 122 On.Thus, by separator 22, limit rib 23, screens muscle 122 and the cooperation for separating muscle 121, whirlwind cone 21 can be with glass shell 11 are steadily and reliably assembled together.

Preferably, separator 22, screens muscle 122 bore 21 whirlwind being formed in one with whirlwind and bore component 2, separate muscle 121st, the glass shell component 1 that screens muscle 122 is formed in one with glass shell 11, thus, easy to process, and assembly reliability is higher.

Preferably, as shown in figure 39, along from cyclonic chamber 1101 to the direction of dust-collecting cavity 1102, cut-off muscle 121 is towards remote Direction from screens muscle 122 tilts extension, and the direction that screens muscle 122 is directed away from separating muscle 121 tilts extension.For example in Figure 38 In shown example, cut-off muscle 121 and screens muscle 122 are spaced apart in the lateral direction, and cut-off muscle 121 is located at screens muscle 122 Left side, wherein, cut-off muscle 121 is tilted towards lower left from up to down to be extended, and screens muscle 122 inclines towards lower right from up to down Tiltedly extension, so that on direction from top to bottom, cut-off the distance between muscle 121 and screens muscle 122 can gradually increase.By This, during assembling whirlwind cone component 2 is with glass shell component 1, cut-off muscle 121 and screens muscle 122 can play sliding and be oriented to Effect so that limit rib 23 can along cut-off muscle 121 downwards sliding, and/or so that second cuts wall 222 can be along screens Muscle 122 slides downwards, so that whirlwind cone component 2 can be assembled simply and rapidly in place with glass shell component 1.

Further, the bottom of limit rib 23 has to be located at air inlet 2202 and be oriented to the cut-off sliding of muscle 121 and coordinated The first guide pad 24, a side surface of the close cut-off muscle 121 of the first guide pad 24 is directed away from separating muscle 121 from up to down Direction tilt extension, such as in the example shown in Figure 39 and Figure 44, the first guide pad 24 be located at the bottom of limit rib 23 and Positioned at the left side of cut-off muscle 121, the right side wall of the first guide pad 24 is tilted along direction from up to down towards lower left to be extended. Thus, during assembling whirlwind cone component 2 is with glass shell component 1, the first guide pad 24 can be along under separating muscle 121 smoothly Slide and make adaptability rotation so that it is convenient and promptly assemble in place that whirlwind bores component 2 and glass shell component 1.

Further, the bottom of separator 22 has to be located at air inlet 2202 and be oriented to the sliding of screens muscle 122 and coordinated The second guide pad 25, a side surface of the close screens muscle 122 of the second guide pad 25 is directed away from screens muscle 122 from up to down Direction tilt extension, such as in the example shown in Figure 39 and Figure 44, the second guide pad 25 be located at the bottom of separator 22 and Positioned at the right side of screens muscle 122, the left side wall of the second guide pad 25 is tilted along direction from up to down towards lower right to be extended. Thus, during assembling whirlwind cone component 2 is with glass shell component 1, the second guide pad 25 can be along the adaptability of screens muscle 122 Rotation so that it is convenient and promptly assemble in place that whirlwind bores component 2 and glass shell component 1.

Specifically, when whirlwind cone component 2 and glass shell component 1 will be installed in place, the first guide pad 24 and the are passed through The guide effect of two guide pads 25, when promoting whirlwind cone 21 still further below, slight rotation can occur relative to glass shell 11 for whirlwind cone 21 To eliminate small installation dislocation, so that whirlwind cone component 2 is fully mated in place with glass shell component 1, angle is oppositely arranged Meet design requirement.

Here, it is necessary to which explanation, it can be with certain elastic modeling with glass shell component 1 to bore component 2 due to whirlwind Materials and parts, and the shape of glass shell component 1 can be irregular, so that during whirlwind cone component 2 is installed with glass shell component 1, can The problem of producing installation dislocation, by setting the first guide pad 24 and the guiding of cut-off muscle 121 to coordinate, and passes through second The cooperation of guide pad 25 and screens muscle 122, can effectively exclude small install and misplace, installation effectiveness be improved, in short, passing through First guide pad 24 and the second guide pad 25 are set, can be effectively prevented from relative between whirlwind cone component 2 and glass shell component 1 The problem of angle is inaccurate is set, it is ensured that whirlwind is bored component 2 and glass shell component 1 and can assembled in place, improves efficiency of assembling and dress With success rate.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 39 and Figure 40, glass shell 11 is interior to have drainage channel 120, draws The two ends of circulation road 120 are respectively with the inside of cyclonic chamber 1101 and the ft connection of glass shell 11 with by the air-flow introducing whirlwind outside glass shell 11 In chamber 1101.Thus, by setting drainage channel 120 in glass shell 11, so that dust and gas can be adjusted beforehand through drainage channel 120 It is whole to flow to, enter back into cyclonic chamber 1101 well, and then dust and gas is significantly reduced into the energy loss in cyclonic chamber 1101, drop Low energy consumption, improves cleaning efficiency.

For example in some specific examples of the present utility model, drainage channel 120 can be located at dust-collecting cavity 1102 and/or rotation In wind chamber 1101, it is preferable that drainage channel 120 is located in dust-collecting cavity 1102, so that avoiding drainage channel 120 takes cyclonic chamber In 1101 the problem of space, it is ensured that cyclonic chamber 1101 has enough cyclonic separation spaces, cyclonic separation effect is improved.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 39, Figure 40 and Figure 42, dirt cup component 100 further comprise： Drainage tube 12, drainage channel 120 is limited in drainage tube 12.Thus, the drainage tube of drainage channel 120 is limited by setting 12, so as to facilitate the construction of drainage channel 120, improve the easy implementation of dirt cup component 100.Preferably, drainage tube 12 and glass shell 11 are integrated part, for example, drainage tube 12 and glass shell 11 are integrated injection molding part, so that convenient processing, and simplify and assembled Journey, and the installation of drainage tube 12 is reliable.

Specifically, when on separator 22 have air inlet 2202, and when drainage channel 120 be located at dust-collecting cavity 1102 in when, Drainage tube 12 can be located in dust-collecting cavity 1102, now, and one end (such as the upper end shown in Figure 39) of drainage tube 12 is by entering The inside of gas port 2202 and cyclonic chamber 1101 connect, the other end (such as the lower end shown in Figure 39) of drainage tube 12 and glass shell 11 Ft connection, so that drainage tube 12 can introduce the air-flow outside glass shell 11 in cyclonic chamber 1101.In addition, it is necessary to explanation, Connect for convenience, dirt cup component 100 can also include air inlet pipe 13, air inlet pipe 13 can be located at outside glass shell 11 and and drainage tube 12 connections, are repeated no more here.

Further, the portion end surface of one end of drainage tube 12 stop be against whirlwind cone 21 be used for limit dust-collecting cavity 1102 End wall surface on.For example in the example shown in Figure 40, the upper surface 1201 being connected with air inlet 2202 of drainage tube 12, lean on The part of the nearly central axis of glass shell 11, only it is against on the bottom wall 212 of whirlwind cone 21.Thus, when drainage tube 12 is fixed on cup When on shell 11, drainage tube 12 can play the positioning action to whirlwind cone 21, it is ensured that relatively fixed between whirlwind cone 21 and glass shell 11 The reliability of position.

Preferably, cut-off muscle 121 described above and screens muscle 122 can be by drainage tubes 12 and the phase of air inlet 2202 Even direction from upper surface 1201 to cyclonic chamber 1101 extension forms so that the upper end of drainage tube 12, by with cut-off muscle 121, Screens muscle 122, glass shell 11, the cooperation of whirlwind cone 21 can be connected closely with air inlet 2202, it is ensured that drainage effect is reliable, and It is easy to process.

Here, it is necessary to which explanation, separates muscle 121, screens muscle 122, the first guide pad 24 and the second guide pad 25 Structure type can as described above, certainly, the utility model not limited to this, according to the difference of embodiment, separates muscle 121st, the structure type of screens muscle 122, the first guide pad 24 and the second guide pad 25 can also make accommodation change.Example Such as, the first guide pad 24 can also be located at the top of limit rib 23, and the second guide pad 25 can also be located at the top of separator 22 Deng.

In addition, the structure of separator is not limited to annular slab, such as in other embodiment of the present utility model, separator is also It can be made up of a ring plate and a sleeve, wherein, sleeve can be set in outside cyclonic separation part, and ring plate can be with It is set between sleeve and glass shell 11, so that annular can be limited between a side surface of sleeve, glass shell 11 and ring plate Cyclonic chamber.Specific embodiment shown in this embodiment Figure 38-Figure 46 is compared, because cyclonic chamber is directly surrounded in sleeve Outside, to be looped around indirectly outside cyclonic separation part, therefore the axial height of cyclonic chamber can be more than the axially high of cyclonic separation part Degree.

In addition, the structure of cyclonic separation part is also not necessarily limited to whirlwind cone 21, such as in other embodiment of the present utility model, Cyclonic separation part can also be above-mentioned " many wimble structures " (not shown) etc., and it is overall that separator 22 can be set in many wimble structures Outer peripheral face on (not being to be respectively sleeved on the outer peripheral face of each pointed conical cylinder).

The mistake that component 2 is bored according to the whirlwind of the utility model embodiment is specifically described with reference to accompanying drawing 47 to Figure 50 first below Filter part support 271.

As shown in figure 47, end ring portion 2711, supporting part are included according to the filtration members support 271 of the utility model embodiment 2712 and grasping part 2713.Specifically, supporting part 2712 be located at end ring portion 2711 axial side and with the phase of end ring portion 2711 Even for support filtration members (not shown), grasping part 2713 be located at end ring portion 2711 axial side and with the phase of supporting part 2712 Even, the center direction in grasping part 2713 towards end ring portion 2711 extends picks and places for grasping.

In other words, the filtration members support 271 is mainly made up of end ring portion 2711, supporting part 2712 and grasping part 2713, its In, end ring portion 2711 forms the annular of vertically (above-below direction as shown in figure 50) extension, and supporting part 2712 is along vertical Direction (above-below direction as shown in figure 50) extends and positioned at the side (lower section as shown in figure 50) in end ring portion 2711, supporting part 2712 upper end is connected with the lower end in end ring portion 2711, alternatively, and filtration members can be arranged on supporting part 2712, facilitate filtration members Be fixed in the glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100.

Further, supporting part 2712 is provided with grasping part 2713, and grasping part 2713 is located at the side in end ring portion 2711 (such as Lower section shown in Figure 50), and one end of grasping part 2713 is connected with the lower end of supporting part 2712, the other end court of grasping part 2713 Extend to end ring portion 2711, human hand can by the through hole at the middle part positioned at end ring portion 2711, operation grasping part 2713, it is convenient will Filtration members support 271 is taken out or put back in the glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100 upwards.

And the filtration members support in correlation technique take out when, it is necessary to by provided with filtration members support dirt cup be inverted, so Easily filtration members support is set to fall out of dirt cup so that filtration members support is damaged, and is attached on filtration members support Dust easily pollutes environment.

Thus, according to the filtration members support 271 of the utility model embodiment, the supporting part in filtration members support 271 is passed through Grasping part 2713 is set on 2712, is that user's grasping filtration members support 271 brings great convenience, can both facilitate filtration members branch The assembly and disassembly of frame 271 and miscellaneous part, so as to improve assembly and disassembly efficiency, facilitate user by filtration members support 271 and filtration members branch again Filtration members on frame 271 are taken out, easy to operate.Furthermore, need not be by filtration members support during taking out filtration members support 271 271 are inverted, it is to avoid filtration members support 271 is deformed or damaged because stress is excessive during taking-up.The filtration members branch Frame 271 it is simple in construction, structural strength is high, processing, easy to manufacture, and production cost is low, is convenient to mount and dismount.

Alternatively, grasping part 2713 is column-shaped projection.That is, grasping part 2713 forms vertically (such as Figure 50 Shown above-below direction) extension cylinder, one end (lower end as shown in figure 50) of grasping part 2713 is connected with supporting part 2712, The other end of grasping part 2713 is towards end ring portion 2711 and forms free end, and human hand can form grabbing for column-shaped projection by grasping Portion 2713 is held, picking and placeing to filtration members support 271 is realized, it is easy to operate.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, grasping part 2713 is cone column-shaped projection, and along towards end The direction of ring portion 2711, the cross-sectional area of grasping part 2713 are gradually reduced.

Specifically, grasping part 2713 is located at the lower section in end ring portion 2711 and forms vertically (as shown in figure 50 upper Lower direction) extension cylinder, in the axial direction of grasping part 2713, the cross-sectional area of grasping part 2713 gradually increases from top to bottom Greatly, i.e. the cross-sectional area of the upper end of grasping part 2713 is smaller, and the cross-sectional area of the lower end of grasping part 2713 is larger, so that just In grasping, filtration members support 271 need not be inverted during taking out filtration members support 271, it is to avoid filtration members support 271 is taking Deform or damage because stress is excessive during going out, so as to extend the service life of filtration members support 271.

Preferably, the edge of a side surface in the close end ring portion 2711 of grasping part 2713 is directed away from end ring portion 2711 Directional smoothing is bent.Facilitate fingertip grasp, and the structure of the grasping part 2713 is aesthetic in appearance, is conducive to improving filtration members support 271 aesthetic property.

Advantageously, the central axis of grasping part 2713 is overlapped with the central axis in end ring portion 2711.

Reference picture 50, grasping part 2713 is formed along axial direction (above-below direction as shown in figure 50) extension in end ring portion 2711 Cylinder, and grasping part 2713 is located at the underface in end ring portion 2711, the i.e. central axis of grasping part 2713 and end ring portion 2711 The center line of middle through-hole is overlapped, and can both ensure the uniform force in the circumferential of filtration members support 271, so as to improve filtration members branch The use reliability of frame 271, can ensure that the periphery of grasping part 2713 is equal with the distance between the inner circumferential in end ring portion 2711 again, Human hand is facilitated to stretch into force in filtration members support 271, crawl, and structure is novel, good appearance.

Wherein, supporting part 2712 includes bracing ring 27121, the first support bar 27122 and the second support bar 27124.Tool For body, bracing ring 27121 and end ring portion 2711 are respectively provided at the both sides of grasping part 2713, and the first support bar 27122 is multiple And be both connected between end ring portion 2711 and bracing ring 27121 with around grasping part 2713, the second support bar 27124 to be multiple and Circumferentially-spaced in bracing ring 27121 is opened, wherein, one end of each second support bar 27124 with the phase of bracing ring 27121 Even, the other end towards the direction extension close to end ring portion 2711 and is connected to grasping part 2713.

That is, the supporting part 2712 of filtration members support 271 is main by bracing ring 27121, multiple first support bars 27122 and multiple second support bars 27124 constitute, wherein, bracing ring 27121 forms the ring of the circumferentially extending along grasping part 2713 Shape, bracing ring 27121 is located at the lower section in end ring portion 2711 and vertically arranged spaced apart with end ring portion 2711, so that grasping The in the vertical direction of portion 2713 is located between end ring portion 2711 and bracing ring 27121.

Multiple first support bars 27122 are located between end ring portion 2711 and bracing ring 27121, and multiple first support bars 27122 open arrangement along the circumferentially-spaced of bracing ring 27121, and (as shown in figure 50 is upper for one end of each first support bar 27122 End) it is connected with end ring portion 2711, the other end (lower end as shown in figure 50) and bracing ring of each first support bar 27122 27121 are connected, and when filtration members are located on supporting part 2712, at least a portion of filtration members passes through two neighboring first support bar Region leakage between 27122, so as to realize filtration.

Multiple second support bars 27124 are located between bracing ring 27121 and grasping part 2713, and multiple second support bars 27124 open arrangement along the circumferentially-spaced of bracing ring 27121, and one end of each second support bar 27124 is (under as shown in figure 50 End) it is connected with bracing ring 27121, the other end (upper end as shown in figure 50) of each second support bar 27124 and grasping part 2713 are connected, and multiple second support bars 27124 are located at the inner side for the illusion ring surface that multiple first support bars 27122 are formed.

Thus, the supporting part 2712 is simple in construction, compact, and processing, shaping are easy, are convenient to mount and dismount, both facilitate filtration members Be fixedly connected, it is ensured that the connection reliability of filtration members and filtration members support 271, the knot of filtration members support 271 can be improved again Structure intensity, the service life of extension filtration members support 271.Furthermore, the material usage of the supporting part 2712 of the filtration members support 271 Few, production cost is low, lightweight, and filtration members can be made exposed outside, and the filter effect of filtration members is not influenceed.

Need exist for illustrating, the quantity of the first support bar 27122 and the second support bar 27124 can also may be used with equal With unequal；And the quantity of the first support bar 27122 or the second support bar 27124 can be the week along bracing ring 27121 To arranged spaced apart 3,4 or more than 4, in this regard, the utility model is not limited.

Wherein, have at least one first support bar 27122 and prolong along the length direction of corresponding first support bar 27122 The first reinforcement 27123 stretched, and/or, have at least one second support bar 27124 along corresponding second support bar Second reinforcement (not shown) of 27124 length direction extension.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 48 and Figure 49, the two ends of each support bar respectively with end ring portion 2711 and bracing ring 27121 It is connected, (towards the side of grasping part 2713) surface is provided with first extended along its length on the inside of the direction of each support bar Reinforcement 27123, so as to improve the structural strength of the first support bar 27122, improves the bearing capacity of supporting part 2712, Jin Erti The structural strength of high filtration part support 271.Further, each second support bar 27124 is provided with what is extended along its length Second reinforcement, so as to improve the structural strength of the second support bar 27124, the structure for further improving filtration members support 271 is strong Degree.

Wherein, on the first support bar 27122 and the second support bar 27124 corresponding first can be set to strengthen respectively simultaneously The reinforcement of muscle 27123 and second or, the first support bar 27122 be provided with the first reinforcement 27123, and second support The second reinforcement is not provided with bar 27124；Or first be not provided with the second reinforcement on support bar 27122, and first Stay 27122 is provided with the first reinforcement 27123, it is ensured that the structural strength of filtration members support 271.

Alternatively, each second support bar 27124 is arc strip.Reference picture 47, the wheel of each second support bar 27124 Profile forms camber line, and the middle part of each second support bar 27124 connects positioned at the imaginary of the two ends of each second support bar 27124 The outside of line, is further ensured that the connection reliability of grasping part 2713 and supporting part 2712, so as to improve filtration members support 271 Structural strength.

In other embodiments of the present utility model, filtration members support 271 includes sleeping ring portion 2714, supporting part 2712 and sealing ring portion 2715.Specifically, the inner ring for the ring portion 2714 that crouches limits exhaust outlet, supporting part 2712 and sleeping ring portion 2714 are connected and positioned at the axial side of sleeping ring portion 2714 for support filtration members, sealing ring portion 2715 at least one and it is every It is individual sealing ring portion 2715 inner ring around exhaust outlet and be connected with sleeping ring portion 2714, each seal ring portion 2715 the equal court of outer shroud It is suitable for sealing with hand-held cleaners T casing 31 and/or glass shell 11 to the direction flaring extension away from supporting part 2712 and coordinates.

In other words, the filtration members support 271 is main is made up of sleeping ring portion 2714, supporting part 2712 and sealing ring portion 2715. Wherein, the annular plate of the ring portion 2714 that crouches formation arrangement in the horizontal plane, sealing ring portion 2715 and supporting part 2712 are respectively provided at The both sides (the upper side and lower side as shown in figure 50) of sleeping ring portion 2714, and a side surface of sealing ring portion 2715 and sleeping ring portion 2714 (upper surface as shown in figure 50) is connected, supporting part 2712 and another side surface (following table as shown in figure 50 of sleeping ring portion 2714 Face) it is connected.

Seal ring portion 2715 include at least one, for example, sealing ring portion 2715 include one, the sealing ring portion 2715 it is interior Circle is connected with the casing 31 of hand-held cleaners T cylinder block set 300, seals the hand-held cleaners T of the outer ring of ring portion 2715 dirt The glass shell 11 of cup assembly 100 is connected, thus ensure between the glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, dirt cup component Sealing between 100 filtration members support 271 and cylinder block set 300.Certainly, sealing ring portion 2715 can also include it is multiple, Multiple sealing arranged concentrics of ring portion 2715, wherein positioned at the machine of the most inner ring of the sealing ring portion 2715 of inner side and cylinder block set 300 Shell 31 is connected, and is connected positioned at the outer ring of outermost sealing ring portion 2715 with the glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100, can equally rise To sealing function, and save the material cost of sealing ring portion 2715.

Further, vertically (above-below direction as shown in figure 50) extends and is located at sleeping ring portion supporting part 2712 2714 lower section, filtration members can be located on supporting part 2712, and form the annular along the circumferentially extending of supporting part 2712, from And ensure being fixedly connected for filtration members and filtration members support 271, and then ensure the filtration of filtration members, it is ensured that this is hand-held to inhale Dirt device T strainability.

Thus, according to the filtration members support 271 of the utility model embodiment, by setting close on filtration members support 271 Seal ring portion 2715 so that after the completion of filtration members support 271 is assembled with glass shell 11 and cylinder block set 300, it is ensured that glass shell 11 Sealing between cylinder block set 300, between the filtration members support 271 of dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, so as to protect The vacuum inside complete machine is demonstrate,proved, and then improves hand-held cleaners T efficiency of dust collection and dust removing effects.Furthermore, can save extra Increased seal, reduces number of components, significantly simplify assembly technology, is conducive to improving the production efficiency of complete machine.The mistake The simple in construction of part support 271 is filtered, is connected with other parts reliably, good airproof performance is convenient to mount and dismount.

Wherein, sealing ring portion 2715 includes inner ring sealing ring portion 27151, the inner ring and sleeping ring of inner ring sealing ring portion 27151 Portion 2714Inner ring positionThe direction flaring extension that connected, sealing ring portion 2715 outer shroud is directed away from supporting part 2712 is suitable for Seal and coordinate with hand-held cleaners T casing 31.

Reference picture 48 and Figure 50, sleeping ring portion 2714 form annular plate and outer ring and the inwall of glass shell 11 of sleeping ring portion 2714 Face is connected, and one end (lower end as shown in figure 50) of inner ring sealing ring portion 27151 is connected with the inner ring edge of sleeping ring portion 2714, interior Circle sealing ring portion 27151 is upwardly extended and in the vertical direction, the middle part for being gradually deviated from sleeping ring portion 2714 from the bottom to top, and inner ring is close The other end (upper end as shown in figure 50) in seal ring portion 27151 is connected with the casing 31 of cylinder block set 300, so as to ensure filtration members Sealing between support 271 and casing 31.Certainly, the lower end of inner ring sealing ring portion 27151 is not limited to and crouched ring portion 2714 Inner ring edge be connected.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, sealing ring portion 2715 includes outer ring and seals ring portion 27152, outside The inner ring and sleeping ring portion 2714 of circle sealing ring portion 27152Outer shroud positionIt is connected, the outer shroud of sealing ring portion 2715 is directed away from branch The direction flaring extension of support part 2712 is suitable for sealing with hand-held cleaners T glass shell 11 and coordinated.

Specifically, the ring portion 2714 that crouches forms annular plate and the outer ring of sleeping ring portion 2714 is connected with the internal face of glass shell 11, One end (lower end as shown in figure 50) of outer ring sealing ring portion 27152 is connected with the outer ring edge of sleeping ring portion 2714, outer ring sealing Ring portion 27152 is upwardly extended and in the vertical direction, the middle part for being gradually deviated from sleeping ring portion 2714 from the bottom to top, outer ring sealing ring portion 27152 other end (upper end as shown in figure 50) is connected with the glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100, so as to ensure filtration members support Sealing between 271 and glass shell 11.Certainly, the lower end of outer ring sealing ring portion 27152 is not limited to and crouched the outer of ring portion 2714 Edge is enclosed to be connected.

Alternatively, sealing ring portion 2715 is flexible glue material member.Specifically, sealing ring portion 2715 can pass through Shooting Technique etc. It is molded in the sleeping ring portion 2714 of filtration members support 271, it is ensured that the connection reliability of sealing ring portion 2715 and sleeping ring portion 2714, should The sealing ring portion 2715 that material is made effectively can be brought into close contact with casing 31 and/or glass shell 11, thus ensure casing 31 and/ Or the sealing of glass shell 11, be conducive to improving hand-held cleaners T performance, improve hand-held cleaners T quality.And The production cost for the sealing ring portion 2715 that the material is made is low, is conducive to improving hand-held cleaners T cost performance.

Preferably, filtration members support 271 is integrated injection molding part.Integrally formed structure can not only ensure filtration members The properity stability of support 271, and be conveniently molded, be simple to manufacture, and eliminate unnecessary assembly parts and connection Process, substantially increases the efficiency of assembling of the glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100, it is ensured that filtration members support 271 and the connection of glass shell 11 Reliability, furthermore, the bulk strength and stability of integrally formed structure are higher, and assembling is more convenient, and the life-span is longer.

Filtration members support 271 and filtration members according to above-described embodiment is included according to the filter of the utility model embodiment (not shown), filtration members are located on filtration members support 271 and supported by supporting part 2712.Thus, by the way that filtration members were located at On the supporting part 2712 for filtering part support 271, on the basis of the structural strength of filtration members support 271 is ensured, it is ensured that filtering The reliability of part arrangement, so as to ensure the filter effect of filter, is conducive to improving hand-held cleaners T dust removing effects.

Alternatively, filtration members are filter cotton and seamed on filtration members support 271.Specifically, filter cotton is located at supporting part Between 2712 the first support bar 27122 and the second support bar 27124, and filter cotton is formed along multiple first support bars 27122 Illusion ring surface circumferentially extending, the dirty air with dust, paper scrap etc. entered from dirt cup component 100 can pass through filtering Filter cotton on part support 271 carries out filtration treatment, outside the clean air discharge dirt cup component 100 most obtained at last, and incite somebody to action Dust, paper scrap etc. stay in the bottom of glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100, convenient discharge.

47 to Figure 59 specifically describe below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings according to the whirlwind of the utility model embodiment cone component 2.

Boring component 2 according to the whirlwind of the utility model embodiment includes whirlwind cone 21, filter and rotatable engagement component. Specifically, whirlwind cone 21 is formed as having the first keeper on the vertical cone barrel and whirlwind cone 21 of open top, filter It is at least partially disposed in whirlwind cone 21 and there is the second keeper on filter, rotatable engagement component is located at whirlwind cone 21 and filtering Between device, and in the first keeper and the second keeper location fit, whirlwind is bored 21 and match somebody with somebody with filter relative to rotating forward, rotation Seaming element can gradually coordinate in place so that filter is connected to whirlwind cone 21.

In other words, whirlwind cone component 2 is main is made up of whirlwind cone 21, filter and rotatable engagement component, wherein, whirlwind Cone 21 substantially forms the conically shaped of open upper end, and a part for filter is located in whirlwind cone 21, and at least one of filter The upper end for boring 21 with whirlwind is divided to coordinate by rotatable engagement component.

Further, rotatable engagement component is mainly made up of the first keeper and the second keeper, wherein, the first keeper It is located on whirlwind cone 21, the second keeper is set on the filter.Filter and whirlwind cone 21 in assembling, first by filter from Opening that is upper, boring 21 by whirlwind is attached in whirlwind cone 21, until the upper end that filter bores 21 with whirlwind is stopped to then positive Revolving filter, coordinates the first keeper and the second keeper of rotatable engagement component, so that filter and whirlwind cone 21 Locking, it is ensured that the connection reliability of the two；If desired filter is separated with whirlwind cone 21, by reversely rotating filter, made The first keeper and the second keeper of rotatable engagement component are progressively disengaged, and filter is finally bored to 21 upper end from the first whirlwind Opening is taken out.

Thus, component 2 is bored according to the whirlwind of the utility model embodiment, by being set between whirlwind cone 21 and filter Rotatable engagement component, and in the first keeper corresponding with set location is distinguished on filter of whirlwind cone 21 and the second keeper, When 21 can be bored in whirlwind with filter assembling, play a part of guiding, it is to avoid occur installation and misplace, whirlwind is bored 21 and filtering When device is assembled, accurate positioning, so as to reduce whirlwind cone 21 and the assembling difficulty of filter, it is ensured that the company of whirlwind cone 21 and filter Connect reliability.Whirlwind cone component 2 it is simple in construction, the connection of each part is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, during assembling, accurate positioning, assembly and disassembly Efficiency high.

Alternatively, one of them in the first keeper and the second keeper be arc chute 2131, another be sliding block 27141, when sliding block 27141 slippingly coordinates in chute 2131, the first keeper and the second keeper location fit.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 54 and Figure 55, the part on the periphery edge of the upper end of whirlwind cone 21 radially concaves Fall into and lacked with forming the arc chute 2131 for the circumferentially extending that 21 are bored along whirlwind, the i.e. periphery of the upper end of whirlwind cone 21 along arc is formed Mouthful, accordingly, the side surface for boring 21 towards whirlwind of the upper end of filter is provided with the cunning for the outer surface for protruding from whirlwind cone 21 Block 27141.

Filter, in assembling, is attached to rotation by filter from opening that is upper, boring 21 by whirlwind first with whirlwind cone 21 In wind cone 21, until the upper end of filter and whirlwind cone 21 is stopped to then rotating forward (rotate counterclockwise as shown in figure 50) Filter, makes the sliding block 27141 of rotatable engagement component coordinate with the first end of arc chute 2131, so that filter and rotation Wind cone 21 is locked, it is ensured that the connection reliability of the two；If desired filter is separated with whirlwind cone 21, by reversely rotating (such as Turning clockwise shown in Figure 54) filter, make the sliding block 27141 of rotatable engagement component and the first end of arc chute 2131 Progressively disengage, finally take out the upper end open that filter bores 21 from the first whirlwind.

Thus, simple in construction, processing, the convenient formation of the first keeper and the second keeper, play a part of fool proof, keep away Exempt to occur that dislocation is installed, by it is positive, reversely rotate whirlwind cone 21, make whirlwind bore 21 with filter is locked or unblock, realize Whirlwind is bored the assembling of 21 and filter and separated, and operation is easy, is convenient to mount and dismount.

Wherein, the top of whirlwind cone 21, which has, bores the circle extended outside 21 to whirlwind along portion 213, and filter includes being located at circle Along the sleeping ring portion 2714 of the top of portion 213, wherein, the first keeper is to be formed to position along the chute 2131 in portion 213, second in circle Part is the sliding block 27141 being located in sleeping ring portion 2714.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 52 and Figure 53, whirlwind cone 21 is main to be made up of body and circle along portion 213, body formation edge Vertical direction (above-below direction as shown in figure 50) extension and the conical shell of upper end open, circle are located at the upper of body along portion 213 End is connected with the upper end of body, encloses the inner ring and body formed along portion 213 along the annular and circle of the circumferentially extending of body along portion 213 Upper end be connected, arc chute 2131 be located at circle along in portion 213 and along circle along portion 213 circumferentially extending.

Further, as shown in Figure 49 and Figure 50, filter is mainly made up of filtration members support 271 and filtration members, filtering Part support 271 includes sleeping ring portion 2714, the annular of the ring portion 2714 that crouches formation arrangement in the horizontal plane, the lower surface for the ring portion 2714 that crouches Provided with sliding block 27141, after filtration members support 271 is completed with whirlwind cone 21, filtration members support 271 is enclosed on outside whirlwind cone 21 On, and sleeping ring portion 2714 and the whirlwind of filtration members support 271 bore 21 circle along the arranged concentric of portion 213, the sleeping ring portion of filter 2714, which are located at the upper end of the top of whirlwind cone 21 and the lower surface of sleeping ring portion 2714 and the circle of whirlwind cone 21 along portion 213, stops to logical Revolving filter is crossed, the sliding block 27141 in the sleeping ring portion 2714 of filter is stuck in the circle of whirlwind cone 21 along the arc in portion 213 Chute 2131, then by revolving filter so that filter and whirlwind cone 21 is locked, simple to operate, packaging efficiency is high, can be with Ensure the connection reliability of the two.

Wherein, chute 2131 from the outer peripheral face enclosed along portion 213 rise to whirlwind bore 21 central axial direction is recessed and insertion The upper and lower end face along portion 213 is enclosed, sliding block 27141 is extended downwardly by the lower surface for the ring portion 2714 that crouches.

Reference picture 52 and Figure 55, whirlwind cone 21 substantially form vertically (above-below direction as shown in figure 50) extension and The tubular of open upper end, one end (upper end as shown in figure 47) of the formation opening of whirlwind cone 21 is provided with the circle along its circumferentially extending Along portion 213, enclose and bore 21 radially-inwardly depression to form chute 2131, filtration members branch along at least a portion in portion 213 along whirlwind The lower surface of the sleeping ring portion 2714 of frame 271 is provided with the chute 2131 for the lower surface for protruding from sleeping ring portion 2714, whirlwind cone 21 and mistake When filtering the assembling of part support 271, the sliding block 27141 of filtration members support 271 is stuck in the chute 2131 of whirlwind cone 21, is led so as to play To, positioning effect, prevent install dislocation, improve whirlwind bore component 2 packaging efficiency.

Advantageously, the arrow logo 27142 that also there is neighbouring sliding block 27141 to set in the ring portion 2714 that crouches, is rotating filtering When device makes the direction rotation indicated by sliding block 27141 along arrow logo 27142, rotatable engagement component can gradually coordinate in place.

Specifically, filtration members support 271 and whirlwind cone 21 is in assembling, first by filtration members support 271 from it is upper, pass through rotation The opening of wind cone 21 is attached in whirlwind cone 21, until the upper end that filtration members support 271 bores 21 with whirlwind is stopped to then according to arrow Leader knows 27142 and rotates (rotate counterclockwise as shown in figure 50) filtration members support 271, makes the sliding block of rotatable engagement component 27141 coordinate with the first end of arc chute 2131, so that filtration members support 271 is locked with whirlwind cone 21, it is ensured that the two Connection reliability；If desired filtration members support 271 is separated with whirlwind cone 21, by reversely being revolved according to arrow logo 27142 Turn (as shown in figure 50 turns clockwise) filtration members support 271, make the sliding block 27141 and arc chute of rotatable engagement component 2131 first end is progressively disengaged, and finally takes out the upper end open that filter bores 21 from the first whirlwind.

Thus, by setting arrow logo 27142 in the sleeping ring portion 2714 of filtration members support 271, user is facilitated to observe So that filtration members support 271 is screwed with whirlwind cone 21, the packaging efficiency that filtration members support 271 bores 21 with whirlwind can have both been improved, The accuracy of assembling can be improved again.

In addition, also having wedge angle to be directed at the first wedge angle mark 27143 of sliding block 27141 in sleeping ring portion 2714, whirlwind bores 21 On also there is wedge angle to be directed at the second wedge angle mark 2132 of chute 2131 one end, identify the first wedge angle in rotating filter 27143 and second wedge angle mark 2132 close to when, rotatable engagement component can gradually coordinate in place.

Reference picture 55, the lower surface of the sleeping ring portion 2714 of filtration members support 271 is provided with the first wedge angle mark 27143, the One wedge angle mark 27143 set adjacent to sliding block 27141 and the first wedge angle mark 27143 wedge angle in the footpath of filtration members support 271 Upwards, just to sliding block 27141, accordingly, whirlwind cone 21 is provided with the second wedge angle mark 2132, and the second wedge angle mark 2132 is neighbouring Chute 2131 set and the second wedge angle mark 2132 wedge angle just to chute 2131.

Filtration members support 271 and whirlwind cone 21 in assembling, first by filtration members support 271 from it is upper, pass through whirlwind cone 21 Opening be attached in whirlwind cone 21, until the upper end of filtration members support 271 and whirlwind cone 21 is stopped to then according to arrow logo 27142 rotation (rotate counterclockwise as shown in figure 50) filtration members supports 271, make the sliding block 27141 of rotatable engagement component in arc Slided in shape chute 2131, until the first wedge angle mark 27143 in the sleeping ring portion 2714 of filtration members support 271 is just bored to whirlwind The wedge angle of the second wedge angle mark 2132 on 21, so that filtration members support 271 is locked with whirlwind cone 21, it is ensured that the connection of the two Reliability；If desired filtration members support 271 is separated with whirlwind cone 21, by being reversely rotated according to arrow logo 27142 (as schemed Turning clockwise shown in 55) filtration members support 271, make rotatable engagement component sliding block 27141 and arc chute 2131 One end is progressively disengaged, and 2132 is gradually distance from even if the first wedge angle mark 27143 is identified with the second wedge angle, finally by filter from The upper end open of first whirlwind cone 21 is taken out, and the process operation is simple, it is possible to achieve whirlwind cone 21 is determined with filtration members support 271 Install position, it is ensured that the connection reliability of whirlwind cone 21 and filtration members support 271, be that user is assembling whirlwind cone 21 and filtration members branch Frame 271 plays directive significance.

Alternatively, the top of whirlwind cone 21 has to bore to whirlwind and extends inside 21 and opened in the circumferentially-spaced of whirlwind cone 21 Multiple rotary stopper convex tendons 2133 of distribution, filter includes being located at the vertical ring portion 2716 that whirlwind bores 21 inner tips, founds ring portion There are the circumferentially-spaced multiple rotary stopper grooves 27161, Duo Gexuan for opening distribution that 21 are bored in whirlwind on 2716 outer peripheral face Turn retaining convex rib 2133 to correspond to be configured to rotatable engagement component with multiple rotary stopper grooves 27161.

Reference picture 50 and Figure 52, and Figure 55 is combined, the inwall of the upper end of whirlwind cone 21 is provided with radially extension and protrusion The retaining convex rib of 21 madial wall is bored in whirlwind, the filtration members support 271 of filter has vertical ring portion 2716, founds ring portion 2716 The inner ring with end ring portion 2711 and sleeping ring portion 2714 is connected respectively, founds the lateral wall of ring portion 2716 provided with multiple circumferentially-spaced along its The rotary stopper groove 27161 of arrangement is opened, after the completion of whirlwind cone 21 is assembled with filtration members support 271, was enclosed on outside whirlwind cone 21 The outside of part support 271 is filtered, and the sleeping ring portion 2714 and the vertical ring portion 2716 of the upper end of whirlwind cone 21 of filtration members support 271 are only supported It is connected, the rotary stopper groove 27161 in the vertical ring portion 2716 of filtration members support 271 bores 21 rotary stopper convex tendon with whirlwind 2133 coordinate, and in filtration members support 271 and whirlwind bore 21 assembling process, play a part of positioning, so as to improve assembling effect Rate, it is ensured that the connection reliability of the two.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, rotary stopper convex tendon 2133 is two and is located at whirlwind respectively The radially opposite sides of cone 21, i.e., two rotary stopper grooves 27161 on filtration members support 271 bore two rotations on 21 with whirlwind The position of retaining convex rib 2133 is corresponded, thus, is more beneficial for realizing the effect of positioning, it is ensured that the two can be within a short period of time Realize location and installation.

Glass shell 11 is included according to the dirt cup component 100 of the utility model embodiment and component is bored according to above-described embodiment whirlwind 2, whirlwind cone component 2 is located in glass shell 11 and also includes separator 22, and separator 22 is annular slab and is set in whirlwind cone 21 It is divided between outer peripheral face and the inner surface of glass shell 11 so that glass shell 11 and whirlwind are bored into the space between 21 on separator 22 The cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 of lower both sides.

Reference picture 54 and Figure 55, dirt cup component 100 is main to be made up of glass shell 11 and whirlwind cone component 2, and glass shell 11 is hollow Housing, cyclonic separation part is located in glass shell 11, the inner space of glass shell 11 is divided into outside cyclonic separation part Exocoel 110 and the inner chamber 210 inside cyclonic separation part, wherein, separator 22 is located between glass shell 11 and cyclonic separation part (being located in exocoel 110), cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity are divided into by the space between glass shell 11 and cyclonic separation part 1102 (exocoel 110 is divided into cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102), wherein, cyclonic chamber 1101 is the field of cyclonic separation Institute, dust-collecting cavity 1102 is the place for building up dust.

Alternatively, cyclonic chamber 1101 is the annular space around cyclonic separation part, that is to say, that cyclonic chamber 1101 is circular Each cross section that cyclonic separation part is set and cyclonic chamber 1101 is that annular (is not limited to annular, for example can also be oval Annular) face.Thus, cyclonic separation part can be surround into the air-flow (as arrow is flowed to shown in B in Figure 40) in cyclonic chamber 1101 Outer surface, cyclonic separation is carried out in the cyclonic chamber 1101 (as arrow is flowed to shown in C in Figure 40).Wherein, " cyclonic separation " refers to Be：When air-flow is quickly moved along cast or spirality path, the dirt matter (i.e. dirty particles) in air-flow can be powerful Thrown away under centrifugal action from air-flow, thus realize dirt, qi leel from.

Cyclonic chamber 1101, which is located on the top of dust-collecting cavity 1102, separator 22, has dust-exhausting port, and cyclonic chamber 1101 passes through row Dirt mouthful is connected with dust-collecting cavity 1102, so as to can drop into collection by dust-exhausting port in the dirt matter that the internal cyclone of cyclonic chamber 1101 is isolated In dirt chamber 1102.In short, after air-flow enters the separation of the internal cyclone of cyclonic chamber 1101, centrifuging the dirt matter thrown away can be in gravity The lower nature of effect is dropped into dust-collecting cavity 1102 (as arrow is flowed to shown in B to C to D in Figure 40) by dust-exhausting port.

Wherein, on the one hand cyclonic chamber 1101 is connected, on the other hand by the dust-exhausting port on separator 22 with dust-collecting cavity 1102 The first through hole bored by whirlwind in 21 peripheral wall surfaces is connected with the inner chamber 210 that whirlwind bores 21, and the inner chamber 210 of whirlwind cone 21 passes through The second through hole on the bottom wall of whirlwind cone 21 is connected with dust-collecting cavity 1102.

Thus, by setting filtration members support 271 in whirlwind cone 21, filtration members are allow to be arranged on whirlwind cone 21 and mistake Filter between part support 271, facilitate the installation of filtration members, it is ensured that filtration members and the connection of filtration members support 271 and whirlwind cone 21 Reliability, so as to ensure the filter effect of filtration members, and then lifts hand-held cleaners T dust removing effects.

60 to Figure 63 specifically describe the hand-held cleaners T according to the utility model embodiment below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

As shown in figure 60, the dirt cup according to above-described embodiment is included according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment Component 100 and cylinder block set 300, cylinder block set 300 are located at the top of dirt cup component 100, and cylinder block set 300 includes casing 31, The bottom of casing 31 has the air inlet connected with exhaust outlet.

Specifically, cylinder block set 300 is located at the top of dirt cup component 100, and the casing 31 and dirt cup group of cylinder block set 300 The glass shell 11 of part 100 is connected, due to having above-mentioned technique effect according to the dirt cup component 100 of the utility model embodiment, therefore, The also structure letter with above-mentioned technique effect, i.e. hand-held cleaners T according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment Single, each part connection is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, good dedusting effect, efficiency of dust collection is high.

Wherein, sealing ring portion 2715 includes sealing ring portion 27151, inner ring sealing ring portion according to the inner ring of above-described embodiment The bottom wall sealing of 27151 outer shroud and casing 31 coordinates and around air inlet.Specifically, as shown in Figure 61, dirt cup component 100 with After cylinder block set 300 is assembled, at least the one of the inner ring of the inner ring sealing ring portion 27151 of the filtration members support 271 of dirt cup component 100 Part and the wall of the casing 31 of cylinder block set 300 are brought into close contact, and the outer ring of the filtration members support 271 of dirt cup component 100 is close At least a portion in seal ring portion 27152 and the glass shell 11 of dirt cup component 100 are brought into close contact, and are further ensured that the gas of cyclonic chamber 1101 Close property, is more beneficial for realizing dirt, device separation, improves hand-held cleaners T dust removing effects and efficiency of dust collection.

In addition, casing 31 is provided with the first Access Division 311, glass shell 11 is provided with the second Access Division 1103, the second Access Division 1103 corresponding with the first Access Division 311 are clasped so that dirt cup component 100 is connected to cylinder block set 300.

It is enclosed on outside reference picture 60 and Figure 63, glass shell 11 on casing 31, the internal face of glass shell 11 is provided with the first Access Division 311, And the outside wall surface of casing 31 is provided with the second Access Division 1103, the first Access Division 311 is corresponding with the position of the second Access Division 1103, from And realize casing 31 and the clamping of glass shell 11 and be connected.

Advantageously, the first Access Division 311 include it is multiple, accordingly, the second Access Division 1103 also include multiple, the first clamping The quantity in portion 311 is equal with the quantity of the second Access Division 1103, and position is corresponded, so as to ensure glass shell 11 and casing 31 Connection reliability, it is to avoid hand-held cleaners T operationally, because occurring disengaging between glass shell 11 and casing 31 damages part, or Influence hand-held cleaners T normal work.

Alternatively, the first Access Division 311 is two block tongues of both sides respectively in casing 31 radially, the second Access Division 1103 be two necks for being respectively provided at the both sides of glass shell 11 radially, and two necks with two block tongues match somebody with somebody respectively by corresponding buckle Close.

Specifically, the lateral wall of casing 31 is provided with two block tongues positioned opposite, and the madial wall of glass shell 11 is provided with relative cloth The neck put, the position of two block tongues and the position of two necks are corresponded, and can both be ensured between casing 31 and glass shell 11 Clamping be connected, convenient assembly and disassembly, improve hand-held cleaners T assembly and disassembly efficiency again.And casing 31 and the connection side of glass shell 11 Formula is simple in construction, compact, and processing, shaping are easy.

64 the hand-held cleaners T according to the utility model embodiment is specifically described to accompanying drawing 71 below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

Dirt cup component 100, cylinder block set 300 and lock group are included according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment Part 400.Specifically, dirt cup component 100 includes glass shell 11, whirlwind cone 21 and separator 22, and whirlwind cone 21 is cone barrel and vertical Formula is located in glass shell 11, separator 22 be annular slab and be set in whirlwind cone 21 outer peripheral face and glass shell 11 inner surface between with Space between glass shell 11 and whirlwind cone 21 is divided into positioned at separator to about 22 both sides and by the dust discharge on separator 22 The cyclonic chambers 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 of the connection of mouth 2201, wherein, glass shell 11 includes cup body 111 and is located at the bottom of cup body 111 Cup bottom 112.

Reference picture 64 is to Figure 71, and hand-held cleaners T is main by dirt cup component 100, cylinder block set 300 and latch components 400 compositions.Glass shell 11 is hollow housing, and cyclonic separation part is located in glass shell 11, the inner space of glass shell 11 is divided into Exocoel 110 outside cyclonic separation part and the inner chamber inside cyclonic separation part, wherein, separator 22 is located at glass shell 11 (it is located in exocoel 110) between cyclonic separation part, the space between glass shell 11 and cyclonic separation part is divided into whirlwind Chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102 (exocoel 110 is divided into cyclonic chamber 1101 and dust-collecting cavity 1102), wherein, cyclonic chamber 1101 is The place of cyclonic separation, dust-collecting cavity 1102 is the place for building up dust.

Alternatively, cyclonic chamber 1101 is the annular space around cyclonic separation part, that is to say, that cyclonic chamber 1101 is circular Each cross section that cyclonic separation part is set and cyclonic chamber 1101 is that annular (is not limited to annular, for example can also be oval Annular) face.Thus, cyclonic separation part can be surround into the air-flow (as arrow is flowed to shown in B in Figure 40) in cyclonic chamber 1101 Outer surface, cyclonic separation is carried out in the cyclonic chamber 1101 (as arrow is flowed to shown in C in Figure 40).Wherein, " cyclonic separation " refers to Be：When air-flow is quickly moved along cast or spirality path, the dirt matter (i.e. dirty particles) in air-flow can be powerful Thrown away under centrifugal action from air-flow, thus realize dirt, qi leel from.

Cyclonic chamber 1101, which is located on the top of dust-collecting cavity 1102, separator 22, has dust-exhausting port 2201, and cyclonic chamber 1101 leads to Cross dust-exhausting port 2201 to connect with dust-collecting cavity 1102, so that can be by dust-exhausting port in the dirt matter that the internal cyclone of cyclonic chamber 1101 is isolated 2201 drop into dust-collecting cavity 1102.In short, after air-flow enters the separation of the internal cyclone of cyclonic chamber 1101, centrifuging the dirt matter thrown away It can drop into dust-collecting cavity 1102 by dust-exhausting port 2201 that (arrow flows to B to C and arrived in such as Figure 40 naturally under gravity Shown in D).

Further, cylinder block set 300 is located at the top of cup body 111 and including casing 31 and the main frame being located in casing 31 Part, latch components 400 are located between cup body 111 and cup bottom 112 and are configured to cup body 111 during unblock and separated with cup bottom 112, And/or latch components 400 are located between cup body 111 and casing 31 and are configured to cup body 111 and casing 31 during unblock and separate.

Cylinder block set 300 is mainly made up of casing 31 and host part, wherein, defined in casing 31 for accommodating main frame The accommodating chamber of part, host part is detachably arranged in casing 31, and latch components 400 include first assembly and/or second group Part, wherein, first assembly is located between cup body 111 and cup bottom 112, when first assembly is unlocked, and cup bottom 112 can with cup body 111 To separate, i.e., cup bottom 112 can open the dust discharge opening 1110 in cup body 111；When first assembly is locked, cup bottom 112 can be with The dust discharge opening 1110 closed in cup body 111.Second component is located between cup body 111 and casing 31, when the second component is unlocked, Cup body 111 can be separated with casing 31, you can so that cup body 111 to be removed from casing 31；, can be by when the second component is locked Cup body 111 is fixed on casing 31, it is ensured that the connection reliability of the two.

Thus, according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, by being set between cup body 111 and cup bottom 112 Latch components 400, can both ensure the connection reliability of cup body 111 and cup bottom 112, make after cup body 111 and the assembling of cup bottom 112 Structural behaviour is stable, sealing is good, it is to avoid cup body 111 departs from cup bottom 112 when hand-held cleaners T works, and again may be used To facilitate cup body 111 to be separated with cup bottom 112, ash discarding and the internal structure to hand-held cleaners T is facilitated to clean, operation side Just.Hand-held cleaners T's is simple in construction, compact, and each part connection is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, operation is easy, is conducive to improving hand Hold dust catcher T production efficiency and assembly and disassembly efficiency.

Wherein, latch components 400 include static lock, activity lock and elastic component.Specifically, activity lock is relatively quiet Only latch it is movable, elastic component with activity lock be connected with normal promotion activity lock with it is static lock locking cooperation, in active lock Button geo-stationary lock occurs when motion makes the elastic component deform activity lock and latches unblock with static and separate.

It is made up of that is, latch components 400 are main static lock, activity lock and elastic component, wherein, static lock It is fixedly mounted between glass bottom 112 and cup body 111 and/or between cup body 111 and casing 31, activity lock is movably located at quiet Only on lock, elastic component is provided between activity lock and static lock to promote movable lock and static lock to lock, take off at any time From.

Specifically, when activity lock is locked with static lock, elastic component is compressed on activity lock and static lock Between, now between cup bottom 112 and cup body 111, between cup body 111 and casing 31 it is fixedly linked；When activity lock is relative to static During screw-home movement, elastic deformation occurs for elastic component, activity lock is bounced off into static lock, now latch components 400 are in solution Lock status, is separated between cup bottom 112 and cup body 111, between cup body 111 and casing 31, convenient assembly and disassembly.

Alternatively, elastic component is spring or shell fragment.If elastic component is spring, the two ends of spring respectively with static lock and Activity lock opposite sides is fixedly linked, when the latch components 400 are in the lock state, positioned at static lock and activity lock Between spring compressed, activity lock cup bottom 112 is fixed in cup body 111, or activity lock cup body 111 is fixed on On casing 31；When the latch components 400 are in released state, the spring between static lock and activity lock is from extensive In the presence of multiple power, gradually loosen so that activity lock bounces off static lock, now activity lock can unclamp glass bottom 112 or Person's cup body 111, allows glass bottom 112 to be separated from cup body 111 or cup body 111 is separated from casing 31.

If elastic component is shell fragment, one end of shell fragment is latched with activity to be pivotly connected, the other end of shell fragment with it is static Lock, which is only supported, to be connected, in the presence of the elastic force of shell fragment, and activity lock can be adjusted to unlocked position from latched position, realize cup The connection of bottom 112 and cup body 111 or cup body 111 and casing 31 and separate, it is simple in construction, it is convenient to mount and dismount, processes, manufactures appearance Easily, cost is low, high using reliability.

Alternatively, activity lock geo-stationary lock pivotably motion or translatable motion.If activity lock is relative to quiet Pivotably activity is only latched, when needing unblock, user need to only press movable lock, and activity latches in the work of the elastic force of elastic component Rotated under, relative to static lock, so as to depart from static lock, realize unlocking motion；When needing locking, user presses Dynamic activity is latched so that activity is fastened on static lock, realizes lock out action.

If activity lock is relative to the static translatable motion of lock, when needing unblock, user need to only promote movable lock, Activity is latched in the presence of the elastic force and thrust of elastic component, relative to static lock movement, so that de- with static lock From realizing unlocking motion；When needing to lock, customer reverse promotion activity lock latches locking so that activity is latched with static, Two kinds of connected modes, can realize that activity latches the locking with static lock with separating, controllability is strong.

Latch components 400 include being located between cup body 111 and cup bottom 112 and cup body 111 can divide with cup bottom 112 in unblock From the first latch components, the first latch components include the first static activity of lock 411, first lock 421 and first elastic component 431, the first static lock 411 is formed with locked groove and pivotable to be located on the latch hook on glass bottom 112, the first activity lock 421 Ground is located in cup body 111, and the first elastic component 431 is shell fragment and is connected with the first activity lock 421 often to promote latch hook and locked groove Locking coordinates, and when promoting the relative cup body 111 of the first activity lock 421 to pivot, shell fragment is deformed and latch hook is unlocked with locked groove Separation.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 67, Figure 70 and Figure 71, the first latch components are provided between cup body 111 and cup bottom 112, its In, the first latch components are main to be made up of the first static activity of lock 411, first lock 421 and the first elastic component 431, wherein, First static lock 411 is installed on glass bottom 112, and the first activity lock 421 is pivotally arranged in cup body 111, the first elasticity Part 431 is pivotly connected to promote the first activity lock 421 and the first static lock 411 to lock with the first activity lock 421 Or unblock.

Wherein, the first static lock 411, which is formed, is located on the side wall of the neighbouring cup body 111 at glass bottom 112 and protrudes from a glass bottom The latch hook of 112 outer surface, the first activity lock 421 is located on the side wall at neighbouring cup bottom 112 of cup body 111 provided with formation Locked groove, when cup bottom 112 close cup body 111 on dust discharge opening 1110, latch hook be connected to first activity lock 421 on locked groove It is interior, it is ensured that being fixedly connected for the two, realize the sealing between cup bottom 112 and cup body 111；When needing to open dust discharge opening 1110 When carrying out dust discharge, user need to only press the first activity lock 421, and the first activity lock 421 is rotated in the presence of shell fragment, So that latch hook departs from locked groove, so as to realize unblock.

Thus, by setting the first latch components between cup body 111 and cup bottom 112, it is possible to achieve cup bottom 112 and cup body 111 separation is with combining, and dust discharge opening 1110 is closed and opened at convenient cup bottom 112, simple in construction, easy to operate, is conducive to carrying The convenience of high hand-held cleaners T operation.

Alternatively, the middle part of the first activity lock 421 is pivotly connected with cup body 111, under the first activity lock 421 Portion is formed with locked groove, and shell fragment is relative with the middle and upper part of the first activity lock 421 and lower end and the first activity lock 421 are relatively quiet Only, when promoting the middle and upper part that the first activity latches 421 to pivot the first activity lock 421, the upper end of shell fragment is vertically Slide to deform expansion and locked groove and latch hook are unlocked and separated.

Specifically, when needing unblock, the finger of user can downwards (as shown in Figure 67 and Figure 70 into cup body 111) Press the middle and upper part of the first activity lock 421 in cup body 111 so that the first activity lock 421 is relative to center of rotation axis (as shown in Figure 74 turns clockwise) is rotated forward, so that being located at locked groove and the cup bottom of the bottom of the first activity lock 421 Latch hook on 112 departs from, and realizes unblock, such cup bottom 112 can just open dust discharge opening 1110；When if desired locking, user Cup bottom 112 is fastened in the dust discharge opening 1110 of cup body 111, while pressing the middle and upper part of the first activity lock 421, makes first The lower end of activity lock 421 is obliquely installed relative to vertical direction (above-below direction as shown in Figure 66), when cup bottom 112 is fastened on When in cup body 111, the first activity lock 421 is unclamped, the first activity lock 421 reversely rotates (rotation counterclockwise as shown in Figure 74 Turn) so that the locked groove of the first activity lock 421 is connected with the latch hook clamping on cup bottom 112, the locking of the two is realized, and then ensure Cup bottom 112 and the movable connection of cup body 111, easy to operate, time saving and energy saving, controllability is strong.

Cup body 111 and casing 31 can when latch components 400 include being located between cup body 111 and casing 31 and be configured to unlock Second latch components of separation, the second latch components include the second static activity of lock 412, second lock 422 and the second elasticity Part 432, the second static lock 412 has block tongue and can pivot to be formed on neck in cup body 111, the second activity lock 422 It is located on casing 31 with turning, the second elastic component 432 is spring and is connected with the second activity lock 422 often to promote block tongue and neck Locking coordinates, when promoting the relative casing 31 of the second activity lock 422 to pivot, and spring deforms and block tongue and neck unblock point From.

Reference picture 65- Figure 69, is provided with the second latch components between cup body 111 and casing 31, wherein, the second latch components master To be made up of the second static activity of lock 412, second lock 422 and the second elastic component 432, wherein, the second static lock 412 is consolidated It is located in cup body 111, the second activity lock 422 is pivotally arranged on casing 31, the second elastic component 432 and the second activity are latched 422 are connected to promote the second activity lock 422 and the second static locking of lock 412 or unlock.

Wherein, the second static lock 412, which is formed, is located at neck on the side wall of the neighbouring casing 31 of cup body 111, the second activity Lock 422 is located at the block tongue on the side wall of the neighbouring cup body 111 of casing 31 provided with formation, when cup body 111 is fixed on casing 31 When upper, block tongue is connected in neck, it is ensured that being fixedly connected for the two, realizes the sealing between cup body 111 and casing 31；When need When cup body 111 is removed from casing 31, user need to only press the second activity lock 422, and the second activity lock 422 is in shell fragment In the presence of rotate so that block tongue and neck depart from, so as to realize unblock, facilitate user's cleaning dirt cup.

Thus, by setting the second latch components between cup body 111 and casing 31, it is possible to achieve cup body 111 and casing 31 separation is convenient that cup body 111 is removed or assembled from casing 31 with combining, simple in construction, easy to operate, is conducive to improving The convenience of hand-held cleaners T operation.

Alternatively, there is the first hole 3102 and the second hole 3103 arranged up and down, the second activity lock 422 is set on casing 31 In the casing 31 and upper end is pivotly connected with casing 31, the middle part that the second activity latches 422 is formed with button portion and by the One hole 3102 is manifested, and block tongue is located at the lower end of the second activity lock 422 and manifested by the second hole 3103, and spring horizontal is set And it is relative with button portion, when in promoting button portion pivoting the second activity lock 422, spring transversely compresses and block tongue is to second Motion is separated with being unlocked with neck in hole 3103.

Specifically, Figure 65 and Figure 66 are illustrated that the second latch components are in the schematic diagram of released state, Figure 67 and Figure 68 It is illustrated that the schematic diagram that the second latch components are in the lock state.When needing unblock, the finger of user downwards (such as Figure 65 and Shown in Figure 66 into cup body 111) press the button portion of the second activity lock 422, the second activity lock 422 is rotated about axle Line is rotated forward (rotate counterclockwise as shown in Figure 66), and causes the spring-compressed on the inside of button portion, at the same time, position Inwardly motion is to depart from neck for block tongue in the lower end of the second activity lock 422, so as to realize unblock, conveniently by fuselage from casing Removed on 31.

When if desired locking, the finger of user still presses downwards the button portion of the second activity lock 422, at the same time, will It is enclosed on outside fuselage on casing 31, and the groove position on fuselage is just right with button portion, even if the neck on fuselage is located at button The underface in portion, last release button portion, subsequent second activity lock 422 rotates about axis and rotated backward (as shown in Figure 68 Turn clockwise) so that block tongue is connected in the neck on fuselage, realizes being fixedly linked for fuselage and casing 31, operation side Just, time saving and energy saving, controllability is strong.

Further, as shown in Figure 69, the lower end of the casing 31 side wall relative with the second latch components is provided with locating slot 3109, the upper end of the cup body 111 side wall relative with the second latch components is provided with locating button 1116, in dirt cup component 100 and machine In the assembling process of body component 300, the locating button 1116 in cup body 111 can be connected in the locating slot 3109 of casing 31, Realize the positioning before installing, accurate positioning, so as to improve the packaging efficiency of dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300.

The latch components it is simple in construction, the connection of each part is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, it is possible to achieve real-time ash discarding, it is to avoid mistake Filter part hoards dust because long-time is used, and greatly reduces the number of times of the parts such as cleaning filtration members.

72 to Figure 79 specifically describe the dirt cup group according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings The glass shell 11 of part.

Cup body 111, cup bottom 112 and subtended angle limit rib are included according to the glass shell 11 of the dirt cup component of the utility model embodiment 113.Specifically, the bottom of cup body 111 has dust discharge opening 1110, and cup bottom 112 is located at the bottom of cup body 111 and and cup body 111 are pivotly connected to switch dust discharge opening 1110, and subtended angle limit rib 113 is directly or indirectly located on glass bottom 112 with cup Bottom 112 is synchronized with the movement, subtended angle limit rib 113 is configured to, at cup bottom 112 from the position of closing dust discharge opening 1110 to opening dust discharge Only supported with the bottom wall of cup body 111 so that cup bottom 112 stops pivoting when the direction of opening 1110 is pivoted past predetermined angle.

In other words, the glass shell 11 of the dirt cup component is mainly made up of cup body 111, cup bottom 112 and subtended angle limit rib 113.Its In, cup body 111 is formed to be limited in the tubular of vertically (above-below direction as shown in Figure 72 and Figure 74) extension, cup body 111 There is chamber, the lower end of cup body 111 is provided with dust discharge opening 1110, and dust discharge opening 1110 is turned on chamber, and cup bottom 112 is located at cup body 111 bottom (lower end as shown in Figure 74) and pivotly it is connected to open and close dust discharge opening 1110 with cup body 111. When hand-held cleaners T operationally, dust discharge opening 1110 is closed at cup bottom 112；After hand-held cleaners T is stopped, Ke Yizheng To rotating cup bottom 112 so that cup bottom 112 opens dust discharge opening 1110 to facilitate after ash discarding, ash discarding finish, then reversely rotates a glass bottom 112 so that the closing dust discharge of cup bottom 112 opening 1110.

Further, as shown in Figure 73 and Figure 75, the side on the outside of the direction at cup bottom 112 is provided with subtended angle limit rib 113, when Cup bottom 112 from the position of closing dust discharge opening 1110 to open dust discharge opening 1110 position rotate when, subtended angle limit rib 113 with Cup bottom 112 to rotate together, when cup bottom 112 turns to predetermined angle, i.e., cup bottom 112, which is turned to, opens dust discharge opening 1110 During position, subtended angle limit rib 113 stops the bottom wall for being against cup body 111.

Thus, according to the glass shell 11 of the dirt cup component of the utility model embodiment, by setting subtended angle to limit on cup bottom 112 Position muscle 113, when can be rotated at cup bottom 112 relative to cup body 111, plays spacing effect, it is ensured that cup bottom 112 can be default Rotated in angle, so as to realize the control to the maximum subtended angle in cup bottom 112, and then make dirt cup component 100 at the when of falling dirt, cup bottom 112 The angle of opening rationally, coordinates in place when cup bottom 112 is closed.Simple in construction, processing, the shaping of the glass shell 11 of the dirt cup component It is convenient, it is that the control to the subtended angle size of cup bottom 112 can be achieved using simple structure, production cost is low.

Alternatively, predetermined angle is 85 °~90 °.Specifically, when the position of dust discharge opening 1110 is being closed at cup bottom 112, Cup bottom 112 and the bottom wall of cup body 111 are on the horizontal plane in same level or being parallel to each other, when cup bottom 112 is being opened During the position of dust discharge opening 1110, the angle between the plane where cup bottom 112 and the plane where the bottom wall of cup body 111 is α, And 85 °≤α≤90 °, for example, when the position of dust discharge opening 1110 is being opened at cup bottom 112, plane and cup where cup bottom 112 The angle α between plane where the bottom wall of body 111 can be 85 °, 88 ° or 90 °, can both avoid because cup bottom 112 is opened Angle it is excessive and depart from seal 114, prevent that glass bottom 112 from producing larger swing, beating because of cup bottom 112 can be avoided again The angle too small opened and increase ash discarding difficulty, it is ensured that can smoothly dust discharge, improve the efficiency of dust discharge, and then improve hand-held cleaners T operating efficiency, Consumer's Experience is good.

Wherein, the bottom wall of cup body 111 is provided with the first pivotal arm 1111, and cup bottom 112 is provided with the second pivotal arm 1121, the Pivotal axis 1122, the first pivotal arm 1111 and are formed with one of them in one pivotal arm 1111 and the second pivotal arm 1121 There is the pivoting hole 1112 coordinated with pivotal axis 1122, subtended angle limit rib 113 is located at the on another in two pivotal arms 1121 On two pivotal arms 1121.

As shown in Figure 73 and Figure 75, in the present embodiment, the bottom wall of cup body 111 is provided with the first pivotal arm 1111, the first pivot Pivoted arm 1111 be provided with pivoting hole 1112, and cup bottom 112 be provided with the second pivotal arm 1121, the second pivotal arm 1121 be provided with The pivotal axis 1122 that pivoting hole 1112 is adapted to, so as to realize that glass bottom 112 is connected with the pivotable of cup body 111.

Alternatively, the first pivotal arm 1111 and the second pivotal arm 1121 include two, two the first pivotal arms 1111 respectively Arranged spaced apart and two pivoting holes 1112 are oppositely arranged on the bottom wall of cup body 111, accordingly, two the second pivotal arms 1121 sides arranged spaced apart at cup bottom 112, so as to ensure the connection reliability at glass bottom 112 and cup body 111, are further ensured that Cup bottom 112 can normally open dust discharge opening 1110 and one closed in dust discharge opening 1110, two the second pivotal arms 1121 Subtended angle limit rib 113 is provided with, when cup bottom 112 is in the position for opening dust discharge opening 1110, on the second pivotal arm 1121 Subtended angle limit rib 113 and the bottom wall of cup body 111 stop to.

Wherein, subtended angle limit rib 113 is by the edge of the second pivotal arm 1121, along the axially extending of pivoting hole 1112. That is, subtended angle limit rib 113 and pivotal axis 1122 are respectively separated and are opened on the second pivotal arm 1121 and subtended angle limit rib 113 Length direction and pivotal axis 1122 be arranged in an axially parallel mode, by the way that pivotal axis 1122 and subtended angle limit rib 113 are located at simultaneously On second pivotal arm 1121, it is possible to achieve the purpose that subtended angle limit rib 113 is rotated together with pivotal axis 1122, so that subtended angle Limit rib 113 can control the default subtended angle at glass bottom 112, and the subtended angle limit rib 113 is located on the second pivotal arm 1121, can To be molded over together with pivotal axis 1122 on second pivotal arm 1121, convenient formation, production cost is low.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, one end and the direct phase in cup bottom 112 of subtended angle limit rib 113 Even, the attachment structure of subtended angle limit rib 113 and cup bottom 112, reduction processing, manufacture difficulty can so be simplified.Preferably, subtended angle Limit rib 113 is integrally formed with cup bottom 112, and integrally formed structure can not only ensure glass bottom 112 and subtended angle limit rib 113 Properity stability, and be conveniently molded, be simple to manufacture, and unnecessary assembly parts and connection process are eliminated, significantly Improve the efficiency of assembling of the glass shell 11 of dirt cup component, it is ensured that the cup bottom 112 of glass shell 11 and the connection of subtended angle limit rib 113 are reliable Property, furthermore, the bulk strength and stability of integrally formed structure are higher, and assembling is more convenient, and the life-span is longer.

Alternatively, dust discharge opening 1110 is semicircle, subtended angle limit rib 113 and the neighbouring dust discharge opening 1110 on bottom wall The surface of straight flange side stop to.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 76, the bottom wall of cup body 111 substantially forms the row of semicircle plate, the i.e. bottom of cup body 111 Dirt opening 1110 forms semicircle, accordingly, and cup bottom 112 substantially forms semicircle corresponding with the shape of dust discharge opening 1110, The side wall at cup bottom 112 is provided with arc, when cup bottom 112 is fastened on the bottom of cup, and the arc at cup bottom 112 is along dust discharge opening 1110 arc length extends to ensure the sealing between glass bottom 112 and the bottom wall of cup body 111, subtended angle limit rib 113 and pivot Rotating shaft 1122 is each provided on the surface of the contour line at glass bottom 112 formation straight line, when cup bottom 112 is from closing dust discharge opening 1110 Position is rotated after predetermined angle, and the bottom wall of subtended angle limit rib 113 and cup body 111 on cup bottom 112 stops to stopping glass bottom 112 Rotate, even if cup bottom 112 turns to the position for opening dust discharge opening 1110, realize the controllability of the anglec of rotation of cup bottom 112.

In other embodiments of the present utility model, the glass shell 11 of dirt cup component includes cup body 111, cup bottom 112 and seal 114.Specifically, there is the first annular cooperation for limiting dust discharge opening 1110 on the bottom wall of cup body 111 Face 1113, the surface of first annular mating surface 1113 is located at least two different planes, and cup bottom 112 is located at cup body 111 Bottom has the match with first annular mating surface 1113 second annular for switching on dust discharge opening 1110, cup bottom 112 Mating surface 1123, seal 114 is located between the first annular mating annular face 1123 of mating surface 1113 and second with cup bottom 112 Sealing dust discharge opening 1110 when closing dust discharge opening 1110.

In other words, the glass shell 11 of the dirt cup component is mainly made up of cup body 111, cup bottom 112 and seal 114, wherein, cup Body 111 substantially forms in the column of vertically (above-below direction as shown in Figure 74) extension, cup body 111 and defines chamber, The bottom of cup body 111 has the wall thickness side for forming dust discharge opening 1110 in the dust discharge opening 1110 turned on chamber, cup body 111 To surface form first annular mating surface 1113, the plane where at least a portion region of first annular mating surface 1113 with Plane where another part region is misaligned.

As shown in Figure 76 and Figure 77, cup bottom 112 is movably located at the bottom of cup body 111 to open and close dust discharge opening 1110, the shape at cup bottom 112 is consistent with the shape of dust discharge opening 1110, wherein, the outer edge at cup bottom 112 is provided with to be prolonged along its circumference The second mating annular face 1123 is stretched, the second mating annular face 1123 is corresponding with the first annular position of mating surface 1113.Further, Cup bottom 112 is with cup body 111 when combining, seal 114 be located at the first annular mating annular face 1123 of mating surface 1113 and second it Between to close the gap between cup bottom 112 and cup body 111, so as to ensure the sealing of glass shell 11.

Thus, according to the glass shell 11 of the dirt cup component of the utility model embodiment, the row of limiting of the cup body 111 of glass shell 11 The first annular mating surface 1113 of dirt opening 1110 has at least two surfaces being located in different planes, by cup body Seal 114 is set between 111 and cup bottom 112, the deflection of seal 114 can be both controlled, realize multidimensional seal, it is ensured that cup Sealed reliability between body 111 and glass shell 11, so as to ensure the air-tightness of hand-held cleaners T operationally, and then ensures hand Hold the vacuum in dust catcher T, it is ensured that hand-held cleaners T efficiency of dust collection, dust can be avoided to leak again, so as to ensure hand-held Dust catcher T dust removing effects.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, first annular mating surface 1113 includes the He of first facial 1114 Second face 1115, in the surface of first facial 1114 is generally aligned in the same plane, the surface of the second face 1115 is generally aligned in the same plane Interior, plane where the surface of the second face 1115 is Different Plane with plane where the surface of first facial 1114.

That is, first annular mating surface 1113 is mainly made up of the face 1115 of first facial 1114 and second, and The plane at the place of first facial 1114 is facial misaligned with the place of the second face 1115, and for example the second face 1115 can be relative It is obliquely installed in first facial 1114, accordingly, second mating annular face 1123 at cup bottom 112 also includes two respectively with first Face 1114 is corresponding with the surface location of the second face 1115 and is located at the face of Different Plane, it is ensured that cup bottom 112 and cup body 111 It can be fitted close.

Alternatively, plane is vertical with plane where the surface of first facial 1114 where the surface of the second face 1115.Tool Body, as shown in Figure 76 and Figure 77, the first annular mating surface 1113 of cup body 111 is main by the face of first facial 1114 and second 1115 compositions, wherein, plane where the surface of first facial 1114 is flat where horizontal plane, the surface of the second face 1115 Face is vertical plane, i.e., cup body 111 has two orthogonal first facials 1114 and the with the mating surface of seal 114 Two faces 1115, the plane where the surface of first facial 1114 is mutually hung down with the plane where the surface of the second face 1115 Directly, after cup bottom 112 is assembled with cup body 111, it is possible to achieve two sides is sealed, it is ensured that the sealing of the exhaust outlet of fuselage in the circumferential, The deformation of the horizontal direction of seal 114 can be both limited, the deformation of the vertical direction of seal 114 can be limited again, and And be more beneficial for ensureing cup bottom 112 and the connection reliability of cup body 111.

Advantageously, on the length direction of first facial 1114 the two ends difference on two ends and the second facial 1115 length direction Accordingly smoothly transitted by arc surface connected.

In other words, the face 1115 of first facial 1114 and second forms semi-circular, and the two of first facial 1114 respectively End is connected to constitute first annular mating surface 1113 respectively with the two ends of the second face 1115, the end of first facial 1114 and the The end arc transition of two faces 1115, it is to avoid facial 1115 intersection location of first facial 1114 and second forms dead angle and influenceed Sealing, not only improves and ensures cup bottom 112 and the sealing after the assembling of cup body 111, so as to ensure hand-held cleaners T dust suction effect Really, the dust in dirt cup component 100 is avoided to leak outside again.

Wherein, cup bottom 112 it is edge limited go out towards the first annular direction of mating surface 1113 open wide annular engagement groove 1124, the bottom wall of annular engagement groove 1124 is configured to the second mating annular face 1123, and seal 114 is cooperation in mating groove Sealing ring.

Reference picture 79, the edge limited annular engagement groove 1124 having along its circumferentially extending at cup bottom 112, annular engagement groove The side wall of 1124 both sides for being located at bottom wall with a bottom wall and two, the surface of the bottom wall of annular engagement groove 1124 forms second Mating annular face 1123, the i.e. bottom wall of annular engagement groove 1124 have two surfaces not in the same plane.

Further, seal 114 forms O-ring seal and is connected in the annular engagement groove 1124 at glass bottom 112, when After cup bottom 112 and cup body 111 are assembled, sealing ring is located in annular engagement groove 1124 and positioned at first annular mating surface 1113 and the Between second ring mating surface 1123, so as to ensure the sealing between glass bottom 112 and cup body 111, and then ensure the gas of casing 31 Close property.

Advantageously, there are the multiple limits for being spaced apart and setting along the length direction of annular engagement groove 1124 in annular engagement groove 1124 There are multiple spacing breach 1141 that corresponding matching is distinguished with multiple limit ribs 1125 on position muscle 1125, sealing ring.

Provided with multiple limit ribs 1125 arranged spaced apart along its length, each limit rib in annular engagement groove 1124 1125 two ends are connected with two side walls of annular engagement groove 1124, accordingly, and sealing ring is provided with multiple circumferentially-spaced along its Open the spacing breach 1141 of arrangement, and the quantity of the spacing breach 1141 on sealing ring with it is spacing in annular engagement groove 1124 The quantity of muscle 1125 is equal, position correspondence, and sealing ring passes through limit rib 1125 with cup bottom 112 and the cooperation of spacing breach 1141 is real Now connect, multiple limit ribs 1125 can both improve the structural strength at glass bottom 112, have and glass bottom 112 and sealing ring can be ensured Connection reliability, it is to avoid cup bottom 112 is in moving process, sealing ring and cup bottom 112 depart from.

Thus, after the cup bottom 112 of the dirt cup component 100 is assembled with cup body 111, it can be limited by the fit structure of the two The radial motion at cup bottom 112 and the amplitude of folding angle, improve structure motion reliability.

Coiling hook 53 in Handleset 500 according to the utility model embodiment is described below with reference to Figure 80-Figure 85.

As shown in Figure 80, according to the Handleset 500 of the utility model embodiment, including：Handle housing 52 and coiling hook 53。

Specifically, handle housing 52 holds portion 521 and connecting portion 522 including handle, and connecting portion 522 is held portion 521 with handle and is connected；Around Line hook 53 is arranged on connecting portion 522, and is limited between coiling hook 53 and connecting portion 522 outside winding space, coiling hook 53 Surface is made up of smooth surface or constituted by seamlessly transitting connected smooth surface and plane.That is, coiling hook 53 Outer surface can be made up of smooth surface, and the outer surface of coiling hook 53 can also be by seamlessly transitting connected smooth surface and plane Constitute.Thus, it is possible on the premise of the power line that is effectively fastened, the outward appearance of beautification coiling hook 53, enhancing coiling hook 53 Structural strength.

According to the Handleset 500 of the utility model embodiment, it can effectively fix and wind power line, appearance looks elegant, Structural strength is high.Further, it is also possible to avoid damage to power line.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 81-Figure 83, coiling hook 53 can include first half-shell 531 and second half-shell 532, the 532 pairs of spellings of first half-shell 531 and the second half-shell are connected, to limit accommodation space, it is possible thereby to It is easy to the assembly and disassembly of coiling hook 53, is easy to processing and manufacturing, also allows for realizing the detachable of coiling hook 53 and handle housing 52 Connection.Further, the half-shell 532 of first half-shell 531 and second is formed with art designing line to spelling junction, and art designing line is smooth song Line or to seamlessly transit connected smooth curve and straight line.So as to further beautify the outward appearance of coiling hook 53 so that The outward appearance of Handleset 500 is more attractive in appearance.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, can have coordinate boss as shown in Figure 82, in first half-shell 531 5311, cooperation can be had by coordinating boss 5311 to be looped around in the inner side of the contour edge of first half-shell 531, the second half-shell 532 Concave station 5321, coordinates concave station 5321 to be looped around the inner side of the contour edge of the second half-shell 532, coordinates boss 5311 with coordinating concave station 5321 docking coordinate so that the half-shell 532 of first half-shell 531 and second to spell junction formed art designing line.Thus, it is possible to reduce Amount of parts, makes the junction of the half-shell 532 of first half-shell 531 and second fit together perfectly, so that further beautification coiling hook 53 Outward appearance.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 82 and Figure 85, there can be two in first half-shell 531 First buckle part 5312, two the first buckle parts 5312 can be located at the two ends of the center bone line of first half-shell 531, the second half-shell There can be two the second buckle parts 5322 in 532, two the second buckle parts 5322 can be located at the center bone of the second half-shell 532 The two ends of line, two the second buckle parts 5322 coordinate with two corresponding button bits of the first buckle part 5312.So as to realize first Half-shell 531 and second half-shell 532 connects to joining.

Advantageously, at least one first buckle part 5312 is interference fitted with corresponding second buckle part 5322, that is to say, that It can be interference fitted with the first buckle part of only one 5312 with corresponding second buckle part 5322, can also two the first buckle parts 5312 are interference fitted respectively at corresponding second buckle part 5322, thus, it is possible to improve the half-shell of first half-shell 531 and second 532 pairs join the reliability connect, while avoiding the end of coiling hook 53 from producing gap, further aesthetic appeal.

In certain embodiments, as shown in Figure 80 and Figure 84, connecting portion 522 can be tubular, and coiling hook 53 can include Line portion 533 and support line portion 534 are kept off, support line portion 534 is connected between gear line portion 533 and connecting portion 522, and winding space is limited to gear Between line portion 533, support line portion 534 and connecting portion 522, power cord wrap keeps off line portion in dragging line portion and in winding space 533 are used to prevent power line from dropping.Wherein, axial direction (such as Figure 84 of the bearing of trend and connecting portion 522 in gear line portion 533 Shown in above-below direction) general parallel orientation, as shown in Figure 81, and minor distance of W between gear line portion 533 and connecting portion 522 can With more than or equal to 22mm.Thus, it is possible to the demand of power cord winding multi-turn (such as more than 7 circles) be met, so as to meet length The coiling demand of the longer power line of degree.

Preferably, reference picture 81, gear line portion 533 exceed support line portion 534 and the height H of the part for keeping off line can be with More than or equal to 25mm.Thus, it is possible to the demand of power cord winding multi-turn (such as more than 7 circles) be met, so as to meet length The coiling demand of longer power line, while preventing power line from slipping.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, can have as shown in Figure 81 and Figure 84, on coiling hook 53 is used to block Determine the locking strutcture 535 of power line, locking strutcture 535 is located at beyond winding space, thus, it is possible to block using locking strutcture 535 Hold the plug of power line, it is to avoid power line hangs low, avoid power line from sliding simultaneously in aesthetic appeal.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 84, locking strutcture 535 can include：Locking groove 5351 and two locking raised 5352, card Determine on the outer surface that groove 5351 is formed in coiling hook 53, two locking raised 5352 are located in locking groove 5351, and two locking Projection 5352 is oppositely arranged on the width of locking groove 5351, is limited and locking groove between two locking raised 5352 The locking entrance of 5351 connections, the power line of neighbouring power-line plug can be caught in locking groove 5351 from locking entrance, so that Realize the effect of fixed power source line plug.

Preferably, reference picture 84, the minimum range B between two locking raised 5352 can be 3mm~4.5mm, thus, Power-line plug can also be avoided to slide, so as to ensure while ensureing that power line is successfully caught in locking groove 5351 The reliability and stability fixed to power-line plug.

Advantageously, reference picture 84, the length direction of locking groove 5351 can be vertical direction, so as to more facilitate user to exist Power-line plug is caught in after power cord wrap, it is easy to operate.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, can have as shown in Figure 81-Figure 83, on connecting portion 522 and install convex Platform 5221, coiling hook 53 is installed in rotation on installation base 5221, thus, is easily installed coiling hook 53, and user can be with Coiling hook 53 is rotated as needed, so as to adjust the position and direction of coiling hook 53.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 81, a side end face (such as front end of the coiling hook 53 shown in Figure 81 of coiling hook 53 Face) on can have suit hole 5303, suit hole 5303 be connected with accommodation space.There can be neck pan portion on installation base 5221 5222 and block plate portion 5223, neck pan portion 5222 and block plate portion 5223 are from installation base 5221 along being directed away from the side of connecting portion 522 Extend successively to (such as the direction from front to back shown in Figure 81), wherein, neck pan portion 5222 can turn with suit hole 5303 Coordinate dynamicly, the diameter in block plate portion 5223 can be more than the diameter of neck pan portion 5222, and block plate portion 5223 can be located at coiling hook In 53, now, the edge in suit hole 5303 can be limited between block plate portion 5223 and installation base 5221, thus, it is possible to Under the premise of realizing that coiling hook 53 is mounted opposite boss 5221 rotatably, it is to avoid coiling hook 53 comes off from installation base 5221, So as to improve the reliability connected between coiling hook 53 and installation base 5221.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 83 and Figure 85, can have first in block plate portion 5223 Can have and the first keeper location fit in keeper (such as positioning convex 5225 described below), coiling hook 53 Second keeper (such as detent 5302 described below), thus, is positioned by the first keeper and the second keeper Coordinate, coiling hook 53 can be avoided arbitrarily to be rotated on installation base 5221, that is to say, that from can realizing and fix coiling hook 53 In a certain angle position of installation base 5221, the rotational positioning of coiling hook 53 is realized.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 83 and Figure 85, the second keeper can be two, and two the second keepers can be located at Both sides in the diametric(al) of block plate portion 5223, during coiling hook 53 is mounted opposite the rotation of boss 5221, two second are determined Position part replaces cooperation with the first keeper.For example, when the first keeper and one of them second keeper location fit, this When, the gear line portion 533 of coiling hook 53 can vertically be upwardly extended, winding space it is opening up, when by coiling hook 53 Rotate after 180 °, the first keeper and another the second keeper location fit, now, the gear line portion 533 of coiling hook 53 is along perpendicular Nogata to extending downwardly, winding space it is opening down.That is, by setting two the second keepers and the first keeper Alternately coordinate, coiling hook 53 can be alternately fixed on to two positions along the circumferencial direction of installation base 5221 so that Yong Huke To adjust the position of coiling hook 53 and the opening direction of winding space according to actual conditions, realize that the rotation of coiling hook 53 is determined Position.

Certainly, the second keeper can also be that three or four, three or four the second keepers can replace and first Keeper coordinates so that the opening of the winding space of coiling hook 53 can also be towards left or towards right side etc..

Preferably, as shown in Figure 82 and Figure 83, the first keeper can be to be located at determining in the peripheral wall surfaces in block plate portion 5223 Position projection 5225, the second keeper can be detent 5302, and detent 5302 be limited to two be arranged in parallel half Between cylindrical protrusions 5301.By the way that positioning convex 5225 is stuck in detent 5302, coiling hook 53 can be limited and rotated, So as to play the effect of fixed coiling hook 53.

Advantageously, as shown in Figure 83, can have in block plate portion 5223 along its axial direction (such as front and back shown in Figure 83 To) deep-slotted chip breaker 5224 of insertion, positioning convex 5225 is located in the outside wall surface of deep-slotted chip breaker 5224, and deep-slotted chip breaker 5224 can increase fixed The elasticity of the outside wall surface of position projection 5225, when positioning convex 5225 is caught in detent 5302, the outside wall surface of deep-slotted chip breaker 5224 Can occur elastic deformation so that positioning convex 5225 can smoothly cross semi-cylindrical projection 5301 and be caught in detent 5302 In.

The Handleset 500 according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 80-Figure 85.

Reference picture 80, Handleset 500 includes：Handle housing 52 and coiling hook 53.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 80, handle housing 52 holds portion 521 including handle and holds the connecting portion that portion 521 is connected with handle 522；Connecting portion 522 is tubular, and having on connecting portion 522 on installation base 5221, installation base 5221 has along side backward To the neck pan portion 5222 and block plate portion 5223 extended successively, the diameter in block plate portion 5223 is more than the diameter of neck pan portion 5222, gear Have in pan portion 5223 along its axially through deep-slotted chip breaker 5224, the outside wall surface of deep-slotted chip breaker 5224 is provided with being used as the first keeper Positioning convex 5225.

There is the second keeper with the first keeper location fit in coiling hook 53.Second keeper is two and is located at Both sides in the diametric(al) of block plate portion 5223, the second keeper be limited to two semi-cylindricals be arrangeding in parallel projection 5301 it Between detent 5302.

Coiling hook 53 by first half-shell 531 with the second half-shell 532 to spell shape into the outer surface of coiling hook 53 is by smooth surface Constitute or constituted by seamlessly transitting connected smooth surface and plane, have in first half-shell 531 and be looped around first half-shell There is the contour edge for being looped around the second half-shell 532 in cooperation boss 5311 on the inside of 531 contour edge, the second half-shell 532 The cooperation concave station 5321 of inner side, coordinates boss 5311 with coordinating bumps to dock cooperation so that the half-shell 532 of first half-shell 531 and second To spell junction formed art designing line.Art designing line is smooth curve or is to seamlessly transit connected smooth curve and straight line.

There are two the first buckle parts 5312 positioned at the center Gu Xian two ends of first half-shell 531 in first half-shell 531, the There are two the second buckle parts 5322 positioned at the center Gu Xian two ends of the second half-shell 532, two the second button bits in two half-shells 532 Part 5322 and two corresponding button bits of the first buckle part 5312 are simultaneously interference fitted.

The support line portion 534 that coiling hook 53 includes gear line portion 533 and is connected between gear line portion 533 and connecting portion 522, keeps off line The bearing of trend in portion 533 and the axial direction general parallel orientation of connecting portion 522, gear line portion 533 exceeds support line portion 534 and is used for The height for keeping off the part of line is more than or equal to 25mm.Holding in the palm in the anterior end surface in line portion 534 has suit hole 5303, neck pan portion 5222 with Suit hole 5303 is rotatably engaged, and block plate portion 5223 is located in coiling hook 53.Keep off between line portion 533 and connecting portion 522 most Small distance is more than or equal to 22mm.

The outer surface of coiling hook 53 is provided with locking strutcture 535, and locking strutcture 535 includes：Locking groove 5351 and it is located at card Determine two locking raised 5352 be oppositely arranged in groove 5351 and on the width of locking groove 5351, two locking projections Minimum range between 5352 is to limit the card connected with locking groove 5351 between 3mm~4.5mm, two locking raised 5352 It is incorporated into mouth.The length direction of locking groove 5351 is vertical direction.

According to the Handleset 500 of the utility model embodiment, the cooperation boss 5311 of the first half-shell 531 of coiling hook 53 Coordinate with the cooperation concave station 5321 of the second half-shell 532, improve coordinate reliability, and the half-shell 532 of first half-shell 531 and second it Between cooperation use art designing line, and transitions smooth, it is to avoid produce sharp parts, it is to avoid damage power line and cause danger.Simultaneously The first buckle part 5312 is set in the half-shell 532 of first half-shell 531 and second to be interference fitted with the second buckle part 5322, it is possible to reduce Screw, while avoiding the end of coiling hook 53 from producing gap.

In addition, being more than or equal to 22mm, and gear line portion by setting the minimum range between gear line portion 533 and connecting portion 522 533 exceed support line portion 534 and be used for the height for keeping off the part of line more than or equal to 25mm, can meet reference power supply line coiling The requirement of the 7 circle above.And the locking strutcture 535 of locking power line is provided in the outside of coiling hook 53, can be by around complete Power line is easy to snap into and is fixed in locking groove 5351.In addition, by setting positioning convex 5225 and detent 5302, The rotational positioning of coiling hook 53 can also be realized.

The He of cylinder block set 300 of hand-held cleaners T according to the utility model embodiment is described below with reference to Figure 86-Figure 93 The connected mode of Handleset 500.

As shown in Figure 86-Figure 89, according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, including：Cylinder block set 300, insert Connect end seat 37 and Handleset 500.

Specifically, cylinder block set 300 includes casing 31；Grafting end seat 37 is arranged in casing 31, and grafting end seat 37 is wrapped Include trunk portion 371 and the first anti-rotation structure (such as convex tendon 3711 described below) being located in trunk portion 371；Handleset 500 include extension 51, one end (such as the lower end of the extension 51 shown in Figure 86) of extension 51 stretch into casing 31 and It is set in trunk portion 371, one end of extension 51 has the second anti-rotation structure (such as groove 512 described below), the Two anti-rotation structures and the first anti-rotation structure coordinate, so that extension 51 is not rotatable with respect to grafting end seat 37, so that handle Component 500 is not rotatable with respect to grafting end seat 37, so as to limit the rotation of Handleset 500.

Further, there can be the 3rd anti-rotation structure (such as positioning hole described below and first gear in casing 31 Plane 3105), grafting end seat 37 includes the 4th anti-rotation structure (such as locating dowel 372 described below and second gear plane 3731), the 4th anti-rotation structure and the 3rd anti-rotation structure coordinate, so that grafting end seat 37 is not rotatable with respect to casing 31.So that Handleset 500 is obtained not rotatable with respect to grafting end seat 37, so as to limit the rotation of Handleset 500.

When assembling Handleset 500, it is possible to use the second anti-rotation structure of the lower end of extension 51 and grafting end seat 37 First anti-rotation structure is engaged, so as to limit rotation of the extension 51 relative to grafting end seat 37, then recycles the 3rd anti-rotation knot Structure and the 4th anti-rotation structure coordinate, and rotation of the grafting end seat 37 relative to casing 31 are limited, thus, it is possible to limit Handleset 500 Rotated relative to casing 31, that is to say, that, it is ensured that Handleset 500 is not rotatable with respect to casing 31, so as to realize Handleset 500 With being stably connected with for casing 31.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, by setting grafting end seat 37, and grafting end seat 37 is utilized Casing 31 and extension 51 are connected, thus, it is possible to the rotation of Handleset 500 effectively be limited, so as to avoid extension 51 from inserting The problem of entering disabler caused by the not in place and direction deflection of Handleset 500.Further, it is also possible to solve the end of extension 51 The potential safety hazard of sharp edge.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 86-Figure 88, the first anti-rotation structure can be to be located at cylinder Convex tendon 3711 in the peripheral wall surfaces in portion 371, the second anti-rotation structure can be for through the one of the tube wall of extension 51 and extension 51 The groove 512 of end face (such as the end face of the lower end of extension 51 shown in Figure 88) is held, by the way that convex tendon 3711 is inserted into groove 512 It is interior so that the both sides end face in the width direction of convex tendon 3711 is against in the two side walls of the width of groove 512, so as to It is simple in construction to ensure that extension 51 is not rotatable with respect to grafting end seat 37, it is easy to process.

Preferably, groove 512 is " u "-shaped groove, with reference to Figure 88, and groove 512 is to be recessed upwards from the lower surface of extension 51 " u "-shaped groove, the relative two side wall of U-lag is perpendicular to the lower surface of extension 51, roof and the two side circular arc of U-lag Transition.So as to the further structure for simplifying groove 512, it is easy to processing.

In certain embodiments, convex tendon 3711 is along from the direction of grafting end seat 37 to extension 51 (such as institute in Figure 88 The direction from the bottom up shown) extension, and the extending end of convex tendon 3711 end face (such as convex tendon 3711 shown in Figure 88 it is upper End face) it is configured to smooth surface.Thus, it is possible to avoid convex tendon 3711 from there is the potential safety hazard of sharp edge, it is to avoid drawn in assembling process Hinder user.

Advantageously, as shown in Figure 88, along from grafting end seat 37 to extension 51 direction (such as shown in Figure 88 from Under direction up), extending end (such as the upper end of the convex tendon 3711 shown in Figure 88) width of convex tendon 3711 can be gradually Reduce.Thus, during convex tendon 3711 and the grafting of groove 512, the extending end of convex tendon 3711 can play positioning and guiding Effect, improve efficiency of assembling.

With reference to Figure 88, circular sliding slopes between the two side walls of the upper surface and convex tendon 3711 of convex tendon 3711 in the width direction, So as to not only the end face of convex tendon 3711 be avoided to there is the potential safety hazard of sharp edge, while the upper end of convex tendon 3711 can also be made to exist Width is gradually reduced on direction from top to bottom, so as to play a part of guiding.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, the first anti-rotation structure can be to be multiple, and multiple first anti-rotation structures Can be evenly spaced apart in the circumference of trunk portion 371, the second anti-rotation structure to be multiple, and multiple second anti-rotation structures with it is many Individual first anti-rotation structure, which is corresponded, to be coordinated.Thus, it is possible to rotation of the extension 51 relative to grafting end seat 37 is further limited, from And it is further ensured that Handleset 500 is not relatively rotatable with casing 31.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, can also have as shown in Figure 88, in the peripheral wall surfaces of trunk portion 371 many Individual rib 3712, multiple ribs 3712 are put in circumferentially-spaced open up of trunk portion 371, and multiple ribs 3712 are along trunk portion 371 axial direction (such as the above-below direction shown in Figure 88) extension, when assembling grafting end seat 37 with extension 51, trunk portion 371 are stretched into extension 51 so that multiple ribs 3712 are against on the internal face of extension 51, and realize trunk portion 371 with prolonging The internal face interference fit of pipe 51 is stretched, so as to the rotation of further limitation extension 51.In addition, to ensure trunk portion 371 While being interference fitted using rib 3712 with extension 51, convex tendon 3711 may be inserted into limitation extension in groove 512 51 rotate, and therefore, the thickness of each rib 3712 can be respectively less than the thickness of convex tendon 3711.So that the structure of trunk portion 371 is more Adduction is managed.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 88, Figure 92 and Figure 93, the cross section of trunk portion 371 can Annular is thought, thus, it is possible to which that realizes trunk portion 371 and extension 51 when rotating plugs cooperation, so as to reduce by first The alignment difficulty of anti-rotation structure and the second anti-rotation structure, improves efficiency of assembling, and structure is more reasonable.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 90, the 3rd anti-rotation structure can include positioning hole and two Individual first gear plane 3105, two radially extending along positioning hole of first gear plane 3105, and two first gear planes 3105 In the radially opposite sides of positioning hole, the 4th anti-rotation structure includes locating dowel 372 and two second gear planes 3731, two the second gears Face 3731 is radially extended along locating dowel 372, and two second gear planes 3731 are located at the radially opposite sides of locating dowel 372, positioning The location fit of post 372 is in positioning hole, and two second gear planes 3731 are only against the homonymy of two first gear planes 3105 respectively, Here homonymy refers to, when a second gear plane 3731 is only against the rear side of one of first gear plane 3105, another Second gear plane 3731 is also only against the rear side of another first gear plane 3105, thus, it is possible to limitation grafting end seat 37 simultaneously Rotated along clockwise direction with anticlockwise, so as to ensure that grafting end seat 37 is not rotatable with casing 31.

In a specific embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 93 and Fig. 9, grafting end seat 37 can also include half Cylinder 373, semicolumn 373 and locating dowel 372 are coaxial, and are set in the outside of locating dowel 372, and being located at for semicolumn 373 is positioned Two surface structures of the radially opposite sides of post 372 are into two second gear planes 3731.Thus, it is possible to further improve two second The intensity in gear face 3731, raising second gear plane 3731 can with the rotation of the cooperation limitation grafting of first gear plane 3105 end seat 37 By property.

The hand-held cleaners T according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 86-Figure 93.

Reference picture 86, hand-held cleaners T includes：Cylinder block set 300, grafting end seat 37 and Handleset 500, wherein, insert Connecing end seat 37 is used to Handleset 500 being connected to cylinder block set 300, to prevent Handleset 500 with respect to cylinder block set 300 Rotate.Alternatively, grafting end seat 37 can be working of plastics.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 86, cylinder block set 300 includes having the 3rd anti-rotation structure, the 3rd in casing 31, casing 31 Anti-rotation structure includes two first gear planes of positioning hole and the radially opposite sides for radially extending and being located at positioning hole along positioning hole 3105。

Grafting end seat 37 is arranged in casing 31, and grafting end seat 37 includes trunk portion 371, locating dowel 372 and semicolumn 373, the cross section of trunk portion 371 is annular, and the peripheral wall surfaces of trunk portion 371 are provided with the convex tendon as the first anti-rotation structure 3711, the direction extension of axial direction of the convex tendon 3711 along trunk portion 371 from the bottom up, and the upper surface of convex tendon 3711 is configured to light Sliding curved surface.Along direction from the bottom up, the upper end width of convex tendon 3711 is gradually reduced.Also have in the peripheral wall surfaces of trunk portion 371 There are vertically extending multiple ribs 3712, multiple ribs 3712 are evenly-spaced in the circumference of trunk portion 371 to be set, And the thickness of each rib 3712 is respectively less than the thickness of convex tendon 3711.

Locating dowel 372 and semicolumn 373 are coaxially disposed with trunk portion 371 and are connected to the lower end of main part, semicolumn 373 are set in the outside of locating dowel 372, and two surface structures of the radially opposite sides positioned at locating dowel 372 of semicolumn 373 are into two Individual second gear plane 3731.

Handleset 500 includes extension 51, and the lower end of extension 51 is stretched into casing 31, and the lower end of extension 51 has Through extension 51 tube wall and extension 51 lower surface groove 512, groove 512 be " u "-shaped groove.

When assembling grafting end seat 37 with extension 51, trunk portion 371 is inserted in extension 51, and block convex tendon 3711 Enter in groove 512；When assembling grafting end seat 37 with cylinder block set 300, locating dowel 372 is inserted in positioning hole, and make two Second gear plane 3731 is against the same side of two first gear planes 3105 respectively.So as to limit the phase of Handleset 500 To rotating.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, spacing effect can be played using grafting end seat 37, is had The rotation of effect ground limitation Handleset 500；Insert it is not in place in the case of, extension 51 can freely rotate, it is to avoid insert less than The problem of position and the direction deflection of Handleset 500 bring disabler.The sharp edge potential safety hazard of extension 51 is solved simultaneously.

Fan assembly 32 in the cylinder block set 300 according to the utility model embodiment is described below with reference to Figure 94-Figure 100 Centralized positioning mode.

As shown in Figure 94-Figure 96, according to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, including：Casing 31, blower fan group Part 32 and air intake seal 324.

Specifically, it is formed with fresh air inlet 3101 on casing 31；Fan assembly 32 is located in casing 31, and fan assembly 32 is wrapped Blower fan 321 and drive device 322 are included, drive device 322 is connected with blower fan 321 for driving blower fan 321 to rotate, and blower fan 321 has There is the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 stretched into fresh air inlet 3101；During blower fan 321 works, air-flow can pass through fresh air inlet 3101 Into in the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 of blower fan 321.

The sealing of air intake seal 324 is located between fresh air inlet 3101 and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213.Thus, it is possible to avoid air-flow from Clearance leakage between fresh air inlet 3101 and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213, it is ensured that enter the gas of fresh air inlet 3101 completely into air intake duct In mouth 3213, so as to improve the gettering efficiency of blower fan 321, it is ensured that the grey effect of the suction of hand-held cleaners.In addition, air intake seal 324 can also play the effect of vibration damping, reduction vibration to blower fan 321.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, by setting air intake seal 324 to be used to seal air admission hole Between the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213, thus, it is possible to ensure the sealing property between air admission hole and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213, blower fan is improved 321 gettering efficiency, it is ensured that the grey efficiency of the suction of hand-held cleaners.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, can have extend to outside casing 31 as shown in Figure 96, on casing 31 Assembling seat 318, fresh air inlet 3101 through assembling seat 318.Thus, it is possible to which so that the inside of casing 31 connects with outside It is logical, when blower fan 321 works, it is possible to achieve outside air is sucked to the air-breathing mouth of pipe positioned at casing 31 by fresh air inlet 3101 In 3213.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 96, there can be backstop on the hole wall of fresh air inlet 3101 Muscle 31011, backstop muscle 31011 is used for outside (such as air intake seal shown in Figure 96 for being only against air intake seal 324 324 downside), to prevent (such as downward shown in Figure 96) movement to outside fresh air inlet 3101 of air intake seal 324, thus, The assembly precision of fan assembly 32 can not only be ensured, while the sealing effectiveness of air intake seal 324 can also be further improved, So as to more effectively prevent gas leakage, it is ensured that the gettering efficiency of blower fan 321.

Preferably, reference picture 96, backstop muscle 31011 can be, around the fresh air inlet annular rib of 3,101 1 weeks, so, to enter The lower surface of wind seal 324 can be against on the upper surface of backstop muscle 31011, thus, and backstop muscle 31011 can effectively be prevented Only air intake seal 324 is moved to the outside of fresh air inlet 3101, so as to be further ensured that the sealing effectiveness of air intake seal 324.

Certainly, backstop muscle 31011 can also be along the circumferentially spaced multiple convex tendons of fresh air inlet 3101, as long as can realize Limitation air intake seal 324 is displaced outwardly.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 96, blower fan 321 can include blower cover 3211 and be located at Fan blade disc 3212 in blower cover 3211, the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 is by the axial end of blower cover 3211 (such as shown in Figure 96 The lower surface of blower cover 3211) to outside blower cover 3211 (such as the downwardly direction shown in Figure 96) extension formed, air intake is close The axial end gluing, sealing of sealing 324 simultaneously with blower cover 3211.So as to realize air intake seal 324 and blower cover Being tightly connected between 3211, prevents gas leakage.

Advantageously, as shown in Figure 96, the axial end of blower cover 3211 can be for along air intake direction (such as institute in Figure 96 The direction from the bottom up shown) the taper type surface that gradually increases of cross section.So, during fan assembly 32 is installed, Air intake seal 324 can be enclosed on the taper type surface of blower cover 3211, by using the taper type table of blower cover 3211 Face can realize the quick location and installation of fan assembly 32, improve efficiency of assembling.

Preferably, as shown in Figure 96, air intake seal 324 can be sealing ring, inner ring surface and the air-breathing mouth of pipe of sealing ring 3213 outer peripheral face gluing, sealing, and the outer ring surface and the hole wall gluing, sealing of air admission hole of sealing ring, the axially inner side of sealing ring The axial end gluing, sealing of end face (such as the upper surface of the sealing ring shown in Figure 96) and blower cover 3211.Thus, it is possible to Further realized and be tightly connected between the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 and fresh air inlet 3101 using air intake seal 324, improve the air-breathing mouth of pipe Sealed reliability between 3213 and fresh air inlet 3101, so as to ensure the gettering efficiency of blower fan 321.

Preferably, drive device 322 can be motor, thus, it is possible to ensure the drive efficiency to blower fan 321.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 94-Figure 96, there can be exhaust vent on casing 31 3104, casing 31 is interior to have the body air duct connected between fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104, and fan assembly 32 is accommodated In body air duct, when fan assembly 32 works, in the presence of blower fan 321, air-flow can enter machine from fresh air inlet 3101 In body air channel, then discharge from exhaust vent 3104.Further, there can be air guide member in casing 31, air guide member is located at exhaust vent At 3104, and air guide member can be such that the air-flow in body air duct tilts upward relative to surface to be cleaned by exhaust vent 3104 to send Go out, thus, it is possible to be effectively prevented from from the dust below the scattered hand-held cleaners of wind of the blowout of exhaust vent 3104, so as to ensure hand Hold the dust removing effects of dust catcher.

The cylinder block set 300 according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 94-Figure 100.

Reference picture 94- Figure 96, cylinder block set 300 includes：Casing 31, fan assembly 32, the first vibration-damped component 323 and air intake are close Sealing 324, wherein, there is the first mounting seat 317 being oppositely arranged along the vertical direction and assembling seat 318 in casing 31；The One mounting seat 317 is located at the top of assembling seat 318, and assembling seat 318 is located at the outside of the lower end of casing 31.First vibration damping Part 323 is rubber parts, and air intake seal 324 is rubber parts.

Fan assembly 32 is arranged in casing 31 and between the first mounting seat 317 and assembling seat 318.Blower fan group Part 32 includes blower fan 321 and drive device 322, and blower fan 321 includes blower cover 3211 and the fan blade disc being located in blower cover 3211 3212, drive device 322 is connected with fan blade disc 3212 by transmission shaft driven, to drive fan blade disc 3212 to rotate.Drive device 322 be motor.

Specifically, there is fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104, fresh air inlet 3101 is formed in assembling seat on casing 31 On 318 and through assembling seat 318, blower fan 321 has the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 stretched into fresh air inlet 3101, blower cover 3211 Axial end be the taper type surface that gradually increases along air intake direction cross section, the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 is by blower cover 3211 Axial end extends formation to outside blower cover 3211.

On the hole wall of fresh air inlet 3101 have only be against the outside of air intake seal 324 with prevent air intake seal 324 to The outer mobile backstop muscle 31011 of fresh air inlet 3101.Backstop muscle 31011 is around the fresh air inlet annular rib of 3,101 1 weeks.

Have connection between fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104 in casing 31 and accommodate the body wind of fan assembly 32 Have in road, casing 31 and be located at exhaust vent 3104 and make the air-flow in body air duct by exhaust vent 3104 relative to be cleaned Surface tilts upward the air guide member of submitting.

First mounting seat 317 includes left plate, right plate and the upside of extension in from the inner panel of casing 31 towards casing 31 Plate, wherein, the upper end of left plate and the upper end of right plate are connected and vertical with epipleural, and coordinate and limit for installing the The three-dimensional lumen of one vibration-damped component 323, the upper surface of the epipleural of the first mounting seat 317 provided with upwardly extend and with the phase of casing 31 Reinforcement 3172 even, downwardly projecting and spaced apart multiple vibration damping muscle in left-right direction are formed with the lower surface of epipleural Bar 3171.

The shape adaptation for the three-dimensional lumen that the outer peripheral face of first vibration-damped component 323 and the first mounting seat 317 are limited, first subtracts Shake part 323 upper surface on be formed with the circular vibration damping through hole 3231 managed run through along the vertical direction, the following table of the first vibration-damped component 323 Depression upwards and the square mounting groove 3232 for installing drive device 322, and the radial ruler of mounting groove 3232 are formed with face The very little radial dimension more than vibration damping through hole 3231.The second vibration damping groove being recessed upwards is formed with the roof of mounting groove 3232 32302, the second vibration damping groove 32302 is included around vibration damping through hole 3231 weeks along spaced apart multiple.Outside first vibration-damped component 323 The left side wall and right side wall of side face are provided between the first outwardly convex tendon 32303, the first adjacent convex tendon 32303 and limited Go out the first vibration damping groove 32301, the first convex tendon 32303 it is vertically extending and including from the inwall of casing 31 into casing 31 between Every the multiple of arrangement.

Air intake seal 324 is formed with the 3rd vibration damping being downwardly concaved in circular on the upper surface of air intake seal 324 Groove 32401, and the 3rd vibration damping groove 32401 includes many of the central axis uniform intervals arrangement around air intake seal 324 It is individual, the second convex tendon 32402 of narrower width is limited between the 3rd adjacent vibration damping groove 32401.

When installing fan assembly 32, the first vibration-damped component 323 is located between the first mounting seat 317 and drive device 322；Tool Body, a part for the first vibration-damped component 323 is stretched into the first mounting seat 317, and the upper surface of the first vibration-damped component 323 is against first On the vibration damping rib 3171 of mounting seat 317, and the left side and right side of the first vibration-damped component 323 are supported by the first convex tendon 32303 On the left plate and right plate of the first mounting seat 317.A part for drive device 322 is stretched into mounting groove 3232, and driving The upper surface of device 322 is against on the roof of mounting groove 3232.

Air intake seal 324 can be sealing ring, and air intake seal 324 is located at into assembling seat 318 and blower cover Between 3211, specifically, air intake seal 324 is enclosed on the taper type surface of the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213, then air intake is sealed The lower end of part 324 is against on the backstop muscle 31011 in fresh air inlet 3101, now, inner ring surface and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 of sealing ring Outer peripheral face gluing, sealing, and the outer ring surface and the hole wall gluing, sealing of air admission hole of sealing ring, the axially inner side end face of sealing ring With the axial end gluing, sealing of blower cover 3211, the lower surface of sealing ring and the upper surface gluing, sealing of backstop muscle 31011.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, by between motor and the first vibration-damped component 323, first Linear contact lay is used between the mounting seat 317 of vibration-damped component 323 and first and between blower cover 3211 and air intake seal 324, so that Fan assembly 32 and the area of the direct contact of casing 31 can be reduced, so as to reduce the transmission of vibration, Consumer's Experience is lifted.

In addition, the axial end of blower cover 3211 is set into taper type surface, it is possible to use the knot of itself of blower cover 3211 Structure coordinates air intake seal 324, the quick location and installation of fan assembly 32 is realized, in addition, by blower cover 3211 and air-breathing The air intake seal 324 of rubber parts is set between the inner peripheral surface of the mouth of pipe 3213, it is possible to use the self structure of fan assembly 32 is with entering Wind seal 324 coordinates the effect for reaching seal fan component 32 and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 jointly, improves sealing effectiveness.

According to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment, by setting the cylinder block set 300 of above-described embodiment, so that Improve the overall performance of hand-held cleaners.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, assembling seat can be extend into the exhaust outlet of dirt cup component.This The gas of exhaust outlet discharge from dirt cup component, when blower fan work, can be directly sucked in fresh air inlet, so as to reduce suction by sample Atmidometer, improves the gettering efficiency of blower fan.Moreover, the structure of hand-held cleaners can be compacter.

Fan assembly 32 in the cylinder block set 300 according to the utility model embodiment is described below with reference to Figure 94-Figure 100 Vibration damping mode.

As shown in Figure 94, according to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, including：Casing 31, fan assembly 32, First vibration-damped component 323 and the second vibration-damped component 324.

Specifically, there is the first mounting seat 317 and the second mounting seat 318, the first mounting seat 317 and the second peace in casing 31 Dress seat 318 is oppositely arranged, and fan assembly 32 is located in casing 31, and fan assembly 32 includes blower fan 321 and drive device 322, Drive device 322 is connected with blower fan 321, for driving blower fan 321 to rotate, the first vibration-damped component 323 be located at the first mounting seat 317 with Between drive device 322, for reducing the vibration transmission between the first mounting seat 317 and drive device 322；Second vibration-damped component 324 are located between the second mounting seat 318 and blower fan 321, and the vibration for reducing between the second mounting seat 318 and blower fan 321 is passed Pass.

Wherein, the relative engagement of at least one in the first vibration-damped component 323 and the first mounting seat 317 and drive device 322 Face is non-fully contacted, for example, can non-fully be contacted with the relative engagement face of the first mounting seat 317 with only the first vibration-damped component 323, It can non-fully be contacted with the relative engagement face of drive device 322 with only the first vibration-damped component 323, can also be the first vibration-damped component 323 With the relative engagement face of the relative engagement face of the first mounting seat 317 and the first vibration-damped component 323 and drive device 322 non-fully Contact.Thus, it is possible to reduce the direct contact surface between the first vibration-damped component 323 and the first mounting seat 317 and drive device 322 Product, so as to reduce the transmission of the vibration between the first mounting seat 317 and drive device 322, the entirety for reducing hand-held cleaners is shaken It is dynamic.

And/or, between the second vibration-damped component 324 and the second mounting seat 318 and blower fan 321 in the relative engagement of at least one Face is non-fully contacted.For example, can non-fully be contacted with the relative engagement face of the second mounting seat 318 with only the second vibration-damped component 324, It can non-fully be contacted with the relative engagement face of blower fan 321 with only the second vibration-damped component 324, can also be the second vibration-damped component 324 and The relative engagement face of two mounting seats 318 and the second vibration-damped component 324 are non-fully contacted with the relative engagement face of blower fan 321.By This, it is possible to reduce the contact area between the second vibration-damped component 324 and the second mounting seat 318 and blower fan 321, so as to reduce by the second peace The vibration filled between seat 318 and blower fan 321 is transmitted, and reduces the body vibration of hand-held cleaners.

Here, relative engagement face, which is non-fully contacted, refers to it is not the contact fitted completely between face and face, in other words, only phase A part to mating surface contacts with each other, for example, can be linear contact lay or point contact etc. between mating surface.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, by setting the first vibration-damped component 323 and the second vibration-damped component 324, and make the vibration damping mating surface and fan assembly 32 and casing 31 of the first vibration-damped component 323 and the second vibration-damped component 324 non-fully Contact, thus, it is possible to efficiently reduce the vibration of hand-held cleaners, reduces noise, lifts the use feeling of user.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 96, the first mounting seat 317 be used for and the first vibration-damped component 323 just subtract to that can have on the surface (such as the lower surface of the first mounting seat 317 shown in Figure 96) of cooperation towards first Shake the direction of part 323 protrusion (such as the protrusion in downward direction shown in Figure 96) vibration damping rib 3171.Thus, by using first Vibration damping rib 3171 in mounting seat 317 is contacted with the first vibration-damped component 323, it is possible to reduce the first mounting seat 317 and the first vibration damping Direct contact surface product between part 323, so as to reduce the vibration transmission between the first vibration-damped component 323 and the first mounting seat 317.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, reference picture 96 and Figure 97, the first vibration-damped component 323 be used for and first peace Dress seat 317 is just directed away from the first recessed vibration damping groove of the direction of the first mounting seat 317 to that can have on the surface of cooperation 32301.Thus, it is possible to reduce the contact area between the first vibration-damped component 323 and the first mounting seat 317, subtract so as to reduce first Vibration transmission between the mounting seat 317 of part 323 and first of shaking.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, reference picture 96 and Figure 98, the first vibration-damped component 323 be used for and driving fill 322 are put just to be directed away to that on the surface (such as the lower surface of the first vibration-damped component 323 shown in Figure 96) of cooperation can have The second vibration damping groove 32302 in the direction of drive device 322 recessed (such as recessed along the upwardly direction shown in Figure 96).By This, it is possible to reduce the contact area between the first vibration-damped component 323 and drive device 322, so as to reduce by the first vibration-damped component 323 with driving Vibration transmission between dynamic device 322.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, reference picture 96 and Figure 99, second vibration-damped component 324 are used for and blower fan 321 are just directed away from wind to that can have on the surface (such as the upper surface of the second vibration-damped component 324 shown in Figure 96) of cooperation The 3rd recessed vibration damping groove 32401 of the direction of machine 321 (such as the downwardly direction shown in Figure 96).Thus, it is possible to reduce Contact area between two vibration-damped components 324 and blower fan 321, so that the vibration reduced between the second vibration-damped component 324 and blower fan 321 is passed Pass.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 96 and Figure 99, the second vibration-damped component 324 is on annular shape, the upper surface of the second vibration-damped component 324 The 3rd vibration damping groove 32401 being downwardly concaved is formed with, and the 3rd vibration damping groove 32401 is included around the second vibration-damped component 324 It is multiple that central axis uniform intervals are arranged, second that narrower width is limited between the 3rd adjacent vibration damping groove 32401 is convex Muscle 32402, when the second vibration-damped component 324 coordinates with blower fan 321, the second contact with blower fan 321 of convex tendon 32402, so that It is linear contact lay between second vibration-damped component 324 and blower fan 321, thus, it is possible to greatly reduce the second vibration-damped component 324 and blower fan 321 Direct contact surface product, reduce vibration transmission, so as to reduce the vibration of hand-held cleaners.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 96, it can be limited in the first mounting seat 317 for filling Three-dimensional lumen with the first vibration-damped component 323, so, at least a portion of the first vibration-damped component 323 can be assemblied in the first mounting seat In 317 three-dimensional lumen, so as to improve the stability of the first vibration-damped component 323 installation.Further, can in the first vibration-damped component 323 To limit the three-dimensional lumen for assembling drive device 322, so, at least a portion of drive device 322 may be mounted at In the three-dimensional lumen of first vibration-damped component 323, so as to improve the stability and reliability of the installation of drive device 322.

With reference to Figure 96, the first mounting seat 317 includes the left plate of extension, right side in from the inwall of casing 31 towards casing 31 Plate and epipleural, wherein, the upper end of left plate and the upper end of right plate are connected with the left end and right-hand member of epipleural respectively, left plate With right plate with epipleural and vertical, left plate, right plate and epipleural and casing 31, which coordinate, to be limited for installing the The three-dimensional lumen of one vibration-damped component 323.The upper surface of the epipleural of first mounting seat 317 provided with upwardly extend and with the phase of casing 31 Downwardly projecting vibration damping rib 3171 is formed with reinforcement 3172 even, the lower surface of epipleural, vibration damping rib 3171 includes It is spaced apart multiple in left-right direction.A part for first vibration-damped component 323 is stretched into the three-dimensional lumen of the first mounting seat 317, And first the upper surface of vibration-damped component 323 be against on vibration damping rib 3171, to reduce vibration transmission.

Further, as shown in Figure 96-Figure 98, on the upper surface of the first vibration-damped component 323 pipe along the vertical direction is formed with to pass through The circular vibration damping through hole 3231 of the first vibration-damped component 323 is worn, because the upper surface of the first vibration-damped component 323 is and the first mounting seat 317 One of surface being engaged, now, vibration damping through hole 3231 can further reduce the first vibration-damped component 323 and the first mounting seat 317 Between direct contact surface product, reduce vibration.Radiated in addition, vibration damping through hole 3231 also helps drive device 322.First vibration damping Depression upwards and the mounting groove 3232 for installing drive device 322 are formed with the lower surface of part 323, mounting groove 3232 is with subtracting The through hole 3231 that shakes is connected and the section of mounting groove 3232 is square, and the radial dimension of mounting groove 3232 is more than vibration damping through hole 3231 Radial dimension.The second vibration damping groove 32302 being recessed upwards, the second vibration damping groove are formed with the roof of mounting groove 3232 32302 are included around vibration damping through hole 3231 weeks along spaced apart multiple.A part for drive device 322 stretches into mounting groove 3232 It is interior.

Further, as shown in Figure 97, the left side wall of the first vibration-damped component 323 subtracts provided with being clipped in adjacent two first The first convex tendon 32303 shaken between groove 32301, the right side wall of the first vibration-damped component 323 is provided with being clipped in adjacent two first The first convex tendon 32303 between vibration damping groove 32301, the first convex tendon 3202 is vertically extending, when the first vibration-damped component 323 is pacified When in the three-dimensional lumen in the first mounting seat 317, first convex tendon 32303 in the left side of the first vibration-damped component 323 is against the first peace On the left plate for filling seat 317, first convex tendon 32303 on the right side of the first vibration-damped component 323 is against the right plate of the first mounting seat 317 On, thus, it is possible to which the direct contact surface further reduced between the first vibration-damped component 323 and the first mounting seat 317 is accumulated, reduce vibration Transmission.In addition, the first convex tendon 32303 can also reduce resistance when the first vibration-damped component 323 is installed, efficiency of assembling is improved.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 96, the second mounting seat 318 is located at outside casing 31, and the There can be the fresh air inlet 3101 for running through the second mounting seat 318 along the thickness direction of the second mounting seat 318 in two mounting seats 318, Blower fan 321 has the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 stretched into fresh air inlet 3101, and during blower fan 321 works, air-flow can pass through Fresh air inlet 3101 enters in the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 of blower fan 321.Further, the second vibration-damped component 324 can be sealed in fresh air inlet Between 3101 and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213.Thus, it is possible to avoid gap of the air-flow between fresh air inlet 3101 and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 Leakage, it is ensured that enter the gas of fresh air inlet 3101 completely into the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213, so as to improve the air-breathing effect of blower fan 321 Rate.So that the second vibration-damped component 324 is while damping effect is played, also with sealed effect.

Further, as shown in Figure 96, blower fan 321 can include blower cover 3211 and the fan blade being located in blower cover 3211 Disk 3212, the second vibration-damped component 324 can be sealing ring, and the inner ring surface of sealing ring is fitted close with the outer peripheral face of the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 Envelope, and the outer ring surface and the hole wall gluing, sealing of air admission hole of sealing ring, the axially inner side end face of sealing ring is (such as shown in Figure 96 Sealing ring upper surface) with the axial end gluing, sealing of blower cover 3211.Thus, it is possible to further improve sealedly reliable Property, effectively prevent gas between the vibration-damped component 324 of fresh air inlet 3101 and second and the second vibration-damped component 324 and the air-breathing mouth of pipe Leaked between 3213, so as to ensure the gettering efficiency of blower fan 321.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 94- Figure 96 can have exhaust vent 3104 on casing 31, There is body air duct of the connection between fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104 in casing 31, and fan assembly 32 is contained in body In air channel, when fan assembly 32 works, in the presence of blower fan 321, air-flow can enter body air duct from fresh air inlet 3101 It is interior, then discharged from exhaust vent 3104.Further, there can be air guide member in casing 31, air guide member is located at exhaust vent 3104, And air guide member can make the air-flow in body air duct tilt upward submitting relative to surface to be cleaned by exhaust vent 3104, by This, the wind that can be effectively prevented from from the blowout of exhaust vent 3104 dissipates the dust below hand-held cleaners, so as to ensure hand-held suction The dust removing effects of dirt device.

The cylinder block set 300 according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 94-Figure 100.

Reference picture 94- Figure 96, cylinder block set 300 includes：Casing 31, fan assembly 32, the first vibration-damped component 323 and second subtract Shake part 324, wherein, there is the first mounting seat 317 and the second mounting seat 318 being oppositely arranged along the vertical direction in casing 31；The One mounting seat 317 is located at the top of the second mounting seat 318, and the second mounting seat 318 is located at the outside of the lower end of casing 31.First vibration damping Part 323 is rubber parts, and the second vibration-damped component 324 is rubber parts.

Fan assembly 32 is arranged in casing 31 and positioned between the first mounting seat 317 and the second mounting seat 318.Blower fan group Part 32 includes blower fan 321 and drive device 322, and blower fan 321 includes blower cover 3211 and the fan blade disc being located in blower cover 3211 3212, drive device 322 is connected with fan blade disc 3212 by transmission shaft driven, to drive fan blade disc 3212 to rotate.Drive device 322 be motor.

Specifically, there is fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104, fresh air inlet 3101 is formed in the second mounting seat on casing 31 On 318 and through the second mounting seat 318, blower fan 321 has the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 stretched into fresh air inlet 3101, blower cover 3211 Axial end be the taper type surface that gradually increases along air intake direction cross section, the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 is by blower cover 3211 Axial end extends formation to outside blower cover 3211.

On the hole wall of fresh air inlet 3101 have only be against the outside of the second vibration-damped component 324 with prevent the second vibration-damped component 324 to The outer mobile backstop muscle 31011 of fresh air inlet 3101.Backstop muscle 31011 is around the fresh air inlet annular rib of 3,101 1 weeks.

Have connection between fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104 in casing 31 and accommodate the body wind of fan assembly 32 Have in road, casing 31 and be located at exhaust vent 3104 and make the air-flow in body air duct by exhaust vent 3104 relative to be cleaned Surface tilts upward the air guide member of submitting.

First mounting seat 317 includes left plate, right plate and the upside of extension in from the inner panel of casing 31 towards casing 31 Plate, wherein, the upper end of left plate and the upper end of right plate are connected and vertical with epipleural, and coordinate and limit for installing the The three-dimensional lumen of one vibration-damped component 323, the upper surface of the epipleural of the first mounting seat 317 provided with upwardly extend and with the phase of casing 31 Reinforcement 3172 even, downwardly projecting and spaced apart multiple vibration damping muscle in left-right direction are formed with the lower surface of epipleural Bar 3171.

The shape adaptation for the three-dimensional lumen that the outer peripheral face of first vibration-damped component 323 and the first mounting seat 317 are limited, first subtracts Shake part 323 upper surface on be formed with the circular vibration damping through hole 3231 managed run through along the vertical direction, the following table of the first vibration-damped component 323 Depression upwards and the square mounting groove 3232 for installing drive device 322, and the radial ruler of mounting groove 3232 are formed with face The very little radial dimension more than vibration damping through hole 3231.The second vibration damping groove being recessed upwards is formed with the roof of mounting groove 3232 32302, the second vibration damping groove 32302 is included around vibration damping through hole 3231 weeks along spaced apart multiple.Outside first vibration-damped component 323 The left side wall and right side wall of side face are provided with the first convex tendon 32303 being clipped between two neighboring first vibration damping groove 32301, the One convex tendon 32303 it is vertically extending and including from the inwall of casing 31 into casing 31 it is spaced apart multiple.

Second vibration-damped component 324 is formed with the second vibration damping being downwardly concaved in circular on the upper surface of second vibration-damped component 324 Groove 32401, and the second vibration damping groove 32401 includes many of the central axis uniform intervals arrangement around the second vibration-damped component 324 It is individual, the second convex tendon 32402 of narrower width is limited between the second adjacent vibration damping groove 32401.

When installing fan assembly 32, the first vibration-damped component 323 is located between the first mounting seat 317 and drive device 322；Tool Body, a part for the first vibration-damped component 323 is stretched into the first mounting seat 317, and the upper surface of the first vibration-damped component 323 is against first On the vibration damping rib 3171 of mounting seat 317, and the left side and right side of the first vibration-damped component 323 are supported by the first convex tendon 32303 On the left plate and right plate of the first mounting seat 317.A part for drive device 322 is stretched into mounting groove 3232, and driving The upper surface of device 322 is against on the roof of mounting groove 3232.

Second vibration-damped component 324 can be sealing ring, and the second vibration-damped component 324 is located at into the second mounting seat 318 and blower cover Between 3211, specifically, the second vibration-damped component 324 is enclosed on the taper type surface of the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213, then by the second vibration damping The lower end of part 324 is against on the backstop muscle 31011 in fresh air inlet 3101, now, inner ring surface and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 of sealing ring Outer peripheral face gluing, sealing, and the outer ring surface and the hole wall gluing, sealing of air admission hole of sealing ring, the axially inner side end face of sealing ring With the axial end gluing, sealing of blower cover 3211, the lower surface of sealing ring and the upper surface gluing, sealing of backstop muscle 31011.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, by between motor and the first vibration-damped component 323, first Linear contact lay is used between the mounting seat 317 of vibration-damped component 323 and first and between the vibration-damped component 324 of blower cover 3211 and second, so that Fan assembly 32 and the area of the direct contact of casing 31 can be reduced, so as to reduce the transmission of vibration, Consumer's Experience is lifted.

In addition, the axial end of blower cover 3211 is set into taper type surface, it is possible to use the knot of itself of blower cover 3211 Structure coordinates the second vibration-damped component 324, the quick location and installation of fan assembly 32 is realized, in addition, by blower cover 3211 and air-breathing Second vibration-damped component 324 of rubber parts is set between the inner peripheral surface of the mouth of pipe 3213, it is possible to use the self structure of fan assembly 32 and the Two vibration-damped components 324 coordinate the effect for reaching seal fan component 32 and the air-breathing mouth of pipe 3213 jointly, improve sealing effectiveness.

The power line 33 of cylinder block set 300 according to the utility model embodiment is described below with reference to Figure 101-Figure 107 Fixed form.

As shown in Figure 101 and Figure 102, according to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, including：First handset shell 313rd, the second handset shell 314 and power line 33.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 102-Figure 105, there is power supply mounting seat 3131, the second handset shell on the first handset shell 313 314 are connected with the 313 pairs of spellings of the first handset shell, and it is empty to limit body between the second handset shell 314 and the first handset shell 313 jointly Drive device and fan assembly etc., power supply perforation 31313 and body can be installed in chamber and power supply perforation 31313, engine cavity Cavity is connected.

Power line 33 includes electric wire portion 331 and power supply installation portion 332, power supply installation portion 332 and the stationary phase of electric wire portion 331 Even, at least part of electric wire portion 331 is reached outside engine cavity by power supply perforation 31313, to be connected with external power source.Power supply is pacified Dress portion 332 is assemblied in power supply mounting seat 3131, is perforated with limiting power supply installation portion 332 by power supply mounting seat 3131 in power supply The free degree in 31313 inward-outward directions, so as to realize being fixedly connected for power supply installation portion 332 and power supply mounting seat 3131.

Here, it is necessary to which explanation, because power supply installation portion 332 is mounted in power supply mounting seat 3131, and power supply is pacified Dress seat 3131 is located on the first handset shell 313, that is to say, that when installing power line 33, it is only necessary to which power supply installation portion 332 is pacified On the first handset shell 313, and without the cooperation by the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314 come fixed power source line 33, situation not in place is fixed so as to be prevented effectively from power line 33, thus, power line 33 can be not only improved and fixation is installed Reliability, can also improve the efficiency of assembling of power line 33, save man-hour.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, by using the power supply mounting seat on the first handset shell 313 3131 are fixedly mounted the power supply installation portion 332 of power line 33, thus, it is possible to improve the reliability that power line 33 installs fixation, carry The efficiency of assembling of high power line 33, saves man-hour, reduces cost.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, reference picture 105, power supply mounting seat 3131 can include：Two first Postive stop baffle 313a, and/or the second postive stop baffle 313b and/or two the 3rd postive stop baffle 313c.For example, power supply mounting seat 3131 can only include two the first postive stop baffle 313a, can also only include the second postive stop baffle 313b, can also only include Two the 3rd postive stop baffle 313c；Power supply mounting seat 3131 can also include two the first postive stop baffle 313a and one second limit Position baffle plate 313b, can also include two the first postive stop baffle 313a and two the 3rd postive stop baffle 313c, can also include the Two postive stop baffle 313b and two the 3rd postive stop baffle 313c；Power supply mounting seat 3131 can also include two the first postive stop baffles 313a, the second postive stop baffle 313b and two the 3rd postive stop baffle 313c.

Wherein, in the bearing of trend (such as the above-below direction shown in Figure 103) of the center line along power supply perforation 31313 On, two the first postive stop baffle 313a can only be against both sides (such as electricity shown in Figure 103 of power supply installation portion 332 respectively The both sides up and down of source installation portion 332)；To limit the displacement of power supply installation portion 332 along the vertical direction.

Along the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314 to spelling direction (such as shown in Figure 101 and Figure 107 Left and right directions) on, the second postive stop baffle 313b can only be against the side away from the second handset shell 314 of power supply installation portion 332 (such as the left side of the power supply installation portion 332 shown in Figure 107)；So as to limit power supply installation portion 332 to away from the second son The direction motion of casing 314.

At the same time perpendicular to power supply perforate 31313 center line bearing of trend (such as upper and lower shown in Figure 103 To) and the first sub- shell and the second sub- shell to spelling on direction (such as the left and right directions shown in Figure 101 and Figure 107), for example scheme On fore-and-aft direction shown in 102, two the 3rd postive stop baffle 313c can only be against the both sides of power supply installation portion 332 respectively (such as the front side of the power supply installation portion 332 shown in Figure 102 and rear side), so as to limit power supply installation portion 332 along preceding Rear to displacement.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 102 and Figure 103, can have in power supply mounting seat 3131 Have the first position limiting structure (such as the first convex tendon 31312 described below and the first groove 31311), the first position limiting structure along Perpendicular to the direction of the center line of power supply perforation 31313, (such as the level where direction all around shown in Figure 102 is put down Face) it is disposed to extend, on power supply installation portion 332 with the second position limiting structure with the first position limiting structure corresponding matching (for example hereafter Described in the second convex tendon 3322 and the second groove 3321).So as to be matched somebody with somebody using the first position limiting structure and the second position limiting structure The free degree (for example limiting 332 displacement along the vertical direction of power supply installation portion) of limitation power supply installation portion 332 is closed, power line is improved 33 reliabilities installed.

Specifically, reference picture 103, the first position limiting structure can be the convex tendon (example protruded towards the direction of power supply installation portion 332 The first convex tendon 31312 as described hereinafter) and/or it is directed away from the groove of the direction of power supply installation portion 332 depression (for example hereafter Described in the first groove 31311).That is, the first position limiting structure can be only including convex towards the direction of power supply installation portion 332 The convex tendon gone out, can also only include the groove for being directed away from the direction of power supply installation portion 332 depression, the first position limiting structure can also be same When including the convex tendon that is protruded towards the direction of power supply installation portion 332 and be directed away from the groove of the direction of power supply installation portion 332 depression.By This, can simplify the structure of the first position limiting structure, be easy to add on the premise of the displacement effect of limitation power supply mounting seat 3131 is realized Work is manufactured.

Advantageously, the first position limiting structure can be multiple, center line of multiple first position limiting structures in power supply perforation 31313 Bearing of trend (such as the above-below direction shown in Figure 103) on it is arranged spaced apart, and/or, perpendicular to power supply perforation 31313 Center line plane on be sequentially connected with semi-surrounding power supply perforate 31313 center line.For example, multiple first position limiting structures can With only arranged for interval along the vertical direction, can also only perpendicular to power supply perforate 31313 center line plane on be sequentially connected Perforated with semi-surrounding power supply 31313 center line arrangement, can also arranged for interval and perpendicular to power supply along the vertical direction simultaneously The center line arrangement with semi-surrounding power supply perforation 31313 is sequentially connected in the plane of the center line of perforation 31313.Thus, it is possible to Further improve to the limit effect of power supply mounting seat 3131, further improve reliability that power supply mounting hole installs and stably Property.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 107 can have power supply block piece on second handset shell 314 3140, along the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314 to spelling direction (such as the left and right directions shown in Figure 107) On, power supply block piece 3140 can only be against side (such as institute in Figure 107 away from the first handset shell 313 of power supply installation portion 332 The left side of the power supply installation portion 332 shown), thus, it is possible to effectively prevent power supply installation portion 332 from skidding off power supply mounting seat to the left 3131, so as to improve the reliability and stability of the installation of power supply installation portion 332.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, can have the 3rd position limiting structure, the 3rd limit on power supply block piece 3140 Direction of the bit architecture along the center line perpendicular to power supply perforation 31313 is (such as where the direction all around shown in Figure 103 Horizontal plane) be disposed to extend, can have the 4th spacing knot with the 3rd position limiting structure corresponding matching on power supply installation portion 332 Structure.Thus, it is possible to which while the displacement of power supply installation portion 332 in left-right direction is limited, limitation power supply installation portion 332 is vertically The displacement in direction, so as to further improve the reliability and stability that power supply installation portion 332 is installed.

Preferably, reference picture 103, the 3rd position limiting structure can be the convex tendon (example protruded towards the direction of power supply installation portion 332 The 3rd convex tendon 3141 as shown in Figure 107) and/or be directed away from the direction of power supply installation portion 332 depression groove (for example scheme The 3rd groove 3142 shown in 107), for example, the 3rd position limiting structure can only be included towards the direction of power supply installation portion 332 protrusion Convex tendon, can also only include be directed away from the direction of power supply installation portion 332 depression groove, the first position limiting structure can also be simultaneously Including the convex tendon protruded towards the direction of power supply installation portion 332 and the groove for being directed away from the direction of power supply installation portion 332 depression.By This, can simplify the structure of the 3rd position limiting structure, be easy to processing to make on the premise of the effectively displacement of limitation power supply mounting seat 3131 Make.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 101, the first handset shell 313 can be with the second handset shell 314 To being combined into casing 31, casing 31 can include main body section 315 and machine neck 316, and machine neck 316 is from main body section 315 to away from machine The direction of body portion 315 (such as the upwardly direction shown in Figure 101) extends, and power supply perforation 31313 is located on fuselage, and power supply is worn Minimum range (as shown in fig. 104 apart from L) between the center line and machine neck 316 in hole 31313 is 15mm.So, When user's hand-held cleaners in use, hand can be avoided to be in contact with power line 33, it thereby may be ensured that hand-held cleaners are used During security performance.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 102, there is exhaust vent 3104, casing 31 on casing 31 It is interior to have connection between fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104 and accommodate the body air duct of fan assembly, enter from fresh air inlet 3101 Enter the gas in body air duct, can be discharged from exhaust vent 3104.Further, can have air guide member, wind-guiding in casing 31 Part is located at exhaust vent 3104, and air guide member can make the air-flow in body air duct by exhaust vent 3104 relative to table to be cleaned Face tilts upward submitting, thus, it is possible to be effectively prevented from dissipating the ash below hand-held cleaners from the wind of the blowout of exhaust vent 3104 Dirt, so as to ensure the dust removing effects of hand-held cleaners.

The cylinder block set 300 according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 101-Figure 107.

Reference picture 101, cylinder block set 300 includes casing 31 and power line 33, and wherein casing 31 is by the He of the first handset shell 313 The docking of second handset shell 314 is combined into, the 313 pairs of spellings of the second handset shell 314 and the first handset shell limit jointly engine cavity and with The power supply perforation 31313 of engine cavity connection.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 101, there is power supply mounting seat 3131 on the first handset shell 313, power line 33 includes electric wire The power supply installation portion 332 that portion 331 is fixedly linked with electric wire portion 331, electric wire portion 331 is stretched through power supply perforation 31313 from lower to upper Go out to outside engine cavity, power supply installation portion 332 is assemblied in power supply mounting seat 3131.

The inner surface of power supply mounting seat 3131 is provided with the first convex tendon 31312 protruded to the direction of power supply installation portion 332, the Horizontal direction extension of one convex tendon 31312 along semi-surrounding power supply mounting seat 3131, and including spaced apart along the vertical direction many It is individual, limit the first groove 31311 between two adjacent along the vertical direction the first convex tendons 31312.

The second recessed groove 3321 of the oriented centerline direction of power line 33 is formed on the outer surface of power supply installation portion 332, Second groove 3321 is horizontal-extending along the direction around power supply mounting seat 3131, and including spaced apart along the vertical direction many The second convex tendon 3322 is limited between two individual and adjacent along the vertical direction the secondth grooves 3321.

When power supply installation portion 332 loads power supply mounting seat 3131, the first convex tendon 31312 is caught in the second groove 3321, Second convex tendon 3322 is caught in the first groove 31311, so as to limit freedom of the power supply installation portion 332 in the mounting seat of Anyuan Degree, realizes the reliable installation connection of power supply installation portion 332, while improving efficiency of assembling.

Preferably, casing 31 includes main body section 315 and from main body section 315 to the machine neck away from the extension of the direction of main body section 315 Portion 316, power supply mounting hole site is in the minimum range on fuselage and between the center line and machine neck 316 of power supply mounting hole 15mm。

, can be directly by power supply installation portion during assembling according to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment 332 are caught in power supply mounting seat 3131, it is not necessary to confirm whether power line 33 snaps into repeatedly, save man-hour, and installation effectiveness is high, Install reliable.In addition, user's hand-held cleaners are also touched when using less than power line 33, security is good.

Below with reference to Figure 108-Figure 114 descriptions according to the air-out situation on the utility model case component 30.

As shown in Figure 108-Figure 111, case component 30 includes：Casing 31 and air guide member 38.

Specifically, it is formed with casing 31 on closed body air duct, casing 31 and is formed with exhaust vent 3104, exhaust vent 3104 connect with body air duct；Air guide member 38 is located in body air duct, and air guide member 38 is located at exhaust vent 3104, air guide member 38 Air-guiding aisle 383 is inside formed with, air-guiding aisle 383 is connected between body air duct and exhaust vent 3104, the gas in body air duct When stream passes through air-guiding aisle 383, air-guiding aisle 383 can carry out wind direction regulation to air-flow, and then air-flow passes through exhaust vent again 3104 are discharged to outside casing 31.That is, air-guiding aisle 383 can play a part of guiding to air-flow so that air-flow according to The predetermined direction of the water conservancy diversion of air-guiding aisle 383 is blown out from exhaust vent 3104, thus, it is possible to adjust exhaust vent by air-guiding aisle 383 Air-flow wind direction at 3104, it is to avoid the air-flow at exhaust vent 3104 is blown out towards surface to be cleaned, it is to avoid blow away surface to be cleaned Dust, so as to ensure hand-held cleaners T cleaning effect.

According to the case component 30 for hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment, by setting air guide member 38, and The wind direction income regulation blown out using the formation air-guiding aisle 383 of air guide member 38 to air-flow, thus, it is possible to avoid at exhaust vent 3104 Air-flow blown out towards surface to be cleaned, it is to avoid blow away the dust on surface to be cleaned, thus ensure hand-held cleaners T cleaning effect Really.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, air guide member 38 can be fixedly linked or be integrally formed with casing 31, by This, can improve the bonding strength between air guide member 38 and body, it is ensured that the reliability connected between air guide member 38 and casing 31, Improve the service life of case component 30.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, air guide member 38 can be configured to cause air flow through the direction of exhaust vent 3104 The direction tilted upward relative to surface to be cleaned is discharged to outside casing 31.In other words, air-flow, can after the guiding of air guide member 38 To be discharged along towards the direction tilted upward relative to clean surface outside casing 31, that is to say, that air-flow faces away to be cleaned The direction blowout on surface.Thus, it is possible to be effectively prevented from blowing to surface to be cleaned from the air-flow that exhaust vent 3104 is blown out, it is to avoid blow The dust on surface to be cleaned is walked, hand-held cleaners T cleaning effect is improved.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, casing 31 can be vertical tube shape, and casing 31 includes vertical setting Perisporium, exhaust vent 3104 is the left and right sides that are multiple and being respectively formed at perisporium rear portion.With reference to Figure 109 and Figure 110, casing 31 is wrapped Left and right is included to spelling connected the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314, and rear portion and the second handset of the first handset shell 313 The rear portion of shell 314 is each formed with multiple exhaust vents 3104, thus, it is possible to increase the air-out area of exhaust vent 3104, it is ensured that casing Gas in 31 can be discharged outside casing 31 in time, reduce noise.

Further, the exhaust vent 3104 positioned at perisporium homonymy can be multiple, and positioned at multiple air-out of perisporium homonymy Hole 3104 can be spaced apart setting along the vertical direction, can be multiple positioned at the air-guiding aisle 383 of perisporium homonymy, and positioned at perisporium Multiple air-guiding aisles 383 of homonymy can be arranged in parallel along the vertical direction, so that positioned at multiple air-guiding aisles 383 of perisporium homonymy Correspond and connect with multiple exhaust vents 3104 respectively.So as to facilitate the gas in casing 31 to be led by multiple air-guiding aisles 383 Discharged to multiple exhaust vents 3104 so that gas in casing 31 can by after multiple uniform divided flows of air-guiding aisle 383 from going out Air holes 3104 is uniformly discharged, and improves exhaust efficiency, reduces noise.

Here " exhaust vent 3104 " for being located at perisporium homonymy refers to the exhaust vent 3104 for being located at the left side (or right side) of perisporium, Specifically, casing 31 includes left and right to spelling on connected the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314, the first handset shell 313 Exhaust vent 3104 is that the exhaust vent 3104 on the exhaust vent 3104 positioned at perisporium homonymy (right side), the second handset shell 314 is Exhaust vent 3104 on the left of perisporium.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, air guide member 38 can include：First wind deflector 381 and the second wind-guiding Plate 382, wherein, the first wind deflector 381 can erect (such as the first wind deflector 381 with the above-below direction shown in Figure 109 substantially It is parallel) in body air duct, and the first wind deflector 381 is relative with exhaust vent 3104；Second wind deflector 382 can crouch folder (for example Second wind deflector 382 with perpendicular to the plane general parallel orientation where the above-below direction shown in Figure 109) in exhaust vent 3104 and the Between one wind deflector 381, the second wind deflector 382 is multiple, and multiple second wind deflectors 382 can be spaced apart along the vertical direction To limit air-guiding aisle 383 with the first wind deflector 381.So as to which the gas in casing 31 uniformly be led using air-guiding aisle 383 Go out engine body exterior, guide effect of the enhancing air-guiding aisle 383 to air-flow, it is to avoid air-flow blows to surface to be cleaned.

Preferably, exhaust vent 3104 can prolong along all (such as the fore-and-aft direction shown in Figure 110) forwards, backwards of casing 31 Stretch, the forward edge of the first wind deflector 381 can neighbouring exhaust vent 3104 front end, and the forward edge of the first wind deflector 381 Connect with the perisporium of the front end of exhaust vent 3104, the posterior edges of the first wind deflector 381 can neighbouring exhaust vent 3104 rear end, and The posterior edges of first wind deflector 381 are spaced apart with the perisporium of the rear end of exhaust vent 3104, with the back side edge of the first wind deflector 381 Air-guiding aisle 383 is limited between edge and the perisporium of the rear end of exhaust vent 3104 enters head piece 384.So that air-guiding aisle 383 Connected with the body air duct in casing 31, be easy to the air-flow in body air duct smoothly can enter in air-guiding aisle 383, and utilize The regulation airflow direction of air-guiding aisle 383 is then exhausted from.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 111, the extension line of the first wind deflector 381 from back to front The angle a crossed in the left and right for entering tangent line at head piece 384 and casing 31 between axle median plane can be acute angle.Thus, not only may be used To cause the airflow direction after being adjusted through air-guiding aisle 383 to deviate surface to be cleaned to greatest extent, it is to avoid blow afloat dust, may be used also To strengthen the guide effect to air-guiding aisle 383 to air-flow so that the structure of the first wind deflector 381 is more reasonable.Need explanation , because casing 31 is vertical tube shape and includes the perisporium of vertical setting, " axle median plane is crossed in left and right " refers to：Along hand-held cleaners T left and right directions and the plane passed through where the central shaft of casing 31.

During user uses hand-held cleaners T, hand-held cleaners T is generally in the state shown in Figure 108, i.e., During hand-held cleaners T, there is certain angle of inclination between hand-held cleaners T and surface to be cleaned, now, in order that from going out The air-flow that air holes 3104 flows out is to greatest extent away from surface to be cleaned (such as along the direction from the bottom up shown in Figure 108 Blowout), it is therefore preferred that as shown in Figure 111, angle a can be 20 ° -60 °, to avoid blowing afloat dust, further improve hand Hold dust catcher T cleaning effect.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, including fan assembly and according to the above-mentioned reality of the utility model The case component 30 for hand-held cleaners T of example is applied, wherein fan assembly is located in body air duct, for driving body air duct Interior body flows to exhaust vent 3104.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, it is used for hand-held cleaners T by set above-described embodiment Case component 30, so as to improve the overall performance of cylinder block set 300.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model third aspect embodiment, including dirt cup component 100 and according to this practicality The cylinder block set 300 of new above-described embodiment, wherein, dirt cup component 100 is connected with cylinder block set 300.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, by setting the cylinder block set 300 of above-described embodiment, from And improve hand-held cleaners T overall performance.

The hand-held cleaners T according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 108-Figure 111.

Reference picture 108, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, wherein, the He of dirt cup component 100 Cylinder block set 300 is connected.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 108, cylinder block set 300 includes fan assembly and case component 30, and case component 30 includes Body air duct is formed with casing 31 and air guide member 38, casing 31, fan assembly is located in body air duct, air guide member 38 and casing 31 are integrally formed.

Wherein, casing 31 is combined into by the first handset shell 313 and the docking of the second handset shell 314, the rear portion of the first handset shell 313 The air-out on the exhaust vent 3104 that is connected with body air duct, the first handset shell 313 is each formed with the rear portion of the second handset shell 314 Exhaust vent 3104 on the handset shell 314 of hole 3104 and second includes spaced along the vertical direction multiple, and exhaust vent 3104 extend in front-rear direction along the week of the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314.

Air-guiding aisle 383 of the connection between body air duct and exhaust vent 3104, air guide member 38 are formed with air guide member 38 Including the first wind deflector 381 and the second wind deflector 382, the first wind deflector 381 erect in body air duct and with exhaust vent 3104 Relatively；The forward edge of first wind deflector 381 connects adjacent to the front end of exhaust vent 3104 and with the perisporium of exhaust vent 3104, and first The posterior edges of wind deflector 381 are spaced apart adjacent to the rear end of exhaust vent 3104 and with perisporium is led to limiting wind-guiding between perisporium Road 383 enters head piece 384.The extension line of first wind deflector 381 from back to front is entering a left side for the tangent line at head piece 384 and casing 31 The right angle a crossed between axle median plane is 20 ° -60 °.

Second wind deflector 382 is sleeping to be clipped between the wind deflector 381 of exhaust vent 3104 and first, and the second wind deflector 382 includes edge Above-below direction is spaced apart multiple, is limited and multiple exhaust vents between multiple wind deflectors 381 of second wind deflector 382 and first 3104 one-to-one multiple air-guiding aisles 383.

During hand-held cleaners T works, the gas after fan assembly will be separated by filtration through dirt cup component 100 is sucked In body air duct in casing 31, the gas in body air duct, which is passed through from the head piece 384 that enters of air guide member 38, enters air-guiding aisle 383 It is interior, adjusted by guide channel after wind direction, then outside the discharge casing 31 of exhaust vent 3104 so that the air-flow discharged from exhaust vent 3104 Flow direction deviate from surface to be cleaned, be prevented effectively from the dust for dispelling the lower section of casing 31.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, led by setting air guide member 38 in casing 31, and utilizing Wind part 38 adjusts the air outlet angle from exhaust vent 3104, and when combining hand-held cleaners T hand-held cleaners T angle of inclination, make Obtain the air-flow blown out from exhaust vent 3104 and deviate from surface to be cleaned completely, blowout upwards, so as to be effectively prevented from dispelling casing 31 The dust of lower section.

As shown in Figure 108-Figure 114, according to the case component 30 for hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, Including：Casing 31, air-out part 391 and filtration members 392.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 112-Figure 114, it is formed with closed body air duct, casing 31 and is formed with casing 31 Exhaust vent 3104, exhaust vent 3104 is connected with body air duct；Air-out part 391 is located in body air duct, and air-out part 391 is located at At air holes 3104, be formed with through-flow mouth 3911 on air-out part 391, through-flow mouth 3911 connect body air duct and exhaust vent 3104 it Between；Filtration members 392 are detachably connected to out by buckle structure (such as buckle 3912 described below and hole clipping 3921) On wind part 391, thus, installation, dismounting that not only can be in order to filtration members 392 be conveniently replaceable filtration members 392, meanwhile, pass through card Button connection filtration members 392 and air-out part 391, can also improve the reliability connected between filtration members 392 and air-out part 391, and Snap connection easy to assembly, raising efficiency of assembling, it is ensured that assembling quality.And filtration members 392 cover through-flow mouth 3911, filtration members 392 are used to filter the impurity (such as dust, charcoal ash) in body air duct interior air-flow, to ensure that the gas of discharge is clean, it is ensured that Air quality in environment.

According to the case component 30 for hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, card is passed through by filtration members 392 Buckle structure is detachably connected on air-out part 391, thus, it is possible to improve connected between filtration members 392 and air-out part 391 can By property, and snap connection easy to assembly, assembly and disassembly efficiency can be improved, it is ensured that assembling quality.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 112- Figure 114, buckle structure can include：It is located at air-out The hole clipping 3921 of buckle 3912 and formation in filtration members 392 on part 391, by the way that the buckle 3912 on air-out part 391 is blocked Enter in the hole clipping 3921 in filtration members 392, it is possible to achieve snapping connection between air-out part 391 and filtration members 392, structure letter Single, easy for installation, connection is reliable.

Certainly, in other embodiments of the present utility model, buckle structure can also include：Formed in air-out part 391 On hole clipping and the buckle that is located in filtration members 392, be only reliably capable realizing snapping connection for filtration members 392 and air-out part 391 .

In some embodiments of the present utility model, through-flow mouth 3911 can be to be multiple, and multiple through-flow mouths 3911 can be with Distribution is spaced apart successively along preset direction (such as the above-below direction shown in Figure 113), and buckle 3912 can be two, and two Buckle 3912 is spaced apart on preset direction (such as the above-below direction shown in Figure 113), and the bayonet socket court of two buckles 3912 To opposite.With reference to Figure 112-Figure 114, through-flow mouth 3911 includes vertically spaced apart multiple, and multiple through-flow mouths 3911 are equal Extend in left-right direction, buckle 3912 includes spaced along the vertical direction two, and the card of buckle 3912 above Mouthful upward, the bayonet socket of underlying buckle 3912 down, thus, it is possible to further improve air-out part 391 and filtration members 392 it Between the reliability that connects, it is to avoid filtration members 392 are slipped, it is ensured that filtration members 392 can be close to air-out part 391 so that filtration members 392 It is completely covered by the through-flow mouth 3911 on air-out part 391.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, hole clipping 3921 can be multiple, and multiple hole clippings 3921 are in filtration members It is spaced apart on 392 length direction (such as the above-below direction shown in Figure 114), buckle 3912 is multiple, and multiple buckles 3912 correspond cooperation with multiple hole clippings 3921, connect thus, it is possible to further improve between air-out part 391 and filtration members 392 The reliability connect.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 113 can have the grey muscle 3913 of gear, gear on air-out part 391 The outside of leg of the grey backstop of muscle 3913 in filtration members 392, thus, the grey muscle 3913 of gear can seal the perisporium of filtration members 392, carry Sealing property between high air-out part 391 and filtration members 392, it is to avoid carry the air-flow of dust or impurity from filtration members 392 with The gap discharge fitted between air-out part 391, it is ensured that the air-flow in body air duct is both passed through after filtration members 392 are filtered again from air-out Mouth discharge, improves the reliability that filtration members 392 are filtered.In addition, the grey muscle 3913 of gear can also limit the displacement of filtration members 392, enter One step improves the reliability connected between filtration members 392 and air-out part 391.

Preferably, reference picture 113, the grey muscle 3913 of gear can be surrounded more than the half cycle of leg, thus, it is possible to further improve Sealing property between filtration members 392 and air-out part 391, improves the reliability that filtration members 392 are filtered, meanwhile, further improve The reliability connected between filtration members 392 and air-out part 391.

Advantageously, the perisporium of filtration members 392 can be surrounded completely by keeping off grey muscle 3913, that is to say, that the grey muscle 3913 of gear is surround The perisporium of filtration members 392 is set, further to improve the reliability connected between filtration members 392 and air-out part 391 and sealing Performance.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 109-Figure 111, case component 30 can include：Wind-guiding Part 38, air guide member 38 is located in body air duct and at exhaust vent 3104, and connection is formed with air guide member 38 in through-flow mouth Air-guiding aisle between 3911 and exhaust vent 3104.So, the air-flow in body air duct first passes through filter part 392 and crossed after mouth again from logical Head piece 3911 enters in air-guiding aisle, is discharged to again from exhaust vent 3104 outside casing 31 after being oriented to through air-guiding aisle.Air-guiding aisle Guiding can be played a part of to air-flow so that air-flow is blown out according to the predetermined direction of air-guiding aisle water conservancy diversion from exhaust vent 3104, Thus, it is possible to adjust the air-flow wind direction at exhaust vent 3104 by air-guiding aisle, it is to avoid the air-flow direction at exhaust vent 3104 is treated Clean surface is blown out, it is to avoid the dust on surface to be cleaned is blown away, so as to ensure hand-held cleaners T cleaning effect.

Further, as shown in Figure 112 and Figure 113, air-out part 391 can be fixedly linked with air guide member, to ensure air-flow Can first after discharged through air-out part 391 and air guide member outside casing, it is to avoid leakage.For example, air-out part 391 can be welded with air guide member Connect, mode connects for screw or snap connection.

Certainly, in other embodiments of the present utility model, air-out part 391 and air guide member can also be integrally formed by This, it is possible to reduce amount of parts, improves the reliability connected between air-out part 391 and air guide member.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, air guide member 38 can be fixedly linked or be integrally formed with casing 31, by This, can improve the bonding strength between air guide member 38 and body, it is ensured that the reliability connected between air guide member 38 and casing 31, Improve the service life of case component 30.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, air guide member 38 can be configured to cause air flow through the direction of exhaust vent 3104 The direction tilted upward relative to surface to be cleaned is discharged to outside casing 31.In other words, air-flow, can after the guiding of air guide member 38 To be discharged along towards the direction tilted upward relative to clean surface outside casing 31, that is to say, that air-flow faces away to be cleaned The direction blowout on surface.Thus, it is possible to be effectively prevented from blowing to surface to be cleaned from the air-flow that exhaust vent 3104 is blown out, it is to avoid blow The dust on surface to be cleaned is walked, hand-held cleaners T cleaning effect is improved.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, casing 31 can be vertical tube shape, and casing 31 includes vertical setting Perisporium, exhaust vent 3104 is the left and right sides that are multiple and being respectively formed at perisporium rear portion.With reference to Figure 109 and Figure 110, casing 31 is wrapped Left and right is included to spelling connected the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314, and rear portion and the second handset of the first handset shell 313 The rear portion of shell 314 is each formed with multiple exhaust vents 3104, thus, it is possible to increase the air-out area of exhaust vent 3104, it is ensured that casing Gas in 31 can be discharged outside casing 31 in time, reduce noise.

Further, the exhaust vent 3104 positioned at perisporium homonymy can be multiple, and positioned at multiple air-out of perisporium homonymy Hole 3104 can be spaced apart setting along the vertical direction, can be multiple positioned at the air-guiding aisle 383 of perisporium homonymy, and positioned at perisporium Multiple air-guiding aisles 383 of homonymy can be arranged in parallel along the vertical direction, so that positioned at multiple air-guiding aisles 383 of perisporium homonymy Correspond and connect with multiple exhaust vents 3104 respectively.So as to facilitate the gas in casing 31 to be led by multiple air-guiding aisles 383 Discharged to multiple exhaust vents 3104 so that gas in casing 31 can by after multiple uniform divided flows of air-guiding aisle 383 from going out Air holes 3104 is uniformly discharged, and improves exhaust efficiency, reduces noise.

Here " exhaust vent 3104 " for being located at perisporium homonymy refers to the exhaust vent 3104 for being located at the left side (or right side) of perisporium, Specifically, casing 31 includes left and right to spelling on connected the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314, the first handset shell 313 Exhaust vent 3104 is that the exhaust vent 3104 on the exhaust vent 3104 positioned at perisporium homonymy (right side), the second handset shell 314 is Exhaust vent 3104 on the left of perisporium.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, air guide member 38 can include：First wind deflector 381 and the second wind-guiding Plate 382, wherein, the first wind deflector 381 can erect (such as the first wind deflector 381 with the above-below direction shown in Figure 109 substantially It is parallel) in body air duct, and the first wind deflector 381 is relative with exhaust vent 3104；Second wind deflector 382 can crouch folder (for example Second wind deflector 382 with perpendicular to the plane general parallel orientation where the above-below direction shown in Figure 109) in exhaust vent 3104 and the Between one wind deflector 381, the second wind deflector 382 to be multiple, and multiple second wind deflectors 382 can be spaced apart along the vertical direction with Air-guiding aisle 383 is limited with the first wind deflector 381.So as to which the gas in casing 31 uniformly be exported using air-guiding aisle 383 Engine body exterior, guide effect of the enhancing air-guiding aisle 383 to air-flow, it is to avoid air-flow blows to surface to be cleaned.

Preferably, exhaust vent 3104 can prolong along all (such as the fore-and-aft direction shown in Figure 110) forwards, backwards of casing 31 Stretch, the forward edge of the first wind deflector 381 can neighbouring exhaust vent 3104 front end, and the forward edge of the first wind deflector 381 Connect with the perisporium of the front end of exhaust vent 3104, the posterior edges of the first wind deflector 381 can neighbouring exhaust vent 3104 rear end, and The posterior edges of first wind deflector 381 are spaced apart with the perisporium of the rear end of exhaust vent 3104, with the back side edge of the first wind deflector 381 Air-guiding aisle 383 is limited between edge and the perisporium of the rear end of exhaust vent 3104 enters head piece 384.So that air-guiding aisle 383 Connected with the body air duct in casing 31, be easy to the air-flow in body air duct smoothly can enter in air-guiding aisle 383, and utilize The regulation airflow direction of air-guiding aisle 383 is then exhausted from.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 111, the extension line of the first wind deflector 381 from back to front The angle a crossed in the left and right for entering tangent line at head piece 384 and casing 31 between axle median plane can be acute angle.Thus, not only may be used To cause the airflow direction after being adjusted through air-guiding aisle 383 to deviate surface to be cleaned to greatest extent, it is to avoid blow afloat dust, may be used also To strengthen the guide effect to air-guiding aisle 383 to air-flow so that the structure of the first wind deflector 381 is more reasonable.Need explanation , because casing 31 is vertical tube shape and includes the perisporium of vertical setting, " axle median plane is crossed in left and right " refers to：Along hand-held cleaners T left and right directions and the plane passed through where the central shaft of casing 31.

During user uses hand-held cleaners T, hand-held cleaners T is generally in the state shown in Figure 108, i.e., During hand-held cleaners T, there is certain angle of inclination between hand-held cleaners T and surface to be cleaned, now, in order that from going out The air-flow that air holes 3104 flows out is to greatest extent away from surface to be cleaned (such as along the direction from the bottom up shown in Figure 108 Blowout), it is therefore preferred that as shown in Figure 111, angle a can be 20 ° -60 °, to avoid blowing afloat dust, further improve hand Hold dust catcher T cleaning effect.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, including fan assembly and according to the above-mentioned reality of the utility model The case component 30 for hand-held cleaners T of example is applied, wherein fan assembly is located in body air duct, for driving body air duct Interior body flows to exhaust vent 3104.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, it is used for hand-held cleaners T by set above-described embodiment Case component 30, so as to improve the overall performance of cylinder block set 300.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model third aspect embodiment, including dirt cup component 100 and according to this practicality The cylinder block set 300 of new above-described embodiment, wherein, dirt cup component 100 is connected with cylinder block set 300.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, by setting the cylinder block set 300 of above-described embodiment, from And improve hand-held cleaners T overall performance.

The hand-held cleaners T according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 108-Figure 114.

Reference picture 108, hand-held cleaners T includes dirt cup component 100 and cylinder block set 300, wherein, the He of dirt cup component 100 Cylinder block set 300 is connected.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 108, cylinder block set 300 includes fan assembly and case component 30, and case component 30 includes Body air duct is formed with casing 31, air guide member 38, air-out part 391 and filtration members 392, casing 31, fan assembly is located at body In air channel, air guide member 38 and casing 31 are integrally formed.

Wherein, casing 31 is combined into by the first handset shell 313 and the docking of the second handset shell 314, the rear portion of the first handset shell 313 The air-out on the exhaust vent 3104 that is connected with body air duct, the first handset shell 313 is each formed with the rear portion of the second handset shell 314 Exhaust vent 3104 on the handset shell 314 of hole 3104 and second includes spaced along the vertical direction multiple, and exhaust vent 3104 extend in front-rear direction along the week of the first handset shell 313 and the second handset shell 314.

Air-guiding aisle 383 of the connection between body air duct and exhaust vent 3104, air guide member 38 are formed with air guide member 38 Including the first wind deflector 381 and the second wind deflector 382, the first wind deflector 381 erect in body air duct and with exhaust vent 3104 Relatively；The forward edge of first wind deflector 381 connects adjacent to the front end of exhaust vent 3104 and with the perisporium of exhaust vent 3104, and first The posterior edges of wind deflector 381 are spaced apart adjacent to the rear end of exhaust vent 3104 and with perisporium is led to limiting wind-guiding between perisporium Road 383 enters head piece 384.The extension line of first wind deflector 381 from back to front is entering a left side for the tangent line at head piece 384 and casing 31 The right angle a crossed between axle median plane is 20 ° -60 °.

Second wind deflector 382 is sleeping to be clipped between the wind deflector 381 of exhaust vent 3104 and first, and the second wind deflector 382 includes edge Above-below direction is spaced apart multiple, is limited and multiple exhaust vents between multiple wind deflectors 381 of second wind deflector 382 and first 3104 one-to-one multiple air-guiding aisles 383.

Air-out part 391 is fixed on air guide member 38, it is preferable that air-out part 391 is integrally formed with air guide member 38.Air-out part It is formed with through-flow mouth 3911 of the connection between body air duct and exhaust vent 3104 on 391, through-flow mouth 3911 is multiple and along upper Lower direction is spaced apart distribution successively, and multiple through-flow mouths 3911 and air guide member 38 it is multiple enter head piece 384 correspond and connect. It is further provided with buckle 3912 on air-out part 391, buckle 3912 includes two of arranged for interval along the vertical direction on air-out part 391 It is individual, and the opening of two buckles 3912 is opposite.There is the grey muscle 3913 of gear, the grey muscle 3913 of gear is around air-out part 391 on air-out part 391 Week along arrangement.

Filtration members 392 are located on air-out part 391 and covered and are formed with through-flow mouth 3911, filtration members 392 and buckle 3912 The hole clipping 3921 of engaging is corresponded, and the week edge of filtration members 392 is against on the grey muscle 3913 of the gear of air-out part 391.That is, Filtration members 392 are sealed by the grey muscle 3913 of gear all edges of filtration members 392 by snapping connection on air-out part 391.Wherein, mistake It can be sponge to filter part 392.

During hand-held cleaners T works, the gas after fan assembly will be separated by filtration through dirt cup component 100 is sucked In body air duct in casing 31, after the gas in body air duct is filtered through filtration members, through-flow mouth successively through air-out part and The head piece that enters of air guide member enters in air-guiding aisle 383, is adjusted by guide channel after wind direction, then discharge casing 31 from exhaust vent 3104 Outside so that the flow direction for the air-flow discharged from exhaust vent 3104 deviates from surface to be cleaned, it is prevented effectively from the ash for dispelling the lower section of casing 31 Dirt.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, led by setting air guide member 38 in casing 31, and utilizing Wind part 38 adjusts the air outlet angle from exhaust vent 3104, and when combining hand-held cleaners T hand-held cleaners T angle of inclination, make Obtain the air-flow blown out from exhaust vent 3104 and deviate from surface to be cleaned completely, blowout upwards, so as to be effectively prevented from dispelling casing 31 The dust of lower section.

According to the case component 30 of this utility model embodiment, by the way that filtration members 392 are snapped connection in air-out part 391 On, the reliability of the fixation of filtration members 392 can be improved, assembly manipulation is simple, no bad hidden danger.

The Handleset 500 of hand-held cleaners T according to the utility model embodiment is described below with reference to Figure 115-Figure 123 With the dismounting mode of cylinder block set 300.

As shown in Figure 115 and Figure 116, according to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, including：Handleset 500 With cylinder block set 300.

Specifically, Handleset 500 includes extension 51；Cylinder block set 300 includes casing 31, the and of handle locking part 361 Handle release button 362, wherein, handle locking part 361 and handle release button 362 are each provided on casing 31, are had on casing 31 Have between plug-in opening 3161, unlocked position of the handle locking part 361 shown in latched position as shown in Figure 121 and Figure 123 Movable, handle locking part 361 is in latched position, and extension 51 is locked in plug-in opening 3161, and handle locking part 361 is in solution During lock position, the release extension 51 of handle locking part 361, so that extension 51 can be extracted out out of plug-in opening 3161, handle release Tapping handle locking piece 361 moves to unlocked position when button 362 is configured to be pressed.

When user needs removal handle component 500, it is only necessary to press handle release button 362 so that handle locking part 361 Unlocked position, and the release extension 51 of handle locking part 361 are moved to from latched position, now, user can be by extension 51 Extracted out in from plug-in opening 3161, it is achieved thereby that the dismounting of Handleset 500, simple to operate, convenient disassembly.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, by pressing handle release button 362, you can by handle The extension 51 of component 500 is extracted out out of plug-in opening 3161, simple to operate so as to be easy to the dismounting of Handleset 500, is torn open Unload conveniently.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 120-Figure 123, there can be locating part in casing 31 3193, locating part 3193 is only moved back and forth between locked and unlocked positions for limiting handle locking part 361, for example, There is inwardly projecting locating part 3193, locating part 3193 can limit handle locking part 361 vertically on the inwall of casing 31 The displacement in direction, so that handle locking part 361 can only between locked and unlocked positions be moved along left-right and front-back direction It is dynamic, to avoid handle locking part 361 from deviateing running orbit.

Further, as shown in Figure 117, Figure 121 and Figure 123, there can be sliding guide surface on handle locking part 361 3611, when handle release button 362 is pressed, (such as handle release button 362 shown in Figure 121 is along side from top to bottom To during movement), part (such as the lower end of the handle release button 362 shown in Figure 121) the edge sliding of handle release button 362 Guide surface 3611 is moved, to drive handle locking part 361 to be moved from latched position to unlocked position.By setting sliding to be oriented to Plane 3611, on the premise of being moved realizing driving handle locking piece 361, simplifies the structure of handle locking part 361, is easy to Processing and manufacturing.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 117, Figure 119, Figure 121 and Figure 123, handle release is pressed The part (such as the lower surface of the handle release button 362 shown in Figure 121) of button 362 can be configured to and sliding guide surface 3611 bearing of trend identicals coordinate guide surface 3621, when handle release button 362 is pressed, and coordinate guide surface 3621 Gradually coordinate with sliding guide surface 3611.So as to realize the driving handle locking piece 361 of handle release button 362 in latched position Moved between unlocked position.

With reference to Figure 121, sliding guide surface 3611 is in along the inclined-plane turned forward downwards, hand on direction from top to bottom The cooperation guide surface 3621 of the lower end of handle release button 362 is also in the clinoplain of downwardly and forwardly direction extension, and sliding is led To plane 3611 with coordinating guide surface 3621 to be parallel to each other, when handle locking part 361 is located at latched position, coordinate guide flat The upper end (or rear end) in face 3621 is fitted with sliding the upper end (or rear end) of guide surface 3611, when pressing handle release button When 362, coordinate guide surface 3621 and the sliding Relative sliding of guide surface 3611, when handle locking part 361 slides onto solution lock-bit When putting, the lower end (or front end) of guide surface 3621 is coordinated to be fitted with sliding the lower end (or front end) of guide surface 3611.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, reference picture 120- Figure 123, handle release button 362 presses direction (such as the above-below direction shown in Figure 121) can be with the moving direction of handle locking part 361 (such as before shown in Figure 121 Rear to) vertically, thus, it is possible to ensure that the driving handle locking piece 361 in the case of frequent pressing of handle release button 362 is moved Reliability and stability.

Preferably, as shown in Figure 121, along handle release button 362 to press direction (such as upper shown in Figure 121 Under direction), sliding guide surface 3611 can be configured to moving direction (such as institute in Figure 121 towards handle locking part 361 The front and rear direction shown) tilt extension.Thus, when pressing handle release button 362 from top to bottom, it can be oriented to by sliding The driving handle locking piece 361 of plane 3611 is moved along direction from front to back, so as to realize that driving handle locking piece 361 is moved to Unlocked position.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 117 and Figure 119, can have on the side wall of extension 51 There is lock-bit hole 511, one end (such as the front end of the handle locking part 361 shown in Figure 117) of handle locking part 361 is configured to lock Position projection 3612, wherein, when lock-bit projection 3612 is inserted in lock-bit hole 511, handle locking part 361 is in the locked position, and is changed Yan Zhi, when handle locking part 361 is in the locked position, lock-bit projection 3612 is inserted in lock-bit hole 511, so as to realize by Extension 51 is locked in cylinder block set 300.

Preferably, as shown in Figure 117 and Figure 121, the direction (example stretched into along lock-bit projection 3612 into lock-bit hole 511 Direction from back to front as shown in Figure 121), the cross-sectional area of lock-bit projection 3612 can be gradually reduced, for example, lock-bit is convex The cross-sectional area for playing 3612 is gradually reduced along direction from back to front.During lock-bit projection 3612 inserts lock-bit hole 511, The front end of lock-bit projection 3612 can play a part of positioning and guiding so that lock-bit projection 3612 is gradually inserted in lock-bit hole 511, Misplaced so as to be effectively prevented from lock-bit projection 3612 with lock-bit hole 511, it is to avoid lock-bit projection 3612 and the side wall in lock-bit hole 511 are sent out Raw collision.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 120-Figure 123, cylinder block set 300 can also include bullet Property element 363, flexible member 363 is located between casing 31 and handle locking part 361, is in normal driving handle locking piece 361 Latched position.That is, flexible member 363 all the time there is driving handle locking piece 361 to be moved towards latched position and by hand Handle locking piece 361 is locked in the power of latched position.When user's pressing handle release button 362, handle locking part 361 is from locking bit Put and be moved to unlocked position, and after user's release lever release button 362, handle locking part 361 can be in flexible member 363 Under promotion, recover from unlocked position movement to latched position, while can be resetted with driving handle release button 362.So as to real Now automatically reset effect, at the same time it can also improve the reliability that handle locking part 361 is locked to extension 51.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, casing 31 can include main body section 315 and machine neck 316, machine neck 316 extend from main body section 315 to away from the direction of main body section 315 (such as the upwardly direction shown in Figure 115), machine neck 316 One end (such as the upper end of the machine neck 316 shown in Figure 115) of remote main body section 315 can have to away from machine neck The grip protuberance 319 of 316 directions (such as the rearwardly direction shown in Figure 115) extension, plug-in opening 3161 runs through machine neck The end face (such as the upper surface of the machine neck 316 shown in Figure 115) of 316 one end, handle locking part 361 and handle release are pressed Button 362 can be located on grip protuberance 319.Thus, it is possible to reduce the distance of handle locking part 361 and plug-in opening 3161, So that hand-held cleaners T structure is more rationally compact.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 120-Figure 123, grip protuberance 319 can include platform part 3191 and handle portion 3192, The side wall (such as the rear wall of the machine neck 316 shown in Figure 120) of the slave neck 316 of platform part 3191 is risen to away from machine neck 316 direction (such as the direction from front to back shown in Figure 120) extension, handle portion 3192 is from the free end of platform part 3191 (such as the rear end of the platform part 3191 shown in Figure 120) rises (for example schemes to the bearing of trend for being in substantially parallel relationship to machine neck 316 Above-below direction shown in 120) direction (such as the direction from top to bottom shown in Figure 120) extension.Thus, it is possible to optimize The structure of protuberance 319 is held, is easy to user to grasp, while making the structure of the component of casing 31 compacter.

Preferably, handle release button 362 can be located in platform part 3191, and handle release button 362 can along with The perpendicular direction of the bearing of trend (such as the fore-and-aft direction shown in Figure 120) of platform part 3191 is (such as shown in Figure 120 Above-below direction) can press.Thus, it is possible to it is easy to user to press handle release button 362, it is convenient for the user to operate.

The hand-held cleaners T according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 115-Figure 123.

Reference picture 115- Figure 123, hand-held cleaners T include：Handleset 500 and cylinder block set 300.

Specifically, Handleset 500 includes having lock-bit hole 511 on extension 51, the side wall of extension 51.

Cylinder block set 300 includes casing 31, handle locking part 361, handle release button 362 and flexible member 363, casing 31 include main body section 315 and from main body section 315 to the machine neck 316 upwardly extended, and the upper end of machine neck 316, which has, to extend back Grip protuberance 319, grip protuberance 319 include platform part 3191 and handle portion 3192, the slave neck 316 of platform part 3191 Rear wall extend back, handle portion 3192 is extended downwardly from the rear end of platform part 3191, and handle portion 3192 and machine neck 316 General parallel orientation.Being provided with platform part 3191 is used to limiting the locating part 3193 of the displacement along the vertical direction of handle locking part 361.

The end face of the upper end of machine neck 316 is provided with the plug-in opening 3161 through upper surface, and handle locking part 361 is located at flat In platform portion 3191, handle release button 362 is located in platform part 3191 and can pressed along the vertical direction.

Handle locking part 361 is movable between latched position unlocked position along the longitudinal direction, and handle locking part 361 is in The strip extended along the longitudinal direction, the lock-bit that the front end of handle locking part 361 is configured to be adapted for insertion into lock-bit hole 511 is raised 3612, along along direction from back to front, the cross-sectional area of lock-bit projection 3612 is gradually reduced.The top surface of handle locking part 361 to Lower recess is formed with sliding guide surface 3611, and sliding guide surface 3611 is being in turn forward downwards along along direction from top to bottom Oblique plane.

Flexible member 363 is spring, and flexible member 363 is set in the rear end of handle locking part 361, and flexible member 363 Front end be connected with handle locking part 361, the rear end of flexible member 363 is connected with handle portion 3192, and flexible member 363 often locate In compressive state.

The upper surface of platform part 3191 is stretched out in the upper end of handle release button 362, and the lower end of handle release button 362 is formed There is the cooperation guide surface 3621 for coordinating sliding with sliding guide surface 3611, coordinate guide surface 3621 and sliding guide surface 3611 parallel and relative slide that can fit.

When user needs removal handle component 500, handle release button 362, handle locking can be pressed from top to bottom Part 361 is moved to unlocked position from locked position, specifically, and handle release button 362 is moved down, and coordinates guide surface 3621 Move down, driving sliding guide surface 3611 is moved rearwards by, so that handle locking part 361 is moved rearwards by, lock-bit protrusion Exited from lock-bit hole 511, now, user can take out extension 51 from plug-in opening 3161, so as to realize handle group Part 500 is disassembled from cylinder block set 300.

After release lever release button 362, handle locking part 361 is moved in the presence of spring force from unlocked position To latched position, and driving handle release button 362 resets.

According to the hand-held cleaners T of the utility model embodiment, it is only necessary to flicking handle release button 362, it is possible to take Go out Handleset 500, it is simple in construction, it is easy to operate.

Describe to be filled according to the start of the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model one embodiment below with reference to Figure 124-Figure 132 Put.

As shown in Figure 124-Figure 128, cylinder block set 300 includes：Casing 31, push button component 35 and positioning component.

Specifically, there is sliding conduit in casing 31；Being fit partially within for push button component 35 is slid in conduit, and push button group Length direction (such as the above-below direction shown in Figure 125) slip of part 35 along sliding conduit；Positioning component, which includes first, to be determined Position part (such as the first projection 3512 described below) and the second keeper (such as the second projection 3108 described below), First keeper is respectively provided at push button component 35 on the width (such as the left and right directions shown in Figure 128) of sliding conduit Both sides (such as the left side and right side of the push button component 35 shown in Figure 128), the second keeper is respectively provided at sliding conduit Both sides (such as left side and the right side of the slippage slot shown in Figure 128 on width (such as the left and right directions shown in Figure 128) Side).

Wherein, during push button component 35 slides, when the first keeper (is such as schemed from the side of the second keeper The downside of the second keeper shown in 128) when touching the second keeper, in the first keeper and the second keeper at least One generation elastic deformation, for example, can occur elastic deformation with only the first keeper, can also only the second keeper generation elasticity Deformation, can also be the first keeper and the second keeper while occurring elastic deformation, so that the first keeper is crossed to second The opposite side (such as the upside of the second keeper shown in Figure 128) of keeper.So as to realize the on and off of push button component 35.

It is real according to the utility model compared to the structure that push button component 35 is switched is realized using recoil of spring in correlation technique The cylinder block set 300 of example is applied, the elastic deformation occurred in itself by using the first keeper and the second keeper, to realize push button The on and off of component 35, thus, it is possible to effectively ensure that push button component 35 maintains the stability for the state of opening or closing, and reduces zero Number of components, reduces cost, improves efficiency of assembling.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 128, Figure 131 and Figure 132, cylinder block set 300 can enter One step includes：Elastic rib 3511, elastic rib 3511 can be located at push button component 35 and (for example scheme in the width of sliding conduit Left and right directions shown in 128) at least side, for example, elastic rib 3511 can be only defined sliding conduit left side, also may be used To be only defined the right side of sliding conduit, elastic rib 3511 can also be respectively provided with the left and right sides of sliding conduit.Elastic rib 3511 It can extend along the length direction (such as the above-below direction shown in Figure 128) of sliding conduit, and elastic rib 3511 is in extension side Upward two ends (such as the top and bottom of the elastic rib 3511 shown in Figure 128) can be connected with push button component 35 respectively, First keeper is located at the side of the remote push button component 35 of elastic rib 3511, for example, the elastic rib on the left of sliding conduit The first keeper on 3511 is located at the left side of elastic rib 3511, and first in the elastic rib 3511 on the right side of sliding conduit is determined Position part is located at the right side of elastic rib 3511.Thus, when the first keeper is contacted with the second keeper, elastic rib 3511 can be sent out Raw elastic deformation so that the first keeper can cross the second keeper to the opposite side of the second keeper.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 128 and Figure 132, elastic rib 3511 can be two, and Two elastic ribs 3511 can be symmetrically disposed in both sides (such as Figure 128 of push button component 35 on the width of sliding conduit Shown in push button component 35 left side and right side), each first keeper is each provided in corresponding elastic rib 3511.By The left and right sides is respectively provided with the keeper of elastic rib 3511 and first, and can making push button component 35, left and right stress is more during sliding To be uniform, at the same time it can also ensure the premise of stability of the push button component 35 under open and close state, push button component 35 is improved In the flexibility switched between on and off.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 128 and Figure 129, the first keeper can be towards remote The first projection 3512 protruded from the center position of push button component 35.For example, the first keeper positioned at the left side of push button component 35 is The first projection 3512 protruded to the left, the first keeper positioned at the right side of push button component 35 is that first protruded to the right is raised 3512, thus, it is possible to simplify the structure of the first keeper, production difficulty is reduced, is easy to processing and manufacturing.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 128 and Figure 129, the second keeper is towards slippage slot Second projection 3108 of road center position protrusion.For example, the second keeper on the left of sliding conduit is the protruded to the right Two projections 3108, the second keeper on the right side of sliding conduit is the second projection 3108 protruded to the left, thus, it is possible to simplify The structure of second keeper, reduces production difficulty, is easy to processing and manufacturing.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 128 and Figure 129, positioned at push button component 35 in slippage slot First keeper of the both sides (such as the left side and right side of the push button component 35 shown in Figure 129) on the width in road can be with Centerline axis on push button component 35 is arranged symmetrically.Thus, it is possible to make the first keeper of the left and right sides while contacting and getting over The second keeper is crossed, so that the uniform force during promotion of push button component 35, it is to avoid push button component 35 occurs crooked.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, width (such as Figure 128 institute of the push button component 35 in sliding conduit The left and right directions shown) on every side (such as the left side and right side of the push button component 35 shown in Figure 128) can be respectively equipped with it is multiple First keeper, when the first keeper of diverse location along the vertical direction crosses the second keeper, can correspond to fan assembly Switch and different capacity gear；When push button component 35 only controls the on and off of fan assembly, multiple first keepers Push button component 35 can further be improved and opening or closing the stability of state.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 125-Figure 127, push button component 35 can include：Extrapolation Button 351 and interior push button 352, at least part of outer push button 351 can be located at outside casing 31, in order to which user can push directly on outside Push button 351；At least part of interior push button 352 can be located in casing 31, and interior push button 352 is connected with outer push button 351, so that Interior push button 352 and outer push button 351 can be in synchronization-slidings between position and shutdown position of starting shooting.When user promotes outer push button 351 When, outer push button 351 can drive the interior synchronization-sliding of push button 352, so as to be conducive to the fine motion in the interior triggering of push button 352 casing 31 to open 34 are closed, to realize that push button component 35 controls fan assembly by microswitch 34.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 125- Figure 129, sliding conduit only can include and interior push button 352 the first sliding conduits 3106 coordinated, the second keeper is located on the first sliding conduit 3106；Sliding conduit can also be wrapped only The the second sliding conduit 3107 coordinated with outer push button 351 is included, the second keeper is located on the second sliding conduit 3107；Slide conduit The the first sliding conduit 3106 coordinated with interior push button 352 and the second sliding coordinated with outer push button 351 can also be included simultaneously Conduit 3107, now, the second keeper can be located on the first sliding conduit 3106, can also be located at the second sliding conduit 3107 On, the second keeper can also be equipped with the first sliding sliding conduit 3107 of conduit 3106 and second.When the interior He of push button 352 When outer push button 351 is slided in the first sliding conduit 3106, the first keeper can be contacted with the second keeper, and cause first Keeper crosses the second keeper, so as to realize the switching of open and close state.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 124 and Figure 125, there can be fresh air inlet on casing 31 3101 and exhaust vent 3104, there can be closed body wind of the connection between fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104 in casing 31 Road；Cylinder block set 300 can also include：Fan assembly and microswitch 34, wherein, fan assembly is located in body air duct, wind Thermomechanical components are used to make air-flow out of fresh air inlet 3101 suction body air duct, and make air-flow in body air duct from the row of exhaust vent 3104 Go out, microswitch 34 is located in casing 31, and microswitch 34 is electrically connected with fan assembly, microswitch 34 is by push button component 35 Whether triggering, drive fan assembly to work to switch.For example, when the triggering microswitch 34 of push button component 35 is closed, blower fan group Part can be powered start-up operation so that air-flow can along " direction of fresh air inlet 3101- body air ducts-exhaust vent 3104 " is flowed, When push button component 35, which separates microswitch 34 with microswitch 34, to be opened, blower fan is stopped.Thus, it is possible to improve push button group Control accuracy of the part 35 to fan assembly, it is ensured that what is controlled in the case of the frequent use of push button component 35 fan assembly is reliable Property.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 125- Figure 127 can have air guide member in casing 31, lead Wind part is located at exhaust vent 3104, and air guide member can make the air-flow in body air duct by exhaust vent 3104 relative to be cleaned Surface tilts upward submitting, thus, it is possible to which the wind for being effectively prevented from blowing out from exhaust vent 3104 is dissipated below hand-held cleaners Dust, so as to ensure the dust removing effects of hand-held cleaners.

The cylinder block set 300 according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 124-Figure 132.

Reference picture 124, cylinder block set 300 includes：Casing 31, fan assembly, microswitch 34, push button component 35 and positioning Component.

Specifically, have to have in fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104, casing 31 as shown in Figure 124, on casing 31 and connect The closed body air duct led between fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104；Have in casing 31 and be located at exhaust vent 3104 and make Air-flow in body air duct tilts upward the air guide member of submitting by exhaust vent 3104 relative to surface to be cleaned.Fan assembly is set In body air duct, so that air-flow is out of fresh air inlet 3101 suction body air duct, and make air-flow in body air duct from exhaust vent 3104 discharges.

Microswitch 34 is located in casing 31 and electrically connected with fan assembly, and the driving fan assembly work in closure； Microswitch 34 includes body 341 and shrapnel part 342, one end of shrapnel part 342 is connected with body 341, the other end along The length direction of body 341 is towards close to the extension of the direction of push button component 35, length direction and the push button component of body 341 Angle (such as the angle theta shown in Figure 125) between 35 glide direction is 30 °~70 °.

There is the first sliding conduit 3106 in casing 31 and have the second sliding conduit 3107, push button component 35 is located at casing 31 It is upper and between start position and shutdown position can slip along the vertical direction, push button component 35 includes：Outer push button 351 and interior push away Having on button 352, outer push button 351 has spacing breach 3521 on the connecting portion 3513 penetrated in casing 31, interior push button 352, even The inner of socket part 3513 coordinates in spacing breach 3521, to realize outer push button 351 and the synchronization-sliding of interior push button 352.

Interior push button 352 is fit at least partially into the first sliding conduit 3106, and the part of outer push button 351 is located at casing 31 Interior and cooperation is in the second sliding conduit 3107, and the top and lower end that interior push button 352 is located at microswitch 34 are used to trigger fine motion Switch 34 is closed.

The left and right sides of push button component 35 is provided with elastic rib 3511, and elastic rib 3511 is two and is symmetrically disposed in outer push button 351 left side and right side, elastic rib 3511 is vertically extending and top and bottom are connected with outer push button 351 respectively, each The first outstanding keeper is equipped with elastic rib 3511.First keeper of the outer left and right sides of push button 351 is on push button The centerline axis of component 35 is arranged symmetrically.

The left side and right side of second sliding conduit 3107 are provided with second of the center line protrusion to the second sliding conduit 3107 Keeper, during push button component 35 slides, when the side of the first keeper from the second keeper touches the second positioning During part, elastic deformation occurs for elastic rib 3511 so that the first keeper crosses the opposite side to the second keeper.

When user promotes outer push button 351 in a downward direction, outer push button 351 drives interior push button 352 while moving down, So that the lower end of interior push button 352 promotes the shrapnel part 342 of microswitch 34 to contact the body 341 of microswitch 34, so as to touch Hair microswitch 34 is closed, and now fan assembly, which is powered, starts to drive air-flow to flow to exhaust vent 3104 from fresh air inlet 3101.Meanwhile, During outer push button 351 is promoted, the first keeper on outer push button 351 moves closer to and contacts the second positioning from top to bottom Part, in the presence of thrust, elastic rib 3511 is deformed upon so that the first keeper can cross the second positioning from top to bottom Part, the then recovery of elastic rib 3511 deformation, the first keeper is stuck in the lower section of the second keeper so that touch switch is remained Trigger the state of closure, fan assembly continuous firing.Vice versa.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, by setting rational structure with angle and cleverly transporting With the starting pinciple of microswitch 34, so as to ensure that the reliability in the case of the frequent pressing of microswitch 34.In addition, by The left and right sides of outer push button 351 sets the keeper of elastic rib 3511 and first, and is matched somebody with somebody using the first keeper and the second keeper Close the purpose for reaching open and close so that Stability Analysis of Structures, installation effectiveness is high and cost is low.

Describe to be filled according to the start of the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model one embodiment below with reference to Figure 124-Figure 132 Put.

As shown in Figure 124 and Figure 125, according to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, including：Casing 31, blower fan Component, microswitch 34 and push button component 35.

Specifically, having on casing 31 in fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104, casing 31 has connection in fresh air inlet Closed body air duct between 3101 and exhaust vent 3104；Fan assembly is located in body air duct, and fan assembly is used to make air-flow Out of fresh air inlet 3101 suction body air duct, and the air-flow in body air duct is set to be discharged from exhaust vent 3104.

Microswitch 34 is located in casing 31, and microswitch 34 is electrically connected with fan assembly, is closed in microswitch 34 When driving fan assembly work, that is to say, that when microswitch 34 is closed, fan assembly can be powered start-up operation so that Air-flow can be along " the direction flowing of fresh air inlet 3101- body air ducts-exhaust vent 3104 ".

Push button component 35 is located on casing 31, and push button component 35 is reciprocally slided between start position and shutdown position Move, when push button component 35 slides onto start position, the triggering microswitch 34 of push button component 35 is closed, and blower fan is started working, hand Dust suction can be started by holding dust catcher.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, by setting microswitch 34, and push button component 35 is utilized Triggering microswitch 34 is used for the opening and closing for controlling fan assembly, thus, it is possible to improve push button component 35 to fan assembly Control accuracy, it is ensured that in the case of the frequent use of push button component 35 to fan assembly control reliability.

In one embodiment of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 125-Figure 127, push button component 35 can include：Extrapolation Button 351 and interior push button 352, at least part of outer push button 351 can be located at outside casing 31, in order to which user can push directly on outside Push button 351；At least part of interior push button 352 can be located in casing 31, and interior push button 352 is connected with outer push button 351, so that Interior push button 352 and outer push button 351 can be in synchronization-slidings between position and shutdown position of starting shooting.When user promotes outer push button 351 When, outer push button 351 can drive the interior synchronization-sliding of push button 352, so as to be conducive to the fine motion in the interior triggering of push button 352 casing 31 to open 34 are closed, to realize that push button component 35 controls fan assembly by microswitch 34.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 125- Figure 127 can have the first slippage slot in casing 31 Road 3106, interior push button 352 is fit at least partially into the first sliding conduit 3106, for example, interior push button 352 only can partly match somebody with somebody Close in the first sliding conduit 3106, can also all coordinate in the first sliding conduit 3106, so as to by the first sliding Conduit 3106 limits the free degree of interior push button 352 so that interior push button 352 only has the length direction along the first sliding conduit 3106 The free degree of (such as the above-below direction shown in his Figure 125), that is to say, that interior push button 352 can only slide along the vertical direction, by This, can be effectively prevented from the interior push button 352 during push button component 35 is promoted and shift, so as to ensure interior push button 352 Kinematic accuracy, and then ensure that push button component 35 can accurately trigger microswitch 34.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 125- Figure 127 can have the second slippage slot in casing 31 Road 3107, the part of outer push button 351 is located in casing 31 and coordinated in the second sliding conduit 3107, for example, outer push button 351 can To be only fit partially within the second sliding conduit 3107, can also all it coordinate in the second sliding conduit 3107, so as to The free degree of outer push button 351 is limited by the second sliding conduit 3107 so that outer push button 351 only has along the second sliding conduit 3107 Length direction (such as the above-below direction shown in his Figure 125) the free degree, that is to say, that outer push button 351 can only be vertically Direction slides, and is shifted thus, it is possible to be effectively prevented from the outer push button 351 during push button component 35 is promoted, so as to protect The kinematic accuracy of the outer push button 351 of card, and then ensure that push button component 35 can accurately trigger microswitch 34.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 125, Figure 130-Figure 132, can have on outer push button 351 Have a connecting portion 3513 penetrated in casing 31, connecting portion 3513 it is inner with interior push button 352 is spacing is connected, to ensure promoting outer During push button 351, interior push button 352 and outer push button 351 can keep synchronization-sliding.

Specifically, can have spacing breach 3521, the inner (such as institute in Figure 125 of connecting portion 3513 on interior push button 352 The rear end of the connecting portion 3513 shown) coordinate in spacing breach 3521.With reference to shown in Figure 125, Figure 130 and Figure 132, interior push button 352 front end is formed with the spacing breach 3521 of opening forward, and the rear end of outer push button 351 has the connecting portion extended back 3513, in the interior push button 352 of assembling and outer push button 351, connecting portion 3513 is inserted in spacing breach 3521, and connecting portion 3513 Upper surface and lower surface be against respectively on the upper wall surface and lower wall surface of spacing breach 3521, so as to realize outer push button 351 With being reliably connected for interior push button 352, and outer push button 351 and interior push button 352 is set to keep synchronization-sliding.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, as shown in Figure 126 and Figure 127, push button component 35 along the vertical direction may be used Sliding, interior push button 352 can be located at the top of microswitch 34, and the lower end of interior push button 352 is closed for triggering microswitch 34 Close, that is to say, that when promoting push button component 35 to move down, interior push button 352 moves down so that interior push button 352 places an order Contacted with microswitch 34, so that microswitch 34 is triggered, thus, it is possible to make reasonable structural arrangement compact.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, microswitch 34 can include body 341 and shrapnel part 342, bullet The one end in piece portion 342 can (upper end or rear end of such as shrapnel part 342) be connected with body 341, the other end of shrapnel part 342 (lower end or front end of such as shrapnel part 342) can be along the length direction direction of body 341 close to the side of push button component 35 To extension, the angle between the length direction of body 341 and the glide direction of push button component 35 is (such as shown in Figure 125 Angle theta) it is 30 °~70 °.Microswitch is triggered thus, it is possible to be further ensured that in the case where frequently promoting push button component 35 34 reliability.For example, angle between the production degree direction of body 341 and the glide direction of push button component 35 can for 40 °, 50 °, 60 ° etc..

In some embodiments of the present utility model, reference picture 125- Figure 127 can have air guide member in casing 31, lead Wind part is located at exhaust vent 3104, and air guide member can make the air-flow in body air duct by exhaust vent 3104 relative to be cleaned Surface tilts upward submitting relative to surface to be cleaned, thus, it is possible to which the wind for being effectively prevented from blowing out from exhaust vent 3104 dissipates Dust below hand-held cleaners, so as to ensure the dust removing effects of hand-held cleaners.

The cylinder block set 300 according to one specific embodiment of the utility model is described below with reference to Figure 124-Figure 132.

Reference picture 124, cylinder block set 300 includes：Casing 31, fan assembly, microswitch 34, push button component 35 and positioning Component.

Specifically, have to have in fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104, casing 31 as shown in Figure 124, on casing 31 and connect The closed body air duct led between fresh air inlet 3101 and exhaust vent 3104；Have in casing 31 and be located at exhaust vent 3104 and make Air-flow in body air duct tilts upward submitting relative to surface to be cleaned by exhaust vent 3104 relative to surface to be cleaned Air guide member.Fan assembly is located in body air duct, so that air-flow is out of fresh air inlet 3101 suction body air duct, and makes body air duct Interior air-flow is discharged from exhaust vent 3104.

Microswitch 34 is located in casing 31 and electrically connected with fan assembly, and the driving fan assembly work in closure； Microswitch 34 includes body 341 and shrapnel part 342, one end of shrapnel part 342 is connected with body 341, the other end along The length direction of body 341 is towards close to the extension of the direction of push button component 35, length direction and the push button component of body 341 Angle between 35 glide direction is 30 °~70 °.

There is the first sliding conduit 3106 in casing 31 and have the second sliding conduit 3107, push button component 35 is located at casing 31 It is upper and between start position and shutdown position can slip along the vertical direction, push button component 35 includes：Outer push button 351 and interior push away Having on button 352, outer push button 351 has spacing breach 3521 on the connecting portion 3513 penetrated in casing 31, interior push button 352, even The inner of socket part 3513 coordinates in spacing breach 3521, to realize outer push button 351 and the synchronization-sliding of interior push button 352.

Interior push button 352 is fit at least partially into the first sliding conduit 3106, and the part of outer push button 351 is located at casing 31 Interior and cooperation is in the second sliding conduit 3107, and the top and lower end that interior push button 352 is located at microswitch 34 are used to trigger fine motion Switch 34 is closed.

The left and right sides of push button component 35 is provided with elastic rib 3511, and elastic rib 3511 is two and is symmetrically disposed in outer push button 351 left side and right side, elastic rib 3511 is vertically extending and top and bottom are connected with outer push button 351 respectively, each The first outstanding keeper is equipped with elastic rib 3511.First keeper of the outer left and right sides of push button 351 is on push button The centerline axis of component 35 is arranged symmetrically.

The left side and right side of second sliding conduit 3107 are provided with second of the center line protrusion to the second sliding conduit 3107 Keeper, during push button component 35 slides, when the side of the first keeper from the second keeper touches the second positioning During part, elastic deformation occurs for elastic rib 3511 so that the first keeper crosses the opposite side to the second keeper.

When user promotes outer push button 351 in a downward direction, outer push button 351 drives interior push button 352 while moving down, So that the lower end of interior push button 352 promotes the shrapnel part 342 of microswitch 34 to contact the body 341 of microswitch 34, so as to touch Hair microswitch 34 is closed, and now fan assembly, which is powered, starts to drive air-flow to flow to exhaust vent 3104 from fresh air inlet 3101.Meanwhile, During outer push button 351 is promoted, the first keeper on outer push button 351 moves closer to and contacts the second positioning from top to bottom Part, in the presence of thrust, elastic rib 3511 is deformed upon so that the first keeper can cross the second positioning from top to bottom Part, the then recovery of elastic rib 3511 deformation, the first keeper is stuck in the lower section of the second keeper so that touch switch is remained Trigger the state of closure, fan assembly continuous firing.Vice versa.

According to the cylinder block set 300 of the utility model embodiment, by setting rational structure with angle and cleverly transporting With the starting pinciple of microswitch 34, so as to ensure that the reliability in the case of the frequent pressing of microswitch 34.In addition, by The left and right sides of outer push button 351 sets the keeper of elastic rib 3511 and first, and is matched somebody with somebody using the first keeper and the second keeper Close the purpose for reaching open and close so that Stability Analysis of Structures, installation effectiveness is high and cost is low.

133 to Figure 142 specifically describe the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

Include casing K10, handle housing K40, switch K20, body according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment Switch push button K30, bat-handle switch push button K50, linked component, handle housing K40 are connected with casing K10, switch K20 be one and It is located in casing K10 or handle housing K40, subunit switch push button K30 is located on casing K10 in which can promote, bat-handle switch push button K50 is located on handle housing K40 in which can promote, and linked component is located between subunit switch push button K30 and switch and bat-handle switch Between push button K50 and switch, and any one in subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 is pushed into and beaten Switch is closed during open position.

Thus, according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment, by setting bat-handle switch on handle housing K40 Push button K50, it is possible to achieve the dual control mould that bat-handle switch push button K50 and subunit switch push button K30 are controlled to switch K20 respectively Formula, and because bat-handle switch push button K50 is located on handle housing K40, user need not bend over to operate in open and close dust catcher, Facilitate the operation of user.The hand-held cleaners it is simple in construction, compact, the connection of each part is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, using safety, Easy to operate, Consumer's Experience is good.

Wherein, switch K20 is one and is located in casing K10 that linked component includes driving member K11 and drive link K61, is passed Moving part K11 is movably located in casing K10, when subunit switch push button K30 is pushed into open position, subunit switch push button K30 promotes driving member K11 to close switch, drive link K61 be movably located at bat-handle switch push button K50 and driving member K11 it Between, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is pushed into open position, bat-handle switch push button K50 promotes driving member by drive link K61 K11 closes switch.Thus, by setting driving member K11 in casing K10, and in bat-handle switch push button K50 and driving member Drive link K61 is set, it is possible to achieve the transmission of power and motion, so as to realize switch K20 "on" position and power-off shape between K11 The switching of state, it is simple in construction, compact, it is easy to operate using safety.

Alternatively, according to one embodiment of the present utility model, driving member K11 is provided with matching board K111, subunit switch Push button K30 be provided with baffle plate K31, baffle plate K31 be located at matching board K111 side with subunit switch push button K30 by direction Matching board K111 motions are promoted when open position is promoted, and when subunit switch push button K30 is promoted towards closed position with matching somebody with somebody Plywood K111 is separated.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 137, Figure 139, Figure 142, the subunit switch push button K30 side towards chamber is provided with convex For the baffle plate K31 of subunit switch push button K30 madial wall, the driving member K11 side towards subunit switch push button K30 is set There is the matching board K111 coordinated with baffle plate K31, and matching board K111 is located at baffle plate K31 lower section, when subunit switch push button K30 from closed position (i.e. casing first position P1) to open position (i.e. casing second place P2) it is mobile when, i.e. subunit switch Push button K30 is from top to bottom moved, subunit switch push button K30 baffle plate K31 and driving member K11 matching board K111 stop to, and Driving member K11 is promoted to move down, driving member K11 pull switch K20, which is realized, to be powered；When subunit switch push button K30 is by opening (machine Shell second place P2) to during closed position (casing first position P1) movement, i.e., subunit switch push button K30 is moved from the bottom to top, Subunit switch push button K30 baffle plate K31 is moved up to be progressively disengaged with driving member K11 with driving member K11, makes transmission Part K11 departs from switch K20, realizes switch K20 off-position.

Thus, by setting baffle plate K31 on subunit switch push button K30, and set and baffle plate on driving member K11 The matching board K111 of K31 adaptations, it is possible to achieve subunit switch push button K30 promotes the purpose of driving member K11 movements, and then driving member After K11 pull switch K20 is powered, and subunit switch push button K30 baffle plate K31 and driving member K11 depart from, switch is gradually realized K20 power-off, it is simple in construction, processing, it is easy to manufacture, controllability is strong.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, casing K10 is connected with handle housing K40 by connecting tube, Casing K10 and handle housing K40 are connected to the two ends of connecting tube, and drive link K61 is arranged in connecting tube and along the axial direction of connecting tube It is movable.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 133 and Figure 134, connecting tube K60 formation is vertically (as shown in Figure 133 and Figure 134 Above-below direction) extension tubular structure, define the passage K601 extended along its length, connecting tube in connecting tube K60 K60 one end (upper end as shown in Figure 133) is plugged in handle housing K40 chamber, and the connecting tube K60 other end is (as schemed Lower end shown in 133) it is plugged in casing K10 chamber, so as to realize being detachably connected for casing K10 and handle housing K40.

Further, in connecting tube K60 provided with the drive link K61 extended along its length, drive link K61 one end with Bat-handle switch push button K50 is connected, and drive link K61 another end switch K20 is alternatively connected, by casing K10 and handle case Connecting tube K60 is set between body K40, facilitates the connection and dismounting of the two, and moveable drive link is set in connecting tube K60 K61, so as to realize controls of the bat-handle switch push button K50 to switch K20 off-position and "on" position, simple in construction, transmission Convenient, safety is high using reliability.

Wherein, the remote handle housing K40 of connecting tube one end is provided with fixed cover, and fixed cover is provided with through hole, drive link K61 one end can promote driving member K11 after passing through through hole.Reference picture 137 and Figure 139, connecting tube K60 lower end is provided with detachable Fixed cover K62 to close connecting tube K60 lower switch, fixed cover K62 middle part is provided with through hole, and the radial dimension of through hole More than or equal to drive link K61 radial dimension, when drive link K61 is movable in connecting tube K60, drive link K61 lower end can be with Through through hole to facilitate and switch K20 connections.

Advantageously, linked component includes elastic component K12, and elastic component K12 is connected with driving member K11 and often promotes driving member K11 is moved towards the direction for making to switch off.

Specifically, reference picture 137 and Figure 138, and combine in Figure 140 and Figure 139, casing K10 chamber provided with elastic component K12 and driving member K11, driving member K11 be movable in casing K10 and the two ends (upper end as shown in Figure 137 of driving member K11 With lower end) respectively with drive link K61 and switching K20 contact K22 and being selectively connected, driving member K11 middle part is provided with fore-set, Elastic component K12 one end is installed in casing K10, and the elastic component K12 other end is connected with driving member K11 fore-set.

When casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, by subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 to casing When second place P2 is moved, subunit switch push button K30 promotes driving member K11 to the side close to switch K20 (as shown in Figure 137 Downside) it is mobile, driving member K11 pull switch K20 is switched to "on" position；By subunit switch push button K30 from casing second Position P2 to casing first position P1 move when, subunit switch push button K30 and driving member K11 depart from, and driving member K11 is in elastic component In the presence of K12, to side (upside as shown in Figure 137) movement away from switch K20, driving member K11 is set to be taken off with switch K20 From realization switch K20 off-position.

When casing K10 and handle housing K40 are assembled, by bat-handle switch push button K50 from closed position (handle first position S1) to during open position (handle second place S2) movement, bat-handle switch push button K50 promotes drive link K61 to move down, then Drive link K61 promote driving member K11 move down so that driving member K11 to close to switch K20 side (as shown in Figure 137 Downside) it is mobile, driving member K11 is only supported with switch, realizes switch K20 "on" position；By bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle Two position S2 to handle first position S1 move when, bat-handle switch push button K50 drive drive link K61 move up, drive link K61 Depart from driving member K11, driving member K11 is in the presence of elastic component K12, to the side away from switch K20 (as shown in Figure 137 Upside) it is mobile, driving member K11 is departed from switch K20, realize switch K20 off-position.

Thus, by setting driving member K11 in casing K10, it is possible to achieve the transmission of power and motion, and in casing K10 It is interior that the elastic component K12 that is connected with driving member K11 is set, make driving member K11 can be with the case where elastic component K12 self- recoverage power is acted on K20 is switched to depart from, so that the switching of switch K20 "on" position and off-position is realized, it is simple in construction, compact, using safety, It is easy to operate.

Wherein, according to one embodiment of the present utility model, handle housing K40 is connected to casing K10 top.User exists During using hand-held cleaners, handle case 40, the convenient control for carrying out switching electricity, because handle housing K40 is located at casing are held On K10, i.e. bat-handle switch push button K50 is located at casing K10 top, and user need not bend over to operate in open and close dust catcher, convenient The operation of user.The hand-held cleaners it is simple in construction, compact, the connection of each part is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, and uses safety, operation Convenient, Consumer's Experience is good.

Alternatively, subunit switch push button K30 can be promoted in the vertical direction, and bat-handle switch push button K50 is in the vertical direction It can promote.Subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 are arranged to the push button that above-below direction can be promoted, meet human body Mechanics, it is user-friendly, improve the use portability of hand-held cleaners.

Advantageously, according to one embodiment of the present utility model, hand-held cleaners also include being used to make subunit switch push button K30 rests on the first positioner of open position and the second card for making bat-handle switch push button K50 rest on open position Position device.

So, when subunit switch push button K30 is pushed into open position by user, the first positioner is by subunit switch push button K30 is fixed on open position, and hand is unclamped, and dust catcher continues to work, it is not necessary to which hand continues to push against subunit switch push button K30, closed position is pushed into when needing to close dust catcher, then by subunit switch push button K30.Equally, when user is by bat-handle switch When push button K50 is pushed into open position, bat-handle switch push button K50 is fixed on open position by the second positioner, and hand is unclamped, Dust catcher continues to work, it is not necessary to which hand continues to push against bat-handle switch push button K50, when needing to close dust catcher, then by hand Handle switch push button K50 is pushed into closed position, easy to operate, and hand-held cleaners can easily grip dust catcher in work, user, Finger is not needed to be against all the time on switch push button, it is high using portability.

First below with reference to cylinder block set of the accompanying drawing 133 to Figure 142 to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment K100 is described in detail.

Casing K10 and handle housing are included according to the cylinder block set K100 of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment K40.Specifically, the lateral wall provided with switch K20, casing K10 in casing K10 is provided with casing first position P1 and casing the Mobilizable subunit switch push button K30 between two position P2, subunit switch push button K30 are selectively connected to control with switch K20 System switch K20 is powered and powered off, and handle housing K40 is detachably connected with casing K10, and handle housing K40 is provided with handle Mobilizable bat-handle switch push button K50 between first position S1 and handle second place S2, bat-handle switch push button K50 and switch K20, which is alternatively connected, to be powered and is powered off with controlling switch K20.

In other words, the cylinder block set K100 of the hand-held cleaners is mainly made up of casing K10 and handle housing K40, wherein, Casing K10 and handle housing K40 form the column of vertically (above-below direction as shown in Figure 133) extension, casing respectively K10 is detachably connected with handle housing K40, casing K10 and handle housing K40 is interior respectively defines for accommodating parts Chamber, switch K20 be detachably arranged in casing K10 chamber and with other electrical parts (such as motor) phase of hand-held cleaners Even to realize the control to electrical part, casing K10 lateral wall is provided with the subunit switch push button turned on chamber and avoids mouth, body Switch push button K30 be movably located at subunit switch push button avoid it is intraoral, subunit switch push button K30 at least a portion stretches into chamber Indoor and be selectively connected with switch K20, handle housing K40 lateral wall is provided with the bat-handle switch push button turned on chamber and kept away Allow mouth, bat-handle switch push button K50 be movably located at bat-handle switch push button avoid it is intraoral, at least the one of bat-handle switch push button K50 Part is stretched into chamber and is selectively connected with switch K20.

Specifically, subunit switch push button K30 can avoid the casing first position P1 and casing of mouth in subunit switch push button Movable between the P2 of the second place, when subunit switch push button K30 is located at casing first position P1, (body as shown in Figure 133 is opened Close the top that push button avoids mouth) when, subunit switch push button K30 departs from switch K20, and switch K20 is in off-position, works as body When switch push button K30 is located at casing second place P2 (the subunit switch push button as shown in Figure 133 avoids the bottom of mouth), body is opened Close push button K30 with switch K20 to be connected, switch K20 is in "on" position.Bat-handle switch push button K50 can be pushed away in bat-handle switch It is movable between the handle first position S1 and handle second place S2 of button avoidance mouth, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is located at handle During first position S1 (the bat-handle switch push button as shown in Figure 133 avoids the top of mouth), bat-handle switch push button K50 and switch K20 Depart from, switch K20 is in off-position, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is located at the handle second place S2 (hands as shown in Figure 133 Handle switch push button avoids the bottom of mouth) when, bat-handle switch push button K50 is connected with switch K20, switch K20 is in "on" position.

It is understood that when handle housing K40 is separated with casing K10, user can be by the body on casing K10 Switch push button K30 is controlled to the opening and closing for switching K20, so as to realize switch K20 "on" position and off-position Switching；After handle housing K40 and casing K10 is assembled, user can pass through the subunit switch push button on casing K10 respectively Bat-handle switch push button K50 on K30 and handle housing K40 is switched over to the startup and closing that switch K20, so as to realize switch In the switching of K20 "on" position and off-position, i.e. subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 any one or When person two is moved to corresponding open position, switch K20 can realize "on" position, and subunit switch push button K30 and hand When handle switch push button K50 is respectively positioned on corresponding closed position, switch K20 is in off-position.

Thus, according to the cylinder block set K100 of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment, by handle housing K40 Upper setting bat-handle switch push button K50, it is possible to achieve bat-handle switch push button K50 and subunit switch push button K30 enter to switch K20 respectively The pattern of double controlling of row control, and because bat-handle switch push button K50 is located on handle housing K40, user is in the hand-held dust suction of open and close Need not bend over operation during device, facilitate the operation of user.The cylinder block set K100's of the hand-held cleaners is simple in construction, compact, respectively Part connection is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, easy to operate using safety, Consumer's Experience is good.

Wherein, as shown in Figure 135 and Figure 136, body K21 is included according to the switch K20 of the utility model embodiment and touched Piece K22.Specifically, body K21 is installed in casing K10, and contact K22 is movably located in casing K10 to be configured to When contact K22 is located at closed position (contact first position L1), contact K22 and body K21 disconnect, be located at opening in contact K22 During position (contact second place L2), contact K22 electrically connects with body K21.

That is, switch K20 is mainly made up of body K21 and contact K22, wherein, body K21 is installed in casing In K10 chamber, contact K22 is located in casing K10 chamber, and can be in contact first position L1 and the contact second place Movable between L2, when contact K22 is in contact first position L1, contact K22 and body K21 departs from, and switch K20 is in disconnected Electricity condition, when contact K22 is in contact second place L2, contact K22 fits with body K21, and contact K22 switches are in energization State.

Subunit switch push button K30 is selectively connected with switching K20 contact K22, when subunit switch push button K30 is in machine During the P1 of shell first position, subunit switch push button K30 and contact K22 departs from, and contact K22 and body K21 departs from, so as to realize body Switch push button K30 controlling switches K20 is in off-position；When subunit switch push button K30 is in casing second place P2, body Switch push button K30 stops conflict piece K22 so that contact K22 is electrically connected with body K21, so as to realize that subunit switch push button K30 is controlled Switch K20 and be in "on" position.

After handle housing K40 and casing K10 assemblings, bat-handle switch push button K50 and switch K20 contact K22 is selectively It is connected, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is in handle first position S1, bat-handle switch push button K50 and contact K22 departs from, contact K22 and body K21 departs from, so as to realize that bat-handle switch push button K50 controlling switches K20 is in off-position；When bat-handle switch is pushed away When button K50 is in handle second place S2, bat-handle switch push button K50 stops conflict piece K22 and electrically connected with body K21, so as to realize Bat-handle switch push button K50 controlling switches K20 is in "on" position.

Thus, switch K20's is simple in construction, and by controlling contact K22 and body K21 disengaging with fitting, realization is opened The switching of K20 off-position and "on" position is closed, by subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 respectively with touching Piece K22 is alternatively connected, and realizes the control of the off-position and "on" position to switching K20, easy to operate, uses safety.

Alternatively, cylinder block set K100 also includes connecting tube K60, connecting tube K60 two ends respectively with casing K10 and handle Housing K40 is connected, and connecting tube K60 has in the passage K601 of two ends insertion, passage K601 provided with movable along its length Drive link K61, drive link K61 one end is connected with bat-handle switch push button K50, and drive link the K61 other end and switch K20 can Selection of land is connected to promote contact K22 activities between contact first position L1 and contact second place L2.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 133 and Figure 134, cylinder block set K100 is main by casing K10, handle housing K40, connection Pipe K60 is constituted, the tubulose of wherein connecting tube K60 formation vertically (above-below direction as shown in Figure 133 and Figure 134) extension The passage K601 extended along its length is defined in structure, connecting tube K60, connecting tube K60 one end is (as shown in Figure 133 Upper end) be plugged in handle housing K40 chamber, the connecting tube K60 other end (lower end as shown in Figure 133) is plugged on machine In shell K10 chamber, so as to realize being detachably connected for casing K10 and handle housing K40.

Further, in connecting tube K60 provided with the drive link K61 extended along its length, drive link K61 one end with Bat-handle switch push button K50 is connected, and drive link K61 another end switch K20 is alternatively connected, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is from hand Handle first position S1 to handle second place S2 move when, bat-handle switch push button K50 drive drive link K61 along its length by It is up to lower to move, the drive link K61 other end is gradually connected with switching K20 contact K22, realize contact K22 and body K21 Between electrical connection；When bat-handle switch push button K50 is moved from handle second place S2 to handle first position S1, bat-handle switch Push button K50 drives drive link K61 to move from the bottom to top along its length, makes the drive link K61 other end promptly with switching K20 Contact K22 depart from, contact K22 further with body K21 depart from, so as to realize at bat-handle switch push button K50 controlling switches K20 In off-position.

Thus, by setting connecting tube K60 between casing K10 and handle housing K40, the connection of the two is facilitated with tearing open Unload, and moveable drive link K61 is set in connecting tube K60, so as to realize that bat-handle switch push button K50 breaks to switch K20 The control of electricity condition and "on" position, simple in construction, transmission is convenient, safety, high using reliability.

Advantageously, connecting tube K60 neighbouring casing K10 one end is provided with fixed cover K62, and fixed cover K62 middle part is provided with Through hole, drive link K61 through through hole with promote contact K22 and body K21 stop to.

Reference picture 137 and Figure 139, connecting tube K60 lower end are provided with dismountable fixed cover K62 to close connecting tube K60 Lower switch, fixed cover K62 middle part is provided with through hole, and the radial dimension of through hole is more than or equal to drive link K61 radial ruler Very little, when drive link K61 is movable in connecting tube K60, drive link K61 lower end can facilitate and switch K20's through through hole Contact K22 connections.

Specifically, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is in handle first position S1, drive link K61 lower end is located at fixation Separated on set K62 and with the contact K22 for switching K20, now, fixed cover K62 plays a part of support；When bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle first position S1 to handle second place S2 move when, drive link K61 along connecting tube K60 axially activity, transmission Bar K61 lower end is stretched out stops to now, fixed cover K62 plays guiding outside fixed cover K62 and gradually with switching K20 contact K22 Effect；When bat-handle switch push button K50 is in handle second place S2, drive link K61 lower end and contact K22 stop to, and Shi Kaiguan K20 contact K22 is electrically connected with body K21, now, and fixed cover K62 still functions as the effect of support.

Wherein, cylinder block set K100 also includes driving member K11 and elastic component K12.Specifically, driving member K11 is movable Ground is located in casing K10, and driving member K11 two ends are selectively connected with contact K22 and drive link K61 respectively, elastic component K12 One end be installed in casing K10, the elastic component K12 other end is connected to be configured in drive link K61 with passing with driving member K11 When moving part K11 departs from, elastic component K12 promote driving member K11 away from contact K22, and/or to be configured to drive link K61 and body Switch push button K30 depart from when, elastic component K12 promote driving member K11 away from contact K22.

Specifically, reference picture 137 and Figure 138, and combine in Figure 140 and Figure 139, casing K10 chamber provided with elastic component K12 and driving member K11, driving member K11 be movable in casing K10 and the two ends (upper end as shown in Figure 137 of driving member K11 With lower end) respectively with drive link K61 and switching K20 contact K22 and being selectively connected, driving member K11 middle part is provided with fore-set, Elastic component K12 one end is installed in casing K10, and the elastic component K12 other end is connected with driving member K11 fore-set.

When casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, by subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 to casing When second place P2 is moved, subunit switch push button K30 promotes driving member K11 to the side close to switch K20 (as shown in Figure 137 Downside) it is mobile, driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 is stopped to and promoting contact K22 to be electrically connected with body K21, reality Now switch K20 "on" position；When subunit switch push button K30 is moved from casing second place P2 to casing first position P1, Subunit switch push button K30 and driving member K11 departs from, and driving member K11 switchs the one of K20 in the presence of elastic component K12, to remote Side (upside as shown in Figure 137) is mobile, departs from driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22, contact K22 and body K21 Depart from, realize switch K20 off-position.

When casing K10 and handle housing K40 is assembled, by bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle first position S1 to handle When second place S2 is moved, bat-handle switch push button K50 promotes drive link K61 to move down, and then drive link K61 promotes driving member K11 is moved down, so that driving member K11 is to close to side (downside as shown in Figure 137) movement for switching K20, driving member K11 Stop with switching K20 contact K22 to and promoting contact K22 electrically connect with body K21, realization switchs K20 "on" position；Will When bat-handle switch push button K50 is moved from handle second place S2 to handle first position S1, bat-handle switch push button K50 drives transmission Bar K61 is moved up, and drive link K61 and driving member K11 depart from, and driving member K11 is in the presence of elastic component K12, to keeping away The side (upside as shown in Figure 137) for closing K20 is mobile, departs from driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22, contact K22 Depart from body K21, realize switch K20 off-position.

Thus, by setting driving member K11 in casing K10, it is possible to achieve the transmission of power and motion, and in casing K10 It is interior that the elastic component K12 that is connected with driving member K11 is set, make driving member K11 can be with the case where elastic component K12 self- recoverage power is acted on The contact K22 for switching K20 departs from, so that the switching of switch K20 "on" position and off-position is realized, it is simple in construction, compact, It is easy to operate using safety.

Preferably, driving member K11 is formed in one part.Thus, integrally formed structure can not only ensure driving member K11 Properity stability, and be conveniently molded, be simple to manufacture, and eliminate unnecessary assembly parts and connection process, greatly The big efficiency of assembling for improving cylinder block set K100, it is ensured that the connection reliability of driving member K11 and miscellaneous part, furthermore, one The bulk strength and stability of the structure of formation are higher, and assembling is more convenient, and the life-span is longer.

Advantageously, when contact K22 is that flexure strip departs to be configured to driving member K11 and contact K22, contact K22 and body K21 departs from.In other words, one end of flexure strip is located on body K21, and body K21 is provided with stationary contact, and elastic component K12's is another End is provided with movable contact, switch K20 is when being in the normal state, and contact K22 is not acted on by driving member K11 power, now, contact K22 Movable contact away from the stationary contact on body K21, switch K20 is in off-position；When flexure strip is in driving member K11 thrust Under effect, contact the K22 other end and body K21 stop to so that the stationary contact of contact K22 movable contact and body K21 is electrically connected Connect, now switch K20 and be in "on" position；When driving member K11 and contact K22 departs from, contact K22 is in the presence of self- recoverage power Body K21 is bounced off, switch K20 power-off is realized, and so on.

Preferably, elastic component K12 is spring, the length direction extension of elastic component K12 center line along casing K10.Reference Figure 137 and Figure 140, the lower end of spring is installed in casing K10, and the upper end of spring is set on driving member K11 fore-set.

When casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, by subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 to casing When second place P2 is moved, subunit switch push button K30 promotes driving member K11 to the side close to switch K20 (as shown in Figure 137 Downside) it is mobile, spring is compressed, then driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 stop to, and promote contact K22 with Body K21 is electrically connected, and realizes switch K20 "on" position；By subunit switch push button K30 from casing second place P2 to casing first When position P1 is moved, subunit switch push button K30 and driving member K11 matching board K111 departs from, elastic force of the driving member K11 in spring Under effect, to side (upside as shown in Figure 137) movement away from switch K20, make driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 departs from, and contact K22 and body K21 departs from, and realizes switch K20 off-position.

When casing K10 and handle housing K40 is assembled, by bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle first position S1 to handle When second place S2 is moved, bat-handle switch push button K50 promotes drive link K61 to move down, and then drive link K61 promotes driving member K11 is moved down, and spring is compressed, and then driving member K11 is moved to close to switch K20 side (downside as shown in Figure 137) Dynamic, driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 stops to and promoting contact K22 to be electrically connected with body K21, realization switchs K20's "on" position；When bat-handle switch push button K50 is moved from handle second place S2 to handle first position S1, bat-handle switch push button K50 drives drive link K61 to move up, and drive link K61 and driving member K11 departs from, and driving member K11 is acted in the elastic force of spring Under, it is mobile to the side (upside as shown in Figure 137) away from switch K20, take off driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 From contact K22 and body K21 departs from, and realizes switch K20 off-position.

Advantageously, subunit switch push button K30 inner side is provided with baffle plate K31, driving member adjacent to handle housing K40 one end K11 middle part is provided with the matching board K111 being adapted to baffle plate K31, and subunit switch push button K30 is promoted to be configured to driving member K11 Movable from casing second place P2 to casing first position P1, subunit switch push button K30 unidirectionally promotes driving member K11 to touch and touched Piece K22.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 137, Figure 139, Figure 142, the subunit switch push button K30 side towards chamber is provided with convex For the baffle plate K31 of subunit switch push button K30 madial wall, the driving member K11 side towards subunit switch push button K30 is set There is the matching board K111 coordinated with baffle plate K31, and matching board K111 is located at baffle plate K31 lower section, when subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 to casing second place P2 move when, i.e., subunit switch push button K30 is from top to bottom moved, body Switch push button K30 baffle plate K31 and driving member K11 matching board K111 stop to and promoting driving member K11 to move down, pass Moving part K11 and switch K20 contact K22 and stop to and promoting contact K22 electrically connect with body K21, realization switchs K20 energization State；When subunit switch push button K30 is moved from casing second place P2 to casing first position P1, i.e. subunit switch push button K30 is moved from the bottom to top, subunit switch push button K30 baffle plate K31 with driving member K11 move up with driving member K11 Progressively disengage, driving member K11 in the presence of elastic component K12, move up, make driving member K11 with switch K20 contact K22 Depart from, contact K22 and body K21 departs from, realize switch K20 off-position.

Fitted by setting baffle plate K31 on subunit switch push button K30, and being set on driving member K11 with baffle plate K31 The matching board K111 matched somebody with somebody, it is possible to achieve subunit switch push button K30 promotes the purpose of driving member K11 movements, and then driving member K11 is pushed away Movable contact spring K22 touches body K21, realizes electrical connection, and subunit switch push button K30 baffle plate K31 and driving member K11 depart from Afterwards, driving member K11 gradually departs from the presence of elastic component K12 with contact K22, so that switch K20 power-off is realized, structure letter Single, processing, easy to manufacture, controllability is strong.

Explanation is needed exist for, when subunit switch push button K30 is in casing first position P1, subunit switch push button K30 baffle plate K31 departs from driving member K11 matching board K111 all the time, and therefore, bat-handle switch push button K50 passes through drive link When K61 promotes driving member K11 movements, the baffle plate K31 on subunit switch push button K30 will not be caused to driving member K11 motion Interference, bat-handle switch push button K50 can drive drive link K61 to move up, and drive link K61 and driving member K11 departs from, driving member K11 is moved under the elastic force effect of spring, to the side away from switch K20, takes off driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 From realization switch K20 off-position.It is driven by bat-handle switch push button K50 connection drive links K61, so that far distance controlled Switch K20 to be powered and power off, the control for switching K20 is not intervened mutually with subunit switch push button K30, compared to passing through circuit controlling party Formula, cost is cheap and safe.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, casing first position P1 and casing second place P2 are located at casing On K10 lateral wall, subunit switch push button K30 forms moveable push button, and subunit switch push button K30 is located at casing first position During P1, contact K22 departs from body K21, when subunit switch push button K30 is located at casing second place P2, and contact K22 only supports body K21。

Further, handle first position S1 and handle second place S2 is located on handle housing K40 lateral wall, handle Switch push button K50 forms moveable push button, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is located at handle first position S1, and contact K22 departs from this When body K21, bat-handle switch push button K50 are located at handle second place S2, contact K22 only supports body K21.

For example, subunit switch push button, which avoids mouth, substantially forms rectangular channel along casing K10 length direction extension, casing the One position P1 and length directions of the casing second place P2 along casing K10 are arranged spaced apart, and casing first position P1 is adjacent to machine Body switch push button avoids the upper side edge edge of mouth, and casing second place P2 avoids the lower side edge of mouth, machine adjacent to subunit switch push button Body switch push button K30 length is less than the length that subunit switch push button avoids mouth, and subunit switch push button K30 is along subunit switch push button The length direction for avoiding mouth is slided；Bat-handle switch push button avoids the rectangle that length direction of the mouth formation along handle housing K40 extends Groove, the length direction of handle first position S1 and handle second place S2 respectively along handle housing K40 is arranged spaced apart, and handle First position S1 avoids the upper side edge edge of mouth adjacent to bat-handle switch push button, and handle second place S2 is avoided adjacent to bat-handle switch push button The lower side edge of mouth, the length direction that bat-handle switch push button K50 avoids mouth along bat-handle switch push button is slided.

Certainly, subunit switch push button K30 of the present utility model and bat-handle switch push button K50 structure is not limited to push button, Subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 can also form knob, button respectively, so that difference controlling switch K20 The switching of off-position and "on" position.

Include the body of the hand-held cleaners according to above-described embodiment according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment Component K100.Because the cylinder block set K100 of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment has above-mentioned technique effect, Therefore, the also structure letter with above-mentioned technique effect, the i.e. hand-held cleaners according to the hand-held cleaners of the embodiment of the present application Single, each part connection is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, and user need not bend over to operate in open and close hand-held cleaners, facilitate the behaviour of user Make, Consumer's Experience is good.

According to other compositions of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment and operation for ordinary skill All it is known for personnel, is not detailed herein.

143 to Figure 156 the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment are described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

Include casing K10, handle housing K40, switch K20, body according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment Switch push button K30, bat-handle switch push button K50, linked component, handle housing K40 are connected with casing K10, switch K20 be one and It is located in casing K10 or handle housing K40, subunit switch push button K30 is located on casing K10 in which can promote, bat-handle switch push button K50 is located on handle housing K40 in which can promote, and linked component is located between subunit switch push button K30 and switch K20 and in body Switch push button K30 closes switch K20 when being pushed into open position, linked component is also located at bat-handle switch push button K50 with opening Close between K20 and when bat-handle switch push button K50 is pushed into open position, make subunit switch push button K30 while moving to dozen Open position and make switch K20 close.

Thus, according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment, it is possible to achieve bat-handle switch push button K50 and body are opened The pattern of double controlling that push button K30 is controlled to switch K20 respectively is closed, and bat-handle switch push button K50 can be pushed away to subunit switch Button K30 realizes unidirectionally controlled, you can be control of the i Xi'an to subunit switch push button K30 from closed position to open position, by It is located in bat-handle switch push button K50 on handle, user need not bend over to operate in open and close dust catcher, facilitate the operation of user.Should Dust catcher it is simple in construction, compact, the connection of each part is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, easy to operate using safety, Consumer's Experience is good.

Advantageously, according to one embodiment of the present utility model, hand-held cleaners also include：For making subunit switch push button K30 rests on the first positioner of open position, wherein, after casing K10 and handle housing K40 is assembled in place, the first card Position failure of apparatus.

Specifically, when casing K10 and handle housing K40 are when unassembled, user is by the subunit switch push button on casing K10 When K30 is pushed into open position, subunit switch push button K30 is fixed on open position by the first positioner, hand is unclamped, dust suction Device can work on, i.e. subunit switch push button K30 is still in open position, when if desired closing dust catcher, user need by Subunit switch push button K30 is counter, and the closed position that pushes back can just realize the power-off of dust catcher；As casing K10 and handle housing K40 groups After dress, when the subunit switch push button K30 on casing K10 is pushed into open position by user, after loosing one's grip, subunit switch push button K30 meetings Automatically reset, that is, be automatically pushed to closed position, if user needs the working condition for keeping dust catcher, it is necessary to which finger is all the time by body Switch push button K30 is parked in open position, certainly, and user can also realize the logical of dust catcher by operation handle switch push button K50 Electricity and power-off, operation are flexible.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, there is locating part 32, the first card on subunit switch push button K30 Position device includes：Lever K13 and screens elastic component K15 is latched, lock lever K13 is located in casing K10 and the neighbouring limit of first end Position part 32 is set, and screens elastic component K15 is located between casing K10 and lock lever K13 the second end and often promotes lock lever First end only support locating part 32 so that subunit switch push button K30 rests on open position, wherein, in casing K10 and handle case After body K40 assemblings in place, screens elastic component K15 deformations support locating part 32 no longer to promote lock lever K13 first end to stop.

Thus, by subunit switch push button K30 set locating part 32, in casing K10 set lock lever K13 with Screens elastic component K15, plays spacing, fixed effect so that subunit switch push button K30 is pushed into behind open position by user, Not by the basis of external force, open position still may remain in, it is ensured that the normal work of dust catcher；If desired close and inhale Dirt device, user needs that subunit switch push button K30 is pushed back into closed position manually, can just realize the closing of dust catcher, controllability By force, operate flexible.

Alternatively, lock lever K13 first end has locked groove K131, and locating part 32 is lock projection, wherein, in casing Before K10 and handle housing K40 is assembled in place, when subunit switch push button K30 is promoted towards closed position, lock projection can be pushed away Dynamic lock lever K13 is rotated to be coupled in locked groove K131 so that subunit switch push button K30 rests on closed position.

When casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, by subunit switch push button K30 from closed position (casing first position P1) to during open position (casing second place P2) movement, subunit switch push button K30 lock projection and locked groove K131 depart from, And subunit switch push button K30 drives driving member K11 touch switch K20, so as to realize switch K20 energization；By subunit switch When push button K30 is moved from casing second place P2 to casing first position P1, subunit switch push button K30 lock projection and locked groove K131 clampings, realize subunit switch push button K30 static locking, and alloing dust catcher, operationally human hand departs from subunit switch and pushed away Button K30, in the process, subunit switch push button K30 athletic meeting drive driving member K11 to depart from switch K20, realize switch K20 power-off.

After casing K10 is combined with handle housing K40, the lock lever K13 in casing K10 rotates, and makes lock lever K13 locked groove K131 and subunit switch push button K30 lock projection depart from, and now, subunit switch push button K30 movement will not drive Dynamic lock lever K13 is rotated, i.e., after casing K10 is combined with handle housing K40, the lock lever K13 in casing K10 is relative In the part that casing K10 is static, bat-handle switch push button K50 can directly control driving member K11 to move up and down, lock lever K13 Driving member K11 and subunit switch push button K30 activity are will not interfere with, specifically, user pushes away the subunit switch on casing K10 When button K30 is pushed into open position, after loosing one's grip, subunit switch push button K30 can automatically reset, that is, be automatically moved to closed position, if User needs to keep the working condition of dust catcher, it is necessary to which subunit switch push button K30 is parked in open position, realization control by finger all the time System switch K20 is powered and powered off.

Wherein, according to one embodiment of the present utility model, casing K10 and handle housing K40 pass through connecting pipe component phase Even, casing K10 and handle housing K40 are connected to the two ends of connecting pipe component, in connecting pipe component and casing K10 grafting in place When, connecting pipe component makes the first positioner fail.Thus, by setting connecting tube between casing K10 and handle housing K40 Component, makes after casing K10 and handle housing K40 assemblings, can be connected with lock lever K13, make the lock lever in casing K10 K13 is the part static relative to casing K10, and bat-handle switch push button K50 can directly control driving member K11 to move up and down, and is locked Button lever K13 will not interfere with driving member K11 and subunit switch push button K30 activity, realize the crawl of subunit switch push button 50 Control.

Alternatively, connecting pipe component includes：Connecting tube K60 and the remote handle housing K40 for being located at connecting tube K60 one end Fixed cover K62, fixed cover K62 be provided with through hole.

Reference picture 147, and Figure 151, Figure 152 are combined, connecting tube K60 formation is vertically (above and below as shown in Figure 147 Direction) extension tubular structure, define the passage K601 extended along its length, the one of connecting tube K60 in connecting tube K60 End (upper end as shown in Figure 147) is plugged in handle housing K40 chamber, connecting tube the K60 other end (such as Figure 151 and figure Shown lower end) it is plugged in casing K10 chamber, so as to realize being detachably connected for casing K10 and handle housing K40.

Further, fixed cover K62 is located at connecting tube K60 lower end, fixed after casing K10 and handle housing K40 assemblings Set 60 is only against on lock lever K13 to bring it about upset, and now, fixed cover K62 plays a part of support；Work as bat-handle switch Push button K50 from closed position (handle first position S1) to open position (handle second place S2) it is mobile when, linked component edge Connecting tube K60 axially activity, the lower end of linked component stretch out fixed cover K62 it is outer and gradually stop with switch K20 to, now, Gu Surely set K62 plays a part of guiding；When bat-handle switch push button K50 be in the handle second place S2 when, the lower end of linked component with Switch K20 stop to, make switch K20 be powered, now, fixed cover K62 still functions as the effect of support.

Thus, by setting connecting pipe component between casing K10 and handle housing K40, the connection of the two is facilitated with tearing open Unload, and can play a part of supporting and be oriented to, advantageously ensure that off-positions of the bat-handle switch push button K50 to switch K20 With the control of "on" position, simple in construction, transmission is convenient, safety, high using reliability.

Wherein, according to one embodiment of the present utility model, switch K20 is located in casing K10, and linked component includes transmission Part K11 and drive link K61, driving member K11 are movably located in casing K10, and opening is pushed into subunit switch push button K30 During position, subunit switch push button K30 promotes driving member K11 to close switch K20, and drive link K61 is movably located at handle and opened Between the push button K50 and driving member K11 of pass, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is pushed into open position, bat-handle switch push button K50 Driving member K11 is promoted to close switch K20 by drive link K61.

Specifically, driving member K11, driving member K11 and body are provided with reference picture 148 and Figure 150, casing K10 chamber Switch push button K30 be fixedly linked and with body switch push button K30 in casing K10 it is movable, driving member K11 two ends are (as schemed Top and bottom shown in 147) selectively it is connected with drive link K61 and switch K20 respectively.

Further, in connecting tube K60 provided with the drive link K61 extended along its length, drive link K61 one end with Bat-handle switch push button K50 is connected, and drive link K61 another end switch K20 is alternatively connected, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is from hand Handle first position S1 to handle second place S2 move when, bat-handle switch push button K50 drive drive link K61 along its length by It is up to lower to move, the drive link K61 other end is gradually connected with switch K20, switch K20 is powered；When bat-handle switch push button When K50 is moved from handle second place S2 to handle first position S1, bat-handle switch push button K50 drives drive link K61 to be grown along it Degree direction is moved from the bottom to top, and the other end and switch K20 for making drive link K61 depart from, so as to realize that bat-handle switch push button K50 is controlled System switch K20 is in off-position.

Specifically, when casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, by subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 When being moved to casing second place P2, subunit switch push button K30 drives driving member K11 (such as to scheme to close to switch K20 side Downside shown in 147) it is mobile, driving member K11 and switch K20 is stopped to realization switch K20 "on" position；By subunit switch When push button K30 is moved from casing second place P2 to casing first position P1, driving member K11 departs from switch K20, realizes switch K20 off-position.

When casing K10 and handle housing K40 is assembled, by bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle first position S1 to handle When second place S2 is moved, bat-handle switch push button K50 is by promoting driving member K11 to side (such as Figure 147 close to switch K20 Shown downside) it is mobile, driving member K11 and switch K20 is stopped to realization switch K20 "on" position；By bat-handle switch push button When K50 is moved from handle second place S2 to handle first position S1, bat-handle switch push button K50 and driving member K11 departs from, transmission Part K11 departs from switch K20, realizes switch K20 off-position.

Thus, by setting driving member K11 and drive link K61 in casing K10, it is possible to achieve the transmission of power and motion, It is simple in construction, compact so as to realize the switching of the "on" position and off-position that switch K20, it is easy to operate using safety.

Alternatively, according to one embodiment of the present utility model, driving member K11 is provided with neck K111, and subunit switch is pushed away Button K30 is provided with card adapter plate K31, and card adapter plate K31 coordinates in neck K111 so that driving member K11 is with body switch push button K30 It is synchronized with the movement.

That is, the driving member K11 side towards subunit switch push button K30 is provided with neck K111, subunit switch is pushed away The button K30 side towards driving member K11 is provided with coordinates card adapter plate K31, subunit switch push button K30 to pass through clamping with neck K111 Plate K31 is connected with driving member K11 neck K111 clampings, is fixedly connected so as to realize with driving member K11, i.e., subunit switch is pushed away When button K30 is moved between a closed position and a open position, length directions of the driving member K11 along casing K10 can be driven (as schemed Above-below direction shown in 151) it is mobile, it is ensured that and driving member K11 is fixedly connected with subunit switch push button K30's, so as to ensure the two Can synchronous movement together, realize the control that subunit switch push button K30 is moved to driving member K11, and then realize that subunit switch is pushed away Regulations of the button K30 to switch K20 energization and power-off.

Wherein, linked component includes elastic component K12, and elastic component K12 is connected and normal promotion driving member K11 with driving member K11 Towards the direction motion for disconnecting switch K20.Thus, by setting driving member K11 in casing K10, it is possible to achieve power and fortune Dynamic transmission, and the elastic component K12 being connected with driving member K11 is set in casing K10, make driving member K11 elastic component K12's It can depart under the effect of self- recoverage power with switch K20, so as to realize the switching of switch K20 "on" position and off-position, knot Structure is simple, compact, using safety, easy to operate.

Advantageously, according to one embodiment of the present utility model, hand-held cleaners also include being used to make bat-handle switch push button K50 rests on the second positioner of open position.

So, when subunit switch push button K30 is pushed into open position by user, the first positioner is by subunit switch push button K30 is fixed on open position, and hand is unclamped, and dust catcher continues to work, it is not necessary to which hand continues to push against subunit switch push button K30, closed position is pushed into when needing to close dust catcher, then by subunit switch push button K30.Equally, when user is by bat-handle switch When push button K50 is pushed into open position, bat-handle switch push button K50 is fixed on open position by the second positioner, and hand is unclamped, Dust catcher continues to work, it is not necessary to which hand continues to push against bat-handle switch push button K50, when needing to close dust catcher, then by hand Handle switch push button K50 is pushed into closed position, easy to operate, and hand-held cleaners can easily grip dust catcher in work, user, Finger is not needed to be against all the time on switch push button, it is high using portability.

Alternatively, according to one embodiment of the present utility model, handle housing K40 is connected to casing K10 top, body At least one in switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 can be promoted in the vertical direction.User is using hand-held dust suction During device, holding handle case conveniently carries out the control of power on/off, because handle housing K40 is located on casing K10, i.e. bat-handle switch Push button K50 is located at casing K10 top, and user need not bend over to operate in open and close dust catcher, facilitate the operation of user；By machine Body switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 are arranged to the push button that above-below direction can be promoted, and meet body mechanics, convenient to use Family is operated, and improves the use portability of hand-held cleaners.Therefore, the hand-held cleaners is simple in construction, compact, and each part connects Connect reliable, be convenient to mount and dismount, easy to operate using safety, Consumer's Experience is good.

143 to Figure 156 the body according to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment is described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings Component K100.

As shown in Figure 143 to Figure 148, included according to the cylinder block set K100 of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment Casing K10 and handle housing K40.Specifically, the lateral wall provided with switch K20, casing K10 in casing K10 is provided with casing Mobilizable subunit switch push button K30 between first position P1 and casing second place P2, subunit switch push button K30 and switch K20, which is selectively connected, to be powered and is powered off with controlling switch K20, and handle housing K40 is detachably connected with casing K10, handle Housing K40 is provided with mobilizable bat-handle switch push button K50 and subunit switch push button K30 can be movable with bat-handle switch push button K50, Bat-handle switch push button K50 is alternatively connected with switch K20 to be powered and powered off with controlling switch K20.

In other words, the cylinder block set K100 of the hand-held cleaners is mainly made up of casing K10 and handle housing K40, wherein, Casing K10 and handle housing K40 form the column of vertically (above-below direction as shown in Figure 143) extension, casing respectively K10 is detachably connected with handle housing K40, casing K10 and handle housing K40 is interior respectively defines for accommodating parts Chamber, switch K20 be detachably arranged in casing K10 chamber and with other electrical parts (such as motor) phase of hand-held cleaners Even to realize the control to electrical part, casing K10 lateral wall is provided with the subunit switch push button turned on chamber and avoids mouth, body Switch push button K30 be movably located at subunit switch push button avoid it is intraoral, subunit switch push button K30 at least a portion stretches into chamber Indoor and be selectively connected with switch K20, handle housing K40 lateral wall is provided with the bat-handle switch push button turned on chamber and kept away Allow mouth, bat-handle switch push button K50 be movably located at bat-handle switch push button avoid it is intraoral, at least the one of bat-handle switch push button K50 Part is stretched into chamber and is selectively connected with switch K20.

Specifically, subunit switch push button K30 can avoid the casing first position P1 and casing of mouth in subunit switch push button Movable between the P2 of the second place, when subunit switch push button K30 is located at casing first position P1, (body as shown in Figure 143 is opened Close the top that push button avoids mouth) when, subunit switch push button K30 departs from switch K20, and switch K20 is in off-position, works as body When switch push button K30 is located at casing second place P2 (the subunit switch push button as shown in Figure 143 avoids the bottom of mouth), body is opened Close push button K30 with switch K20 to be connected, switch K20 is in "on" position.Bat-handle switch push button K50 can be pushed away in bat-handle switch It is movable between the handle first position S1 and handle second place S2 of button avoidance mouth, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is located at handle During first position S1 (the bat-handle switch push button as shown in Figure 143 avoids the top of mouth), bat-handle switch push button K50 and switch K20 Depart from, switch K20 is in off-position, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is located at the handle second place S2 (hands as shown in Figure 143 Handle switch push button avoids the bottom of mouth) when, bat-handle switch push button K50 is connected with switch K20, switch K20 is in "on" position.

It is understood that as shown in Figure 148, when handle housing K40 is separated with casing K10, user can pass through machine Subunit switch push button K30 on shell K10 is controlled to the opening and closing for switching K20, so as to realize switch K20 energization shape The switching of state and off-position；After handle housing K40 and casing K10 is assembled, user can pass through the machine on casing K10 respectively Bat-handle switch push button K50 on body switch push button K30 and handle housing K40 is switched over to the startup and closing that switch K20, from And realize the switching of switch K20 "on" position and off-position, i.e. in subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 Any one or two when being moved to corresponding open position, switch K20 can realize "on" position, and when handle is opened When closing push button K50 movement open positions, subunit switch push button K30 can be together moved to accordingly with bat-handle switch push button K50 Open position, and when bat-handle switch push button K50 is moved to closed position, subunit switch push button K30 can be independently in casing First position P1 and casing second place P2 movements, realize independent controlling switch K20 energization and power-off, and subunit switch push button When K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 are respectively positioned on corresponding closed position, switch K20 is in off-position.

Thus, according to the cylinder block set K100 of the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment, by handle housing K40 Upper setting bat-handle switch push button K50, it is possible to achieve bat-handle switch push button K50 and subunit switch push button K30 enter to switch K20 respectively Row control pattern of double controlling, and bat-handle switch push button K50 subunit switch push button K30 can be realized it is unidirectionally controlled, due to hand Handle switch push button K50 is located on handle housing K40, and user need not bend over to operate in open and close hand-held cleaners, facilitate user's Operation.The cylinder block set K100's of the hand-held cleaners is simple in construction, compact, and each part connection is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, uses peace Entirely, easy to operate, Consumer's Experience is good.

Wherein, as shown in Figure 148 and Figure 150, switch K20 includes body K21 and contact K22.Specifically, body K21 It is installed in casing K10, contact K22 is movably located in casing K10 to be configured to be located at contact first position in contact K22 During L1, contact K22 and body K21 disconnect, when contact K22 is located at contact second place L2, contact K22 and body K21 be electrically connected Connect.

That is, switch K20 is mainly made up of body K21 and contact K22, wherein, body K21 is installed in casing In K10 chamber, contact K22 is located in casing K10 chamber, and can be in contact first position L1 and the contact second place Movable between L2, when contact K22 is in contact first position L1, contact K22 and body K21 departs from, and switch K20 is in disconnected Electricity condition, when contact K22 is in contact second place L2, contact K22 fits with body K21, and contact K22 switches are in energization State.

Subunit switch push button K30 is selectively connected with switching K20 contact K22, when subunit switch push button K30 is in machine During the P1 of shell first position, subunit switch push button K30 and contact K22 departs from, and contact K22 and body K21 departs from, so as to realize body Switch push button K30 controlling switches K20 is in off-position；When subunit switch push button K30 is in casing second place P2, body Switch push button K30 stops conflict piece K22 so that contact K22 is electrically connected with body K21, so as to realize that subunit switch push button K30 is controlled Switch K20 and be in "on" position.

After handle housing K40 and casing K10 assemblings, bat-handle switch push button K50 and switch K20 contact K22 is selectively It is connected, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is in handle first position S1, bat-handle switch push button K50 and contact K22 departs from, contact K22 and body K21 departs from, so as to realize that bat-handle switch push button K50 controlling switches K20 is in off-position；When bat-handle switch is pushed away When button K50 is in handle second place S2, bat-handle switch push button K50 stops conflict piece K22 and electrically connected with body K21, so as to realize Bat-handle switch push button K50 controlling switches K20 is in "on" position.

Thus, switch K20's is simple in construction, and by controlling contact K22 and body K21 disengaging with fitting, realization is opened The switching of K20 off-position and "on" position is closed, by subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 respectively with touching Piece K22 is alternatively connected, and realizes the control of the off-position and "on" position to switching K20, easy to operate, uses safety.

Cylinder block set K100 also includes driving member K11 and elastic component K12.Specifically, driving member K11 is pushed away with subunit switch Button K30 is connected with the activity in casing K10 by subunit switch push button K30 drivings, and driving member K11 one end and contact K22 are optional It is connected with selecting, elastic component K12 one end is installed in casing K10, the elastic component K12 other end is connected with driving member K11.

Specifically, elastic component K12 and driving member K11, transmission are provided with reference picture 148 and Figure 150, casing K10 chamber Part K11 be fixedly linked with subunit switch push button K30 and with body switch push button K30 in casing K10 movable, driving member K11 Two ends (top and bottom as shown in Figure 147) respectively with drive link K61 and switch K20 contact K22 be selectively connected, Driving member K11 middle part is provided with fore-set, and elastic component K12 one end is installed in casing K10, elastic component the K12 other end and biography Moving part K11 fore-set is connected.

When casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, by subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 to casing When second place P2 is moved, subunit switch push button K30 drives driving member K11 to the side close to switch K20 (as shown in Figure 147 Downside) it is mobile, driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 is stopped to and promoting contact K22 to be electrically connected with body K21, reality Now switch K20 "on" position；When subunit switch push button K30 is moved from casing second place P2 to casing first position P1, Driving member K11 in the presence of elastic component K12, drive subunit switch push button K30 to away from switch K20 side (such as Figure 147 institutes The upside shown) it is mobile, depart from driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22, contact K22 and body K21 departs from, realize switch K20 off-position.

When casing K10 and handle housing K40 is assembled, by bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle first position S1 to handle When second place S2 is moved, bat-handle switch push button K50 is by promoting driving member K11 to side (such as Figure 147 close to switch K20 Shown downside) it is mobile, make driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 stop to, then driving member K11 promote contact K22 and Body K21 is electrically connected, and realizes switch K20 "on" position；By bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle second place S2 to handle When one position S1 is moved, bat-handle switch push button K50 and driving member K11 departs from, and driving member K11 is in the presence of elastic component K12, band Motivation body switch push button K30 is mobile to the side (upside as shown in Figure 147) away from switch K20, makes driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 departs from, and contact K22 and body K21 departs from, and realizes switch K20 off-position.

Thus, by setting driving member K11 in casing K10, it is possible to achieve the transmission of power and motion, and in casing K10 It is interior that the elastic component K12 that is connected with driving member K11 is set, make driving member K11 can be with the case where elastic component K12 self- recoverage power is acted on The contact K22 for switching K20 departs from, so that the switching of switch K20 "on" position and off-position is realized, it is simple in construction, compact, It is easy to operate using safety.

Wherein, as shown in Figure 151 and Figure 153, the driving member K11 side towards subunit switch push button K30 is provided with neck K111, subunit switch push button the K30 side towards driving member K11 are provided with coordinates card adapter plate K31, subunit switch with neck K111 Push button K30 is connected by card adapter plate K31 with driving member K11 neck K111 clampings, is connected so as to realize with the fixed of driving member K11 Connect, be i.e. when subunit switch push button K30 is moved between casing first position P1 and casing second place P2, driving member can be driven Length directions (above-below direction as shown in Figure 151) of the K11 along casing K10 is mobile, it is ensured that driving member K11 and subunit switch push button K30's is fixedly connected, so as to ensure that the two can be movable together, realizes the control that subunit switch push button K30 is moved to driving member K11 System, and then realize regulations of the subunit switch push button K30 to switch K20 energization and power-off.

Preferably, driving member K11 is formed in one part.Thus, integrally formed structure can not only ensure driving member K11 Properity stability, and be conveniently molded, be simple to manufacture, and eliminate unnecessary assembly parts and connection process, greatly The big efficiency of assembling for improving cylinder block set K100, it is ensured that the connection reliability of driving member K11 and miscellaneous part, furthermore, one The bulk strength and stability of the structure of formation are higher, and assembling is more convenient, and the life-span is longer.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, contact K22 is flexure strip to be configured to driving member K11 with touching When piece K22 departs from, contact K22 and body K21 disengaging.

In other words, one end of flexure strip is located on body K21, and body K21 is provided with stationary contact, and elastic component K12's is another End is provided with movable contact, switch K20 is when being in the normal state, and contact K22 is not acted on by driving member K11 power, now, contact K22 Movable contact away from the stationary contact on body K21, switch K20 is in off-position；When flexure strip is in driving member K11 thrust Under effect, contact the K22 other end and body K21 stop to so that the stationary contact of contact K22 movable contact and body K21 is electrically connected Connect, now switch K20 and be in "on" position；When driving member K11 and contact K22 departs from, contact K22 is in the presence of self- recoverage power Body K21 is bounced off, switch K20 power-off is realized, and so on.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, provided with rotatable lock lever K13, lock in casing K10 Button lever K13 first end K1301 has locked groove K131, and subunit switch push button K30 neighbouring handle housing K40 one end is provided with The lock projection K32 being adapted to locked groove K131, subunit switch push button K30 are in casing first position P1, lock projection K32 is with locking Groove K131 clampings, subunit switch push button K30 is in casing second place P2, lock projection K32 departs from locked groove K131.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 148, rotating shaft K14 is provided with casing K10, lock lever K13 middle part can with rotating shaft K14 Pivotally be connected and can K14 around the shaft center axis thereof, lock lever K13 first end K1301 is (as shown in Figure 148 Lower end) set towards subunit switch push button K30 and latch lever K13 first end K1301 provided with locked groove K131, lock lever K13 the second end K1302 (upper end as shown in Figure 148) is away from subunit switch push button K30 and lock lever K13 the second end K1302 is movably connected with casing K10 inwall, and subunit switch push button K30 direction lock lever K13 one end is (as schemed Upper end shown in 148) provided with the lock projection K32 being adapted to locked groove K131.

When casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, by subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 to casing When two position P2 are moved, subunit switch push button K30 lock projection K32 and locked groove K131 depart from, and subunit switch push button K30 Drive driving member K11 to touch contact K22, contact K22 and body K21 is stopped to so as to realize switch K20 energization；By body When switch push button K30 is moved from casing second place P2 to casing first position P1, subunit switch push button K30 lock projection K32 and locked groove K131 clampings, realize subunit switch push button K30 static locking, and making hand-held cleaners, operationally human hand can be with Depart from subunit switch push button K30, in the process, subunit switch push button K30 athletic meeting drives driving member K11 and contact K22 Depart from, contact K22 is moved to original position (contact first position L1), realize switch K20 power-off.

After casing K10 is combined with handle housing K40, the lock lever K13 in casing K10 rotates, and makes lock lever K13 locked groove K131 and subunit switch push button K30 lock projection K32 depart from, and now, subunit switch push button K30 movement is not Lock lever K13 can be driven to rotate, i.e., after casing K10 is combined with handle housing K40, the lock lever K13 in casing K10 is The part static relative to casing K10, bat-handle switch push button K50 can directly control driving member K11 to move up and down, and latch lever K13 will not interfere with driving member K11 and subunit switch push button K30 activity, and then be moved down driving on subunit switch push button K30 On the basis of dynamic, controlling switch K20 be powered and power off, i.e., when subunit switch push button K30 being pushed into open position, want to ensure suction The normal work of dirt device is, it is necessary to which finger is against on subunit switch push button K30 by user always, if unclamping push button, subunit switch is pushed away Button K30 can recover to home position (closed position) automatically.

Alternatively, lock lever K13 first end K1301 leading edge is provided with leading edge projection K132, and leading edge projection K132 is adjacent Nearly locked groove K131 side has the lock locking inclined-plane K1321 of lever first, sides of the leading edge projection K132 away from locked groove K131 Leading edge with the lock locking of lever second inclined-plane K1322, lock projection K32 has and the lock locking of lever second inclined-plane The locking inclined-plane K322 of lock projection second of K1322 adaptations, lock projection K32 remote handle housing K40 side with Latch the locking of the lock projection first inclined-plane K321 of the locking inclined-plane K1321 adaptations of lever first.

Specifically, when casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, if by subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 Moved to casing second place P2, subunit switch push button K30 lock projection K32 and locked groove K131 depart from, and subunit switch Push button K30 drives driving member K11 to touch contact K22, contact K22 and body K21 is stopped to so as to realize switch K20 energization State；When subunit switch push button K30 is moved from casing second place P2 to casing first position P1, with subunit switch push button K30 is moved up, the locking inclined-plane K322 of lock projection second and the lock thick stick of the lock projection K32 on subunit switch push button K30 The bar K13 leading edge projection K132 locking of lock lever second inclined-plane K1322 gradually coordinates slip, until subunit switch push button K30 lock projection K32 and locked groove K131 clampings, in the process, subunit switch push button K30 drive driving member K11 and contact K22 departs from, and contact K22 is moved to original position (contact first position L1), realizes switch K20 power-off；Then body is opened Close push button K30 to move from body switch push button K30 first positions to the subunit switch push button K30 second places, subunit switch push button K30 is moved down, the locking inclined-plane K321 of lock projection first and the lock thick stick of the lock projection K32 on subunit switch push button K30 The bar K13 leading edge projection K132 lock locking of lever first inclined-plane K1321, which coordinates, to be slided, up to subunit switch push button K30's Lock projection K32 departs from from the locked groove K131 on lock lever K13.

Lock projection K32 on subunit switch push button K30 is added with latching lever K13 leading edge projection K132 progress chamfering Work, makes between subunit switch push button K30 and lock lever K13, in relative slide, to play a part of guiding, it is ensured that motion it is flat Stability, so as to improve the flexibility of subunit switch push button K30 controls, and can also reduce the abrasion between part, improving should Cylinder block set K100 use reliability and use quality.

Wherein, cylinder block set K100 also includes connecting tube K60, connecting tube K60 two ends respectively with casing K10 and handle case Body K40 is connected, and connecting tube K60 has in the passage K601 of two ends insertion, passage K601 provided with mobilizable along its length Drive link K61, drive link K61 one end are connected with bat-handle switch push button K50, and the drive link K61 other end and switch K20 is optional Ground is connected to promote contact K22 activities between contact first position L1 and contact second place L2.

Reference picture 147, and combination Figure 151, Figure 154, cylinder block set K100 is mainly by casing K10, handle housing K40, company Adapter K60 is constituted, wherein, the tubulose knot of connecting tube K60 formation vertically (above-below direction as shown in Figure 147) extension The passage K601 extended along its length is defined in structure, connecting tube K60, connecting tube K60 one end is (as shown in Figure 147 Upper end) it is plugged in handle housing K40 chamber, the connecting tube K60 other end (lower end as shown in Figure 151 and Figure 154) is inserted In the chamber for being connected on casing K10, so as to realize being detachably connected for casing K10 and handle housing K40.

Further, in connecting tube K60 provided with the drive link K61 extended along its length, drive link K61 one end with Bat-handle switch push button K50 is connected, and drive link K61 another end switch K20 is alternatively connected, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is from hand Handle first position S1 to handle second place S2 move when, bat-handle switch push button K50 drive drive link K61 along its length by It is up to lower to move, the drive link K61 other end is gradually connected with switching K20 contact K22, realize contact K22 and body K21 Between electrical connection；When bat-handle switch push button K50 is moved from handle second place S2 to handle first position S1, bat-handle switch Push button K50 drives drive link K61 to move from the bottom to top along its length, makes the drive link K61 other end promptly with switching K20 Contact K22 depart from, contact K22 further with body K21 depart from, so as to realize at bat-handle switch push button K50 controlling switches K20 In off-position.

Thus, by setting connecting tube K60 between casing K10 and handle housing K40, the connection of the two is facilitated with tearing open Unload, and moveable drive link K61 is set in connecting tube K60, so as to realize that bat-handle switch push button K50 breaks to switch K20 The control of electricity condition and "on" position, simple in construction, transmission is convenient, safety, high using reliability.

It should be noted that when connecting tube K60 is plugged in casing K10, the of connecting tube K60 and lock lever K13 One end K1301 (lock lever K13 neighbouring handle housing K40 one end) stops to making lock lever 60 rotate, and latch Second end K1302 of lever 60 departs from the vertical curve movement locus where subunit switch push button K30, i.e., when connecting tube K60 is inserted In casing K10, latch lock projection K32s of the lever K13 locked groove K131 all the time with subunit switch push button K30 and depart from so that hand Handle switch push button K50 can control driving member K11, subunit switch push button K30 up and down motion by drive link K61, and then control The switching of system switch K20 "on" position and off-position, in the process, subunit switch push button K30 and driving member K11's Motion will not be interfered by lock lever K13, and the point to the power on/off of dust catcher can be realized by subunit switch push button K30 Dynamic control, controllability is strong.

Specifically, after connecting tube K60 and casing K10, handle housing K40 are assembled, lock lever K13 and connecting tube K60 Only support so that lock lever K13 departs from subunit switch push button K30 all the time, user can operate subunit switch push button K30, individually Control driving member K11 promotes contact K22 to be electrically connected with body, and operationally, the finger of user can not depart from body and open dust catcher Close push button K30, certainly, user can also operation handle switch push button K50, make bat-handle switch push button K50 by driving drive link K61 motion and promote driving member K11 activity, and then make driving member K11 promote contact K22 electrically connected with body, driving member K11 Subunit switch push button K30 activities can be driven in activity.

That is, by bat-handle switch push button K50 when, subunit switch push button K30 can live with bat-handle switch push button K50 Dynamic, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is in handle first position S1, subunit switch push button K30 is in casing first position P1, handle When switch push button K50 is in handle second place S2, subunit switch push button K30 is in casing second place P2；Operation body is opened When closing push button K30, bat-handle switch push button K50 is not controlled by subunit switch push button K30 motion.

Drive link K61 one end is selectively connected to be configured in drive link K61 with passing with the driving member K11 other end Moving part K11 depart from when, elastic component K12 promote driving member K11 away from contact K22.

Specifically, it is provided with reference picture 148, Figure 151 and Figure 153, and combination Figure 154 and Figure 156, casing K10 chamber Elastic component K12 and driving member K11, driving member K11 are movable in casing K10 and two ends of driving member K11 are (as shown in Figure 151 Top and bottom) respectively with drive link K61 and switch K20 contact K22 be selectively connected, set in the middle part of driving member K11 There is fore-set, elastic component K12 one end is installed in casing K10, and the elastic component K12 other end is connected with driving member K11 fore-set.

When casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, by subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 to casing When second place P2 is moved, subunit switch push button K30 promotes driving member K11 to the side close to switch K20 (as shown in Figure 148 Downside) it is mobile, driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 is stopped to and promoting contact K22 to be electrically connected with body K21, reality Now switch K20 "on" position；When subunit switch push button K30 is moved from casing second place P2 to casing first position P1, Driving member K11 makes biography in the presence of elastic component K12, to side (upside as shown in Figure 148) movement away from switch K20 Moving part K11 and switch K20 contact K22 depart from, and contact K22 and body K21 departs from, and realize switch K20 off-position.

When casing K10 and handle housing K40 is assembled, by bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle first position S1 to handle When second place S2 is moved, bat-handle switch push button K50 promotes drive link K61 to move down, and then drive link K61 promotes transmission Part K11 is moved down, so that driving member K11 is to close to side (downside as shown in Figure 151) movement for switching K20, driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 and stop to and promoting contact K22 electrically connect with body K21, realization switchs K20 "on" position； When bat-handle switch push button K50 is moved from handle second place S2 to handle first position S1, bat-handle switch push button K50, which drives, to be passed Lever K61 is moved up, and drive link K61 and driving member K11 depart from, and driving member K11 is in the presence of elastic component K12, to remote The side (upside as shown in Figure 151) for switching K20 is mobile, departs from driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22, contact K22 and body K21 departs from, and realizes switch K20 off-position, or is individually controlled switch push button 30, i.e. bat-handle switch Push button K50 is in the closed position, and subunit switch push button K30 is moved into open position, it is possible to achieve switch K20 energization shape State, unclamps after subunit switch push button K30, driving member K11 moves up to drive subunit switch push button K30 under the action of the spring Closed position is moved to, switch K20 off-position can be equally realized.

Thus, by setting driving member K11 in casing K10, it is possible to achieve the transmission of power and motion, and in casing K10 It is interior that the elastic component K12 that is connected with driving member K11 is set, make driving member K11 can be with the case where elastic component K12 self- recoverage power is acted on The contact K22 for switching K20 departs from, so that the switching of switch K20 "on" position and off-position is realized, it is simple in construction, compact, It is easy to operate using safety.

Advantageously, connecting tube K60 neighbouring casing K10 one end is provided with fixed cover K62, and fixed cover K62 middle part is provided with Through hole, drive link K61 through through hole with promote contact K22 and body K21 stop to.

Reference picture 147, Figure 152, Figure 155, connecting tube K60 lower end are provided with dismountable fixed cover K62 to close connection Pipe K60 lower switch, fixed cover K62 middle part is provided with through hole, and footpath of the radial dimension more than or equal to drive link K61 of through hole To size, when drive link K61 is movable in connecting tube K60, drive link K61 lower end can facilitate and switch through through hole K20 contact K22 connections.

Specifically, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is in handle first position S1, drive link K61 lower end is located at fixation Separated on set K62 and with the contact K22 for switching K20, now, fixed cover K62 plays a part of support；When bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle first position S1 to handle second place S2 move when, drive link K61 along connecting tube K60 axially activity, transmission Bar K61 lower end is stretched out stops to now, fixed cover K62 plays guiding outside fixed cover K62 and gradually with switching K20 contact K22 Effect；When bat-handle switch push button K50 is in handle second place S2, drive link K61 lower end and contact K22 stop to, and Shi Kaiguan K20 contact K22 is electrically connected with body K21, now, and fixed cover K62 still functions as the effect of support.

In addition, being provided with screens elastic component K15 to construct between lock lever K13 the second end K1302 and casing K10 inwalls When being connected into handle housing K40 with casing K10, connecting tube K60 promote lock lever K13 to rotate so that lock projections and locked groove K131 departs from all the time.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 151 and Figure 154, screens elastic component K15 one end is fixed on casing K10 inwall, screens The elastic component K15 other end is connected with latching lever K13 upper end, and when latching lever K13 rotations, screens elastic component K15 can To play the effect of buffering, it is to avoid impact between part, and it can ensure to latch the smoothness peace of lever K13 motions Stability, so as to improve smoothness and the flexibility of subunit switch push button K30 controls.

Preferably, elastic component K12 and screens elastic component K15 are respectively spring, and elastic component K12 center line is along casing K10 Length direction extension.

Reference picture 148 and Figure 150, the lower end of spring are installed in casing K10, and the upper end of spring is set in driving member K11 Fore-set on, when casing K10 is separated with handle housing K40, by subunit switch push button K30 from casing first position P1 to casing When second place P2 is moved, subunit switch push button K30 promotes driving member K11 to the side close to switch K20 (as shown in Figure 148 Downside) it is mobile, spring is compressed, then driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 stop to, and promote contact K22 with Body K21 is electrically connected, and realizes switch K20 "on" position；By subunit switch push button K30 from casing second place P2 to casing first When position P1 is moved, driving member K11 is (upper as shown in Figure 148 under the elastic force effect of spring, to the side away from switch K20 Side) it is mobile, depart from driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22, contact K22 and body K21 departs from, realize switch K20's Off-position.

Reference picture 151 and Figure 153, after casing K10 and handle housing K40 are assembled, by bat-handle switch push button K50 from hand Handle first position S1 to handle second place S2 move when, bat-handle switch push button K50 promote drive link K61 move down, then Drive link K61 promote driving member K11 move down, spring is compressed, then driving member K11 to close to switch K20 side (such as Downside shown in Figure 151) it is mobile, driving member K11 and switch K20 contact K22 stops to and promoting contact K22 and body K21 electric Connection, realizes switch K20 "on" position；By bat-handle switch push button K50 from handle second place S2 to handle first position S1 When mobile, bat-handle switch push button K50 drives drive link K61 to move up, and drive link K61 and driving member K11 departs from, driving member K11 is mobile under the elastic force effect of spring, to the side (upside as shown in Figure 151) away from switch K20, makes driving member K11 Contact K22 disengagings with switching K20, contact K22 and body K21 departs from, and realizes switch K20 off-position.

In some embodiments of the present utility model, subunit switch push button K30 forms moveable push button, body When switch push button K30 is located at casing first position P1, contact K22 departs from body K21, and subunit switch push button K30 is located at casing the During two position P2, contact K22 only supports body K21.

Further, bat-handle switch push button K50 formation is removable between handle first position S1 and handle second place S2 Dynamic push button, when bat-handle switch push button K50 is located at handle first position S1, contact K22 departs from body K21, bat-handle switch push button When K50 is located at handle second place S2, contact K22 only supports body K21.

For example, subunit switch push button, which avoids mouth, substantially forms rectangular channel along casing K10 length direction extension, casing the One position P1 and length directions of the casing second place P2 along casing K10 are arranged spaced apart, and casing first position P1 is adjacent to machine Body switch push button avoids the upper side edge edge of mouth, and casing second place P2 avoids the lower side edge of mouth, machine adjacent to subunit switch push button Body switch push button K30 length is less than the length that subunit switch push button avoids mouth, and subunit switch push button K30 is along subunit switch push button The length direction for avoiding mouth is slided；Bat-handle switch push button avoids the rectangle that length direction of the mouth formation along handle housing K40 extends Groove, the length direction of handle first position S1 and handle second place S2 respectively along handle housing K40 is arranged spaced apart, and handle First position S1 avoids the upper side edge edge of mouth adjacent to bat-handle switch push button, and handle second place S2 is avoided adjacent to bat-handle switch push button The lower side edge of mouth, the length direction that bat-handle switch push button K50 avoids mouth along bat-handle switch push button is slided.

Certainly, subunit switch push button K30 of the present utility model and bat-handle switch push button K50 structure is not limited to push button, Subunit switch push button K30 and bat-handle switch push button K50 can also form knob, button respectively, so that difference controlling switch K20 The switching of off-position and "on" position.

According to the hand-held cleaners of the utility model embodiment, include the body of the hand-held cleaners according to above-described embodiment Component K100.Because the cylinder block set K100 of the hand-held cleaners according to the utility model embodiment has above-mentioned technique effect, It is therefore, also simple in construction with above-mentioned technique effect, the i.e. hand-held cleaners according to the hand-held cleaners of the embodiment of the present application, Each part connection is reliable, is convenient to mount and dismount, and user need not bend over to operate in open and close hand-held cleaners, facilitate the operation of user, use Experience at family.

In the description of this specification, reference term " one embodiment ", " some embodiments ", " example ", " specifically show The description of example " or " some examples " etc. means to combine specific features, structure, material or the spy that the embodiment or example are described Point is contained at least one embodiment of the present utility model or example.In this manual, to the schematic table of above-mentioned term State and be necessarily directed to identical embodiment or example.Moreover, specific features, structure, material or the feature of description can be with Combined in an appropriate manner in any one or more embodiments or example.

In addition, in the case of not conflicting, those skilled in the art can be by the difference described in this specification The feature of embodiment or example and non-be the same as Example or example is combined and combined.

While there has been shown and described that embodiment of the present utility model, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that： These embodiments can be carried out with a variety of changes, modification in the case where not departing from principle of the present utility model and objective, replaced And modification, scope of the present utility model limits by claim and its equivalent.

Claims (10)

1. a kind of hand-held cleaners, it is characterised in that including：

There is suction port on ground brush assemblies, described ground brush assemblies；

Cylinder block set, the cylinder block set includes negative pressure device；

Handleset, the Handleset is connected with the cylinder block set and for hand-held；

Dirt cup component, the dirt cup component is connected between described ground brush assemblies and the cylinder block set and including glass shell, whirlwind Separation member and separator, the cyclonic separation part are located in the glass shell, and the separator is located at the glass shell and the whirlwind So that the space between the glass shell and the cyclonic separation part is divided into cyclonic chamber and dust-collecting cavity between separation member, wherein, institute Cyclonic chamber is stated positioned at the top of the dust-collecting cavity and for around the annular space of the cyclonic separation part, the cyclonic chamber passes through institute The dust-exhausting port on separator is stated to connect with the dust-collecting cavity so as in the dirt matter that the cyclonic chamber internal cyclone is isolated pass through described Dust-exhausting port is discharged in the dust-collecting cavity, and the hand-held cleaners are configured to when the negative pressure device starts, the cyclonic chamber by The suction port suction dust and gas is filtered, and the air-flow that the cyclonic chamber internal cyclone is isolated enters in the cylinder block set.

2. hand-held cleaners according to claim 1, it is characterised in that further have to the rotation on the separator Wind chamber feeds the air inlet of gas, the dirt cup component further comprises position of splitter, and the position of splitter is at least partially disposed at institute State in cyclonic chamber and be folded between the inner ring surface of the cyclonic chamber and outer ring surface and intercept in the air inlet and the dust discharge So that the air-flow flowed into by the air inlet in the cyclonic chamber is described along the direction direction away from the position of splitter between mouthful Dust-exhausting port annular is streamed.

3. hand-held cleaners according to claim 2, it is characterised in that there is perforation, the shunting on the separator Part includes：The fuisw rib being located on the whirlwind cone and the cut-off muscle being located in the glass shell, the fuisw rib and the cut-off Above and below muscle to, and the cut-off muscle part stretch into the perforation with by the perforated spacer into positioned at the position of splitter two The air inlet and the dust-exhausting port of side.

4. hand-held cleaners according to claim 1, it is characterised in that the cylinder block set is located at the dirt cup component Top, the cylinder block set includes the casing that bottom has air inlet, and the cyclonic separation part is the whirlwind cone of vertical cone barrel, institute State and filter be provided with whirlwind cone, the filter includes filtration members support and the filtration members being located on the filtration members support, Wherein, the filtration members support includes：Sleeping ring portion, supporting part, inner ring sealing ring portion and outer ring sealing ring portion, the sleeping ring portion Inner ring limits the exhaust outlet connected with the air inlet, and the supporting part is connected with the sleeping ring portion and positioned at the sleeping ring portion The remote cylinder block set axial side for supporting the filtration members, the inner ring of the inner ring sealing ring portion with it is described The inner ring position of sleeping ring portion is connected, the outer shroud of inner ring sealing ring portion towards the cylinder block set direction flaring extension with The bottom wall sealing of the casing coordinates and around the air inlet, and the inner ring of the outer ring sealing ring portion is outer with the sleeping ring portion Ring portion position is connected, the direction flaring of outer shroud towards the cylinder block set of outer ring sealing ring portion extends with close with the glass shell Envelope coordinates.

5. hand-held cleaners according to claim 1, it is characterised in that described ground brush assemblies include：Scrubbing brush housing, outlet Pipe, transfer tube and buckle button, one end of the escape pipe be pivotly connected with the scrubbing brush housing and the escape pipe outside There is the other end that the escape pipe is enclosed on outside the sliding groove along the circumferentially extending of the escape pipe, the transfer tube on surface There is mounting hole, on the one hand the buckle button coordinates with the mounting hole inlay card, the opposing party on the tube wall of upper and described transfer tube Face slippingly coordinates with the sliding groove, so that the relatively described escape pipe of the transfer tube can circumferentially rotate but can not be axial Separation.

6. hand-held cleaners according to claim 5, it is characterised in that the buckle button includes：Body, the first screens Portion and the second screens portion, wherein, the body is at least partially disposed in the mounting hole, the first screens portion and described Second screens portion is connected to both sides of the body in the circumference of the transfer tube, and the first screens portion is extremely It is in the transfer tube and non-just right with the mounting hole that small part and at least part in the second screens portion are respectively positioned on, described At least part of at least one in body portion, the first screens portion and the second screens portion slippingly coordinates in the cunning Move in groove.

7. hand-held cleaners according to claim 1, it is characterised in that described ground brush assemblies include scrubbing brush housing and set The first magnetic absorption member on the scrubbing brush housing and it can roll the round brush being connected with the scrubbing brush housing；The hand-held dust suction Device also includes mop assembly, and the mop assembly includes grillage, end cap and be located between the grillage and the end cap second It is suitable to assembling rag on magnetic absorption member, the grillage, the mop assembly passes through second magnetic absorption member and first magnetic absorption member Magnetic coordinate and be removably attached to the bottoms of described ground brush assemblies.

8. hand-held cleaners according to claim 1, it is characterised in that the cylinder block set includes：Casing and air guide member, It is formed with the casing on closed body air duct, the casing and is formed with the exhaust vent connected with the body air duct, institute State air guide member to be located in the body air duct and at the exhaust vent, connection is formed with the air guide member in the body Air-guiding aisle between air channel and the exhaust vent, so that the air-flow in the body air duct first passes through the air-guiding aisle and carried out Wind direction regulation is discharged to outside the casing by the exhaust vent again.

9. hand-held cleaners according to claim 1, it is characterised in that the cylinder block set includes casing and is located at described Subunit switch key on casing, the Handleset includes handle housing and the bat-handle switch key being located on the handle housing, Provided with switch in the casing or the handle housing, the subunit switch key and the bat-handle switch key can control described open The closure of pass and cut-out.

10. hand-held cleaners according to claim 9, it is characterised in that the subunit switch key is subunit switch push button, The bat-handle switch key is bat-handle switch push button, and the hand-held cleaners also include：Linked component, the linked component is located at institute Stating between subunit switch push button and the switch and when the subunit switch push button is pushed into open position makes the switch Closure, the linked component is also located between the bat-handle switch push button and the switch and pushed away in the bat-handle switch push button Move to open position when, make the subunit switch push button at the same move to open position and make it is described switch closure.